ML20024A205
| ML20024A205 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Shoreham File:Long Island Lighting Company icon.png |
| Issue date: | 05/02/1983 |
| From: | LONG ISLAND LIGHTING CO. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20024A200 | List: |
| References | |
| PROC-830502-01, NUDOCS 8306160108 | |
| Download: ML20024A205 (750) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:. - . .- l O + i f l SHOREHAM NUCLEAR POWER STATION l LOCAL OFFSITE RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
- O .
b 'O S 'isocfoI WS, No. 64-F REVISION O'
O TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION . 1.1 Justification / Basis 1.1-1 1.2 Scope / Content 1.2-1
; 1.3 Glossary and Acronyms 1.3-1 A - Glossary of Terms 1.3-1 B - Acronyms and Abbreviations 1.3-8 1.4 Legal Authority 1.4-1 CHAPTER 2 ORGANIZATION 2.1 Local Emergency Response 2.1-1 Organization 2.2 Support Organizations 2.2-1 CHAPTER 3 CONCEPT OF OPERATION 3.1 Command and Control 3.1-1 3.2 Emergency Classification System 3.2-1 3.3 Notification and Mobilization 3.3-1 A - Unusual Event 3.3-2 B - Alert 3.3-2 C - Site Area Emergency 3.3-3 J
D - General Emergency 3.3-4 E - Notification of the Public 3.3-4 3.4 Communications 3.4-1 A - Radiological Emergency Communication System (RECS) 3.4-1 4 t REV. O
\
l l l l () PAGE i B - LILCO Notification Radio i System 3.4-2 C - LILCO Emergency Radio System 3.4-3 D - Dedicated Telephone Lines 3.4-3 E - Commercial Telephone 3.4-4 ; F - Paging Systems 3.4-4 i G - Telefax Machines 3.4-5 ! H - Prompt Notification System 3.4-5 I - Federal Communications Support 3.4-6 J - Testing 3.4-7 3.5 Accident Assessment 3.5-1 A - Site Actions 3.5-1 B - Offsite Actions 3.5-1 C - Notification and Mobilization 3.5-4 3.6 Protective Actions 3.6-1 A - Protective Action O Guides B - Protective Actions 3.6-1 Determination 3.6-3 C - Protective Actions-Implementation 3.6-4 3.7 Medical and Public Health 3.7-1 l A - Medical Health 3.7-1 B - Public Health 3.7-2 3.8 Public Information 3.8-1 A - Public Education Materials 3.8-1 B - Public Information During an Emergency 3.8-4 O 11 REV. O
O PAGE 3.9 Radiological Exposure Control 3.9-1 A - Emergency Worker Exposure Control 3.9-1 B - Public Exposure Control 3.9-5 3.10 Recovery / Reentry 3.10-1 A - Operations 3.11 Long Term Operations 3.11-1 CHAPTER 4 FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 4.1-1 4.1 Local EOC 4.1-1 A - EOC Activation 4.1-1 B - EOC Chain of Command 4.1-1 C - EOC Personnel 4.1-2 D - Major Equipment 4.1-3 () 4.2 Relocation Centers 4.2-1 A - Responsibility 4.2-1 B - Relocation Center Staffing 4.2-2 C - Selection of Relocation Centers 4.2-2 D - Evacuee Monitoring and Decontamination 4.2-3 t 4.3 Emergency Worker Decontamination Center 4.3-1
, A - Major Functions 4.3-1 B - Decontamination Center Locations 4.3-1 C - Processing Measures 4.3-1 D - Setup of the Decontamination Facility 4.3 4.4 . Equipment 4.4-1 A - Radiological Monitoring 4.4-1 B - Personal Dosimetry 4.4-1 C - Personal Protective Equipment 4.4-1 D - Communications Equipment 4.4-2 E - Personnel Monitoring Equipment 4.4-2
() . F - Vehicles 4.4-2 . REV. O iii i
- - - - - . .. .. - .. . , . . . . .- .--a...,-
- O PAGE G - Other Emergency Equipment 4.4-4 i CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE OF THE PLANNING EFFORT 5.1-1 5.1 Training 5.1-1 A - Federal 5.1-1 i B - Long Island Lighting Company 5.1-2 5.2 Drills and Exercises 5.2-1 5
A - Drills 5.2-2 B - Exercises 5.2-3 5.3 Equipment 5.3-1 5.4 Plan and Procedures 5.4-1 Appendix A - Evacuation Plan j Appendix B - Letters of Agreement f] Appendix C - List of Implementing Procedures 2 1 I I i f i i 3 i i i i i i I i i iO REV. 0 , iv i
I l ! () List of Figures Figure Title Figure 1.1.1 General Location Map
- Figure 1.1.2 Projected Population Distribution (1980)
Figure 2.1.1 Local Emergency Response Organization (4 pgs) Figure 2.1.2 Organizational Matrix
. Figure 2.2.1 Response Organization Relationships Figure 3.3.1 Radiological Emergency Data Form (3 pgs.)
Figure 3.3.2 Persons / Groups / Organizations-Unusual Event Figure 3.3.3 Persons / Groups / Organizations - Alert (2 pgs.) Figure 3.3.4 Persons / Groups / Organizations - Site Area Emergency (2 pgs.) Figure 3.3.5 LERO Initial Notification-Figure 3.3.6 Emergency Response Personnel Equipped with Pagers Figure 3.3.7 Principal Responsibilities for Alerting and Notification ! Figure 3.4.1 Summary of Communication Systems (]) Figure 3.5.1 Offsite Survey Map Figure 3.5.2 Accident Assessment and Protective Action Responsibility Matrix Figure 3.6.1 Protective Actions Function Figure 3.7.1 Medical and Public Health Matrix Figure 3.8.1 Public Information Responsibility Matrix q Figure 3.9.1 Radiological Exposure Control 4 Figure 4.1.1 Local Emergency Operation Center Figure 4.1.2 Local Emergency Operation Center Functional Layout (2 pgs). Figure 4.1.3 Local Emergency Operations Center Primary Modes and Paths of ~ Communications j 4 Figure 4.3.1 Flow Diagram for Equipment and ' Vehicle Decontamination Figure 4.3.2 Flow Diagram ~for Personnel Decontamination Figure 4.3.3 Floor Plan - Decontamination Center Figure 5.1.1 Training Matrix. i O REV. 0 V
- . - ~ ,, , . . . - .- . -- --
2 O List of Tables Table Title Table 3.4.1 Special Facilittys with Tone Activated
. Radios Table 3.5.1 Preselected Sampling Locations (6 pgs)
Table 3.6.1 Recommended Protective Actions for Plume Exposure. Table 3.6.2 Response Level for Preventive PAG s Table 3.6.3 Response Level for Emergency PAG Table 3.6.4 Recommended Protective Actions Table 3.6.5 Representative Shielding Factors From Gamm:1 Cloud Source Table 3.9.1 . Guidelines for Maximum Acceptable Levels of Contamination Table 3.9.2 Acceptable Surface Contamination Levels (2 pgs) Table 3.10.1 Acceptable Surface Contamination Levels (2 pgs). Table 5.1.1 Courses for Radiological Emergency Response Training (2 pgs). O J r i e i ! / O REV. O ' vi j l
l O List of Attachments Attachment Title Attachment 2.2.1 FRMAP Supnort (17 pgs.) Attachment 3.8.1 Sample EBS Messages (11 pgs) Attachment 3.9.1 Emergency Worker Exposure Record Form Attachment 3.9.2 Evacuee Exposure Record Form Attachment 3.9.3 Individual Exposure Record Card Attachment 3.9.4 Radiation Whole body Exposure Record Attachment 3.11.1 Administration Support Services (8 pgs) Attachment 4.1.1 Emergency Function Log Attachment 4.1.2 Hessage Log Attachment 4.2.1 Local Relocation Center Registration Form Attachment 5.1.1 Red Cross: Course Offerings i 4
, O i
l REV. O vii
() CROSS REFERENCE 1 2 3 4 NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 5 6 7 A. Assignment of Responsibility 8 9 la Section 2.1 - pp. 2.1-1-7 10 Section 2.2 - pp. 2.2-1-4 11 , b Section 2.1 - pp. 2.1.-1-7 12 Section 2.2 - pp. 2.2-1-4 13 c Section 2.1 - Figure 2.1.1 14 Section 2.2 - Figure 2.2.1 15 d Section 2.1 - p. 2.1-1 16 Procedure OPIP 2.1.1 17 Section 3.1'- p. 3.1-1 18 e Section 3.3 - p. 3.3-1 19 Section 3.4 - p. 3.4-1-2 20 2a Section 2.1 - Figure 2.1.2 21 Procedure OPIP 2.1.1 22 b Section 1.4 - Attachment 1.4.1 23 3 Appendix B - Letters of Agreement 24 4 Section 2.1 - p. 2.1-2 25 0 C. Emergency Response Support and Resoures 26 27 28 la Section 3.11 - p. 3.11-1 29 b Section 2.2 - Attachment 2.2.1 30 c Section 3.11 - Attachment 3.11.1 31 3 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-2 32 4 Section 2.2 - pp. 2.2-1-4 33 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-2 34 Appendix B - Letters of Agreement 35 36 D. Emergency Classification System 37 38 3 Section 3.2 - p. 3.2-1-3 39 4 Appendix C - List of Implementing 40 ' Procedures 41 Implementing, Procedures 42 43 E. Notification Methods and Procedures 44 45 1 Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-1-4, Figures 46 3.3.2 .4 47 Procedures OPIP 3.3.1, OPIP 3.3.2 48 2 Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-1-2 49 Procedures OPIP 3.3.1, OPIP 3.3.2 50 5 Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-4-7 51 v;ii REV. 0
O NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 Section 3.8 - p. 3.8.6 1 Attachment 3.8-1 2 6 Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3.-4-7 3 Section 3.4 - pp. 3.4-5-6 4 Section 3.8 - p. 3.8.6 5 7 Section 3.8 - Attachment 3.8.1 6 7 F. Emergency Communications 8 9 la Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-1-2 10 Section 3.4 - pp. 3.4-1-2 11 b Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-3-3 12 c Section 3.4 - p. 3.4-1, pg. 3.4-4, 13 Figure 3.4.1 14 d Section 3.4 - pp. 3.4-1-4, Figure 15 3.4.1 16 e Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-1-4, Figures 17 3.3.2 .4 18 Procedure OPIP 3.3.2 19 Section 3.4 - p. 3.4-4-5 20 (]) 2 3 Section Section 3.4 3.4 p. p. 3.4-3, Figure 3.4.1 3.4-7 21 22 Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-2 23 24 G. Public Education and Information 25 26 la-d Section 3.8 - pp. 3.8-1-3 27 2 Section 3.8 - pp. 3.8-1-3 28 3a Section 3.8 - p. 3.8-4 29 4a Section 3.8 - p. 3.8-1, pgs. 3.8-4-5 30 b Section 3.8 - p. 3.8-4-5 31 c Section 3.8 - p. 3.8-5 32 5 Section 3.8 - p. 3.8-4 33 34 H. Emergency Facilities and Equipment 35 36 3 Section 4.1 - p. 4.1-1 37 4 Section 4.1 - p. 4.1-1 38 7 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-2 39 Section 4.4 - p. 4.4-1 40 10 Section 5.3 - p. 5.3-1-2 41 11 Section 3.4 - pp. 3.4-1-5 42 Section 4.1 - pp. 4.1-3-4 43 Section 4.4 - pp. 4.4-1-4 44 12 Section 3.5 - pp. 3.5-2 45
. REV. O I 1X
)
e
~
l l ( NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 I. Accident Assessment 1 2
- 7 Section 2.2 - pp. 2.2-3-4, Attachment 3 2.2.1 4 Section 3.5 - pp. 3.5-2 5 i Section 4.4 - p. 4.4-1 6 8 Section 3.5 - pp. 3.5-1-4 7 Procedure OPIP 3.5.1 8 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-2 9 9 Section 4.4 - p. 4.4-1 10 10 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-3-4 11 Procedure OPIP 3.5.2 12 Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-3-4 13 11 Section 2.2 - Attachment 2.2.1 14 Section 3.5 - p. 3.5-2 15 16 J. Protective Response 17 18 2 Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-8 19 9 Section 3.6 - pp. 3.6-1-8 20
() 10a Appendix A - Figures 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21 22 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 23 26, 27 24 Section 3.5 - Figure 3.5.1 25 b Section 1.1 - Figure 1.1.2 26 Appendix A - Table 3 27 c Section 3.3 - pp. 3.3-4-6 28 d Section 3.6 - pp. 3.6-4-5 29 e Section 3.6 - pp. 3.6-5 30 f Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-3,5 31 Section 3.9 - p. 3.9-3 32 g Appendix A - Section IV 33 Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-6-7 34 h Appendix A - p. AIII-8 35 i Appendix A - Section III - Table IV 36 j Appendix A - Section IV - Figures 8, 37 8.1 3R k Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-6 39 Appendix A - p. AIV-9, AIV-86 40 1 Appendix A - Section V 41 4 m Section 3.6 - pp. 3.6-1-4, Figure 3.6.1 42 Table 3.6.1, Table 3.6.4, Table 3.6.5 43 11 Section 3.6 - p. 3.6-7-8 44 ; Procedure OPIP 3.6.6 45 ' 12 Section 3.9 - pp. 3.5-5-6 46 O l x REV. O
1 O NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 K. Radiological Exposure Control 1 2 3a Section 3.9 - pp. 3.9-1-3 3 Procedure OPIP 3.9.1 4 Section 4.4 - p. 4.4-1 5 b Section 3.9 - pp. 3.9-1-3 6 4 Section 3.9 - pp. 3.9-2 7 Sa section 3.9 - pp. 3.9-3-4, Table 8 3.9.1, Table 3.9.2 9 b Section 3.9 - p. 3.9-4 10 Procedure OPIP 3.9.2 11 1 Section 4.3 - pp. 4.3-1-3 12 13 L. Medical and Public Health Support 14 l 15 1 Section 2.2 - p. 2.2-2 16 Section 3.7 - p. 3.7-1 17 3 Procedure OPIP 4.2.2 18 4 Section 3.7 - p. 3.7-1 19 20 () M. , Recovery and Reentry Planning and Postaccident Operation 21 22 1 Section 3.10 - p. 3.10-1-2 23 Procedure OPIP 3.10.1 24 3 Section 3.10 - p. 3.10-1 25 4 Section 3.10 - p. 3.10-2 26 l 27 l N. Exercises and Drills 28 l 29 la Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-3 30 b Section 5.2 - pp. 5.2-3 31 2a Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-2 32 c Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-2 33 d Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-2 34 e (1) Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-2 35 3a-f Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-1 36 4 Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-3-4 37 5 Section 5.2 - p. 5.2-4 38 Section 5.4 - p. 5.4-1 39 40
- 0. Radiological Emergency Response Training 41 42 1 Section 5.1 - pp. 5.1-1-7 43 b Section 5.1 - p. 5.1-6-7, Table 5.1.1 44 4a-d, Section 5.1 - pp. 5.1-3-7, 45 e-h, j Figure 5.1.1 46 1
(]) 5 Section 5.1 - pg. 5.1-1-7 47 xi REV. O
e O NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 P. Responsibility for the Planning Effort: Development, Periodic 1 Review and Distribution of Emergency Plans 2 3 1 Section 5.1 - p. 5.1-2 4 2 Section 5.4 - p. 5.4-1 5 3 Section 5.4 - p. 5.4-1 6 4 Section 5.4 - p. 5.4-1-2 7 5 Section 5.4 - p. 5.4-1-2 8 6 Section 1.4 - Attachment 1.4.2 9 1 7 Appendix C. - List of Implementing 10 Procedures 11 8 Table of Contents 12 Cross Reference 13 10 Section 5.4 - pp. 5.4-2 14 O i O xii REV. O l l l
= - - - - .
l l l (:) l CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1 2 3 1.1 Justification / Basis 4 5 The purpose of this document -- the Local Offsite 6 Radiological Emergency Response Plan for the Shoreham 7 Nuclear Power Station (SNPS) -- is to obviate, or 8 minimize, any health hazards to the public associated 9 with a release of unacceptable levels of radioactive 10 contaminants from SNPS. 11 12 By Resolution 1196-83, adopted on February 17, 1983, 13 the Suffolk County Legislature determined that the 14 County of Suffolk would not participate in offsite 15 emergency planning for SNPS. Consequently, Long 16 Island Lighting Company (LILCO), pursuant to Title 10 17 CFR $ 50.47, has prepared this offsite plan. 18 19 Site Background 20 21 The Shoreham Nuclear Power Station (SNPS) is located 22 in the Town of Brookhaven, Suffolk County, New York, 23 on the north shore of Long Island as illustrated in 24 (]) the General Location Map (Figure 1.1.1). 25 26 The Shoreham property is approximately 50 miles from 27 the East River. The site area is 499 acres, all of 28 which is owned by the Long Island Lighting Company 29 (LILCO). The developed portien of the site, which 30 y includes the station structures, occupies 31 approximately 80 acres and is located in the northern 32 sector. This area is bounded on the north by the 33 Long Island Sound, on the east by marshland, on the 34 south by North Country Road, and to the west by a 35 i parcel of land known as Shoreham West (an area 36 approximately 419 acres in size, entirely owned by 37 LILCO). 38 39 Shoreham is a General Electric boiling water reactor 40 (BWR) with a rated core thermal power of 2436 MWt. 41 This power level corresponds to a gross electrical 42 output of approximately 849 MWe, and is the power 43 level at which the reactor is to be operated. 44 Technical details about the plant can be found in 45 LILCO's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). 46 1.1-1 REV. 0 l l _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ . . _ . . . . - , , . . ~ , __ - - - -
f l l Overview Of Suffolk County 1-l 2 Suffolk County, with a land area of approximately 3 i 922 square miles, occupies the central and eastern 4 portions of Long Island. The County, which is 80 5 miles long and 16 miles at its widest point, is 6 inhabited by more than 1.3 million people. It is i 7 bound on the north, east, and south by water and to 8 the west by Nassau County. 9 10 Suffolk is divided into 10 townships, within which 11
- are 29 incorporated villages and 72 school 12 l- districts. The 10 townships reflect differing 13 lifestyles, with the western towns characteristically 14 suburban, and the eastern towns characterized as 15 rural, agricultural, and recreational. Refer to 16
. Figure 1.1.2, Projected Population Distribution 17 (1980). 18 19
- The topography of Suffolk County is fairly 20 consistent from west to east, but variable from north 21 to south. The north shore, overicoking the Long 22 Island Sound, has bluffs ranging from.30 to 100 feet 23 above sea level. Two morainal ridges traverse the 24 Q island from west to east. '
Prevailing winds at the reactor' site are generally 27 offshore or toward land areas in the east to 28 southeast directions. As measured daily at Long 29 Island's MacArthur Airport in Islip, the average 30 annual rainfall is 42 inches and the average snowfall 31 is 30 inches. 32 33 For specific information regarding these elements as 34-they relate to the 10 mile EPZ, refer to Appendix A, 35 Sections II and IV, for meteorological and 36 demographical information,'respectively. 37 t i
. 38
'[ ' {
3 , . _ _
, a -,
y.
, : s' / (
,_,;.c'
, 7s s
i /- n f ,o v' O-. 1.1 - J '
- C~N 6 x, & ^
- n, 4 - , REV.'0[
).9 -
, f.
f g-
, w-4v'N ,
.u- + -., - ,yww . - , - s,-,--,ger..-,- w.w-rr,--,,- m.--- y + . . - , , ,.e4,, m3y > - - - y , , , ., g+ Wy
i
.il ('
=
S s 11 s
~Q M U 3
0%
~
$b li m 0
. Ib D 7.
O, 4 l w u z a y _ i -
- ti D '
g W i ,
.85 'e
' o
- s 5 h .
n. o - c
)
, 1
\ <
i
\ t<
j =9i
,j -
\
s '. Q , 1 91 \
~
=
e - d 4 I
~ ,
e .. 5
\ .
$. I- * , 4, O -
' gc .
" I O 'f_ ;/ s w.; s ,;)
- I
/ -
/- REV. O l
- . i
l E" i j- ' ,4
/
, , e ,-
/l/
/
O ,* , 1*
, i',
i N f l t c /y e'n tu s i e i e a l ger. ss n. s.l e
, c
, a i ,
le7ls;ot - v o v ieT n ui, 3e e e__e m a s .,
, a es niie n s nneouti ol e e.e w u
* , r C e_T_ er'.ne el n t
p g ~ e _ - u _ o n u
\ / e ,
e_ eseef.fie n peo e e e yee n
\
T N ' e. ia~ .- ye e 3 ...n. st% e _. ipp e 1
\
- N A e.
eee n sse ei ei n nn n tI e eI 1_e_o.o u w i, z # , , 7 e7 i Ae.T A 'E s t et *. ne s olie ,e go
.. ._ p n
l
,m C 'R a
s s e7e7Teef s e n u. ti T _ 7!niso p r i . s i <e
- l. -
E se e eo T ' C r ~ T e1 e
- e. t o ii eee ,
s Eo e s. N t e o ca . (E m y I c se s _ e7i 7iT i . Oi {0 b 1e - , a E r a. n u ' A W s i s c s. o l'e_ e aT e ee e ss ee s i eiliI rii alf e e_eu n n u
~
N s a o '
,. slp
, J s
U eennnu s e e n _ ie u o e'ni a s , _ a _ m
,d ,, e.i T* e es O y S e Ts _ e a
S- n n e , e s
;-e7 o e.e a e. s ttnneei e ,e e ' s a.
a i. e .
.. r s
ie. -
$ f D / [ .
a e e_eih fi o s i t_i ss lie eU tr a ee e n e
- e. e n
_ $ e t EE ,
~ i
$ r ae es' n E N s
r e. iua_e,3 i~ ynes - _ ^ i. e _ N D N , n g' eest[sTl' ult _ nao fn a - e. _N - r _ i r.
!eli
!,s. ses ii
_o M- o s.1o s il'in N
'y
_ a i _ / A I v li,- ,. _n _ / e e it eeanun if o o _ 0< e Te. em,* _, A W m
',- d ~ .
e
' s s
- e 4s.iui T_ r.%I.
Tu nm ju i S N ,
~
l e3O o i,1e i 13l ' a u
,'t
- NW . ,
, a \ o f o~
- ns1 e1 a
n n o a(11 38i
*io u u f NW e
h a - - a
, ': _-. )
be jeeeettn!e u 4iseii.i eren m n 6!Tl _
^
f
, o N a.
f s. 7 oeee a e s7T t.a - _n . i u n g s tes 1i neii sii eeta e n e , ' t . e ieil s. _ W ' a s s 1_si -T e e e i r u l'. , . t f E e a eeae ee5 eeslii ee. G '- r eiei r_i Jwp: a l e s ss e s is7
!. a y~Te
- i u.
N a ( r 1
~
- ne
- u 'c..
t_ _ s eeee)ee ! F O i
'3,l,
~ " ' , .S a t
m 1.n onsili e ii l a
,oo _
e e el77T
> - sa . - - _o n. _
p L ~ L
- e.
e e1s 1an i iei ssi u 'L uReT e yW. s n n y 4 e. - e a. m :a s e7 t.. i s ( T
' , ' e o e tein reiisi tt ,
- s. n i,s em;ei i i
,~
' a o i n r. i -
( c.. r e-t! e e
. ' soei n
1e u s r6-e .e
- i. e n n i
- s. ' -
# r - ,i .
a 3_ e o e r o, e:s e 9nsass: e i e e n, o e si
- 6_sijl n. -
- e
*h " t ,
a s ,.> 5 l o 1_ e . e_ J s s a _e s . e. de'
% , aV a e-
!_a s s ee s i. s. s.
s
.s =
==
= . -
yg g
,' i'
' ,s -
, t
[ T
,h,e
'A
)g'ght
' y , ; -
v "e* u swoMo et 8 y QcHeO*2' - ;
+
$ov
)
/ 1 s.
O - ghw p 4 ' - s 7
/ , 1 ;
, Y.
/ 4
# [; :
f - ' .
- -/
/ :I
) -
-7
< /' e -,i,g e. 7. o - ,
A
,ij ,
- ,[C; [i!!j1\
l (:) 1.2 Scope / Content 1 2 This plan and its associated implementing procedures 3 delineate all of the response activities at the local 4 level in reaction to any incident at the plant, 5 regardless of severity. The Plan describes the 6 ability to respond realistically and effectively at 7 the local level to any radiological incident, absent 8 County participation in the planning effort. The 9 Procedures contain the detailed information used in 10 implementing the plan. 11 12 The plan indicates the roles of the agencies 13 involved, and the roles of all outside resource 14 agencies (as required) to accomplish the stated 15 objectives. The plan also describes coordination of 16 the response within the response organization 17 structure. 18 19 Federal guidance for the preparation of radiological 20 ( emergency response plans is provided in the document 21 entitled, " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of 22 Radiological Emergency Response Plans and 23 Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants" 24 (NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1). This document is 25 O issued jointly by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency 26 27 (FEMA). It establishes 16 planning standards, 15 of 28 which specify items to be addressed in local , 29 radiological emergency response plans. Items to be 30 addressed by State and Licensee response plans are 31 similarly indicated. This plan accommodates the 32 Federal guidance and evaluation criteria. 33 34 Within the scope of this plan, there are two major 35 Emergency Planning Zones (EPZs) which must be 36 addressed. One is the plume exposure pathwa 37 the other is the ingestion exposure pathway.y, and 38 39 The plume exposure pathway is that area around the 40 station which is encompassed by an approximate 10 41 mile radius from the plant. "The principal exposure 42
, 1,2-1 REV. O l
c . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -_
() sources from this pathway are: (a) whole body 1 external exposure to gamma radiation f rom the plume 2 and from deposited material; and (b) inhalati 3 exposure .f rom the passing radioactive plume."gn 4 5 The land area of the Shoreham plume exposure pathway 6 is totally within the County of Suffolk, although it 7 is comprised of parts of three towns: Brookhaven, 8 Riverhead, and Southampton. This approximate 10 mile 9 radius has been subdivided into distinct planning 10 areas. The State plan refers to these as Emergency 11 . Response Planning Areas, or ERPAss however, this plan 12 refers to them simply as " zones." There are 19 zones 13 within the 10 mile EPZ. The boundaries of each zone 14 4 were based on easily identifiable roadways or- 15 politicel boundaries to which affected individuals, 16 including transients, could relate. Each zone has 17 been given an alphabetical designation (A through S) 18 and a description of each appears in Appendix A. 19 20 Within this 10 mile EPZ, intermediate areas of two 21 miles and five miles (measured radially from the 22 plant) have been maintained in formulating the zones 23 to afford adaptability to changing meteorological 24
'(])_ conditions and flexibility in response actions commensurate with the various levels of accident 25 26 severity. 27 28 The ingestion exposure pathway, by contrast, is that 29 area encompassed by a radius of approximately 50 30-miles from the station. "The principal exposure from 31 this pathway would be from ingestion of contaminated 32 water or foods such gs milk, fresh vegetables, or 33 aquatic foodstuffs." 34 ,
35 The rationale for determining the two planning areas 36 and defining their parameters can be found in 37 NUREG-0396/ EPA 520/1-78-016 entitled, " Planning Basis 38 for the Development of State and Local Government 39 Radiological Emergency Response Plans in Support of 40 Light Water Nuclear Power Plants." 41 42 l 43 ' !' 44 1 45 NUREG-0654/FEHA-REP-1, Rev. 1,p.8 46 2 47 Ibid, p. 8 48 O 1.2-2 REV. 0 l
i i l l ( l.3 Glossary and Acronyms A - Glossary of Terms Brief definitions of many of the terms used in this plan are given here. For more exact and detailed information, standard reference works can be consulted. Absorbed Dose: The quantity of energy absorbed from ionization per unit mass of tissue. The rad is the unit of absorbed dose. Airborne Radioactive Material: Any radioactive material dispersed in the air in the form of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors or gases, Alpha Particle: Positively charged particles identical with the nuclei of helium atoms. They penetrate tissues to usually less than 0.1 mm (1/250 inch) but create dense ionization and heavy absorbed deses along these short tracks. Background Radiation: Radiation arising from (]) material other than the one directly under consideration. Cosmic tays and natural radioactivity are always present, and man-made sources may also contribute to the background radiation level. Beta Particles: Electrons ejected from the nuclei of atoms; extremely tiny bits of matter travelling at nearly the speed of light. Their range in air can be several feet. In heavier material, such as the human body, they expend their energy within about 2 mm (1/10 inch). Contamination (Radioactivity): Deposition of radioactive material in any place where it may harm persons, spoil experiments or make products or equipment unsuitable or unsafe for some specific use. The presence of unwanted radioactive matter. Decay: Disintegration of the nucleus of the radionuclide in a radioactive process. l 1.3-1 REV. O
i O Decay Product: A nuclide, either radioactive or stable, resulting from the disintegration of a
~
radioactive material. Decontamination: The reduction or removal of contaminating radioactive material from a structure, area, object or person. Dose: The quantity of energy absorbed from ionization per unit mass of tissue. The rad is the unit of absorbed dose. Dose Equivalent: A quantity that expresses all types of nuclear radiation on a common scale to indicate relative biological effects. The tem is the unit of dose equivalent. Dose Rate: Absorbed dose delivered per unit time, as rads per seconds or rads per hour. Dosimeter: A device that measures radiation dose, such as a film badge or ionization chamber. , Emergency Director: A highly trained individual (]) totally responsible for directing onsite actions during an emergency at the nuclear plant site. Position occupied by the Shift Supervisor until relieved by a higher ranking individual. Emergency Operations Facility: A facility operated by the licensee for the purpose of evaluating and controlling emergency situations and coordinating emergency responses. Emergency Planning Zone: (EPZ) The area surrounding 4 the nuclear plant site for which planning has been done to assure that prompt and effective actions can be taken to protect the public in the event of a
, radiological incident. The EPZ is usually a radius of about ten (10) miles for the plume exposure pathway and a radius of about fifty (50) miles for the ingestion exposure pathway.
Evacuation: The process of removing people from a hazardous or potentially hazardous area to a safe area. l I 1.3-2 l l REV. 0
1 l q N_/ ( Evacuation Time Estimate: The roadway travel time j required to leave the plume exposure emergency planning zone after mobilization has been completed. Exposure: A measure of the ionization produced in air by X-ray or gamma radiation. The roentgen (R) is the unit of exposure. The term " dose" sometimes used interchangeably with exposure, actually refers to absorbed radiation. Film Badge: A light-tight package of photographic film worn like a badge by workers in the nuclear industry or research, used to measure possible exposure to ionizing radiation. The absorbed dose can be calculated by the degree of film darkening caused by the irradiation. Gamma Rays: Electromagnetic radiation comparable to light. Tney are similar to X-rays except for their origin. They are emitted with energies characteristic of each nuclide, and many are highly penetrating. Although their intensity decreases exponentially with thickness of the absorbing material, they can travel hundreds of feet in air and penetrate completely through the body. O General Population: People permanently residing within the plume exposure emergency planning zone (not including residents of nursing homes and long-term health-care facilities). Geiger-Muller Counter (Geiger-Muller Tube): A radiation detection and measuring instrument. It consists of a gas-filled (Geiger-Muller) tube containing electrodes, between which there is an electrical voltage but not current flowing. Uhen , ionizing radiation passes through the tube, a short ' intense pulse of current passes from the negative electrode to the positive electrode and is measured or counted. The number of pulses per second measures the intensity of radiation. It is also often known
; as a Geiger Counter.
Incident: An occurrence that results in the loss of control of radioactive materials and involves a potential hazard to life, health or property. i O 1.3-3 4 V REV. O
l O Ingestion Exposure Pathway: (50-mile EPZ) For , planning purposes, the area within about a fifty (50) mile radius surrounding a nuclear plant site. The principal exposure from this pathway would be from i the ingestion of contaminated water or foods. Internal Radiation: Radiation (including alpha and i beta particles and gamma radiation) resulting from radioactive substances within the body. Isotopes: Forms of the same element having identical chemical properties but differing in their atomic masses. A radioisotope is an unstable isotope ; of an element that decays or disintegrates spontaneously, emitting radiation. . Local Emergency Operations Center: A location at the headquarters of each offeite response agency or some other designated location that may be used to direct the action taken by designated agencies under its jurisdiction during an emergency at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station. Millirem (mrem): One-thousandth (1/1000) of a rem. O Milliroentgen (mR): One-thousandth (1/1000) of a Roentgen. Monitoring, Radiological: The operation of locating and measuring radioactive contamination by means'of survey instruments that can detect and measure (as dose rates) ionizing radiations. Nuclear Reactor: A device in which a' fission chain reaction can be initiated, maintained, and controlled. Its essential component is a core with fissionable fuel. Plume Exposure Pathway: (10-mile EPZ) For planning purposes, the area within a ten (10) mile radius surrounding a nuclear plant site. _The 4 exposure sources from this' pathway are: -(a) principal whole body exposure-to gamma radiation from the plume and.
- from deposit material, and (b) inhalation exposure from the passing radioactive plume.
I t-( )- 1.3-4 i REV. 0
~ . . , , , , - , - . , , ,--g ,,.,-..y..- ,~,-ra , -m, -, .m. , , , ,
O Protective Action Guide: The proj ected radiological dose, or dose commitment, values to individuals in the general population which warrants a protective action response following a release of radiological , material. Rad: The unit of absorbed dose in body tissue or other material. Radiation Area: Any accessible area in which the level of radiation is such that a major portion of an individual's body could receive, in any one hour, a dose in excess of 5 millirem, or in any 5 consecutive days, a dose in excess of 100 millirem. Radioactivity: The property of certain nuclides of spontaneously emitting nuclear particles or gamma or : X-ray radiation, or of undergoing spontaneous fission. Radioassay: The analysis of any substance-(food, , water, soil, etc. ) to determine the presence and magnitude of radioactive contamination. () Radiological: A general term referring that involve nuclear radiation. to processes Relocation Center: A pre-designated facility outside the plume exposure emergency planning zone at which evacuees can receive directions to congregate care centers, reunite with others, receive general information, and, if necessary, receive radiological monitoring and decontamination and provide temporary housing, food and other necessities to evacuees needing them. Release: Escape of radioactive materials into the environment. l Rem: The unit of radiation dose affecting body tissue. It is equal to the absorbed dose (measured i in rads) multiplied by the quality factor (which
- takes into account the effectiveness of different types of radiation) and by other multiplying factors. For beta and gamma radiation the quality factor is 1.
i 1.3-5 . l REV. O
( Roentgen (R): The unit of radiation exposure in air.. Roentgens are the units for quantities of X-ray or gamma radiation measured by detection and survey meters. Scenarios: Time-based characterizations of plume exposure emergency planning zone populations and their variations by time of day, day of week and season. Shelter: A structure or other location offering shielding from nuclear radiation in the environment. Shielding: Any material or barrier that attenuates radiation. Site Boundary: Area surrounding the nuclear plant site, in which the Nuclear Facility Operator (NFO) has the authority to determine and control all activities including exclusion or remeval of personnel and property from the area. Source Term: A particular type or amount of radionuclide originating at the source of a nuclear (]) incident. In its broadest sense, source term also describes the conditions and mode of emission. Special Facility: Institution or location having either a residential population of fifteen or more people or having sizeable, but temporary, attendance at predictable times (e.g., nursing homes, hospitals, schools, parks). Survey Meter: A portable instrument used in radiological monitoring to detect and measure ionizing radiation. Thermoluminescent Dosimeter: A dosimetry badge worn by workers in the nuclear industry or research, used to measure possible exposure to ionizing radiation. It is characteristic of thermoluminescent material that radiation causes internal changes which make the , material, when subsequently heated, give off an amount of light directly proportional to the radiation dose, which can be-measured. l (E) 1.3-6 l REV. O
( l Thyroid Exposure: Exposure of the thyroid gland to radiation from radioactive isotopes of iodine which have been either absorbed or ingested. Traffic Zone: A sub-division of an emergency response planning area associated with one specified primary evacuation route and particular reception center. Transient Population: Those people who are only I temporarily in, but do not permanently reside in, the f plume exposure emergency planning zone. ' Transient-dependents: People without access to an automobile for the purpose of leaving tha plume exposure emergency planning zone at the time of an evacuation. Whole Dody Counter: A device used to identify and measure the radiation in the body (body burden) of human beings and animals; it uses heavy shielding to keep cut background radiation and ultrasensitive scintillation detectors and electronic equipment. () Whole Body Exposure: radiation. Exposure of the whole body to O 1.3-7 REV. O
B - Acronyms and Abbreviations 4 A ARC - American Red Cross AWP - Alternative Warning Point ALT - Alte rnate B BNL - Brookhaven National Laboratory BWR - Boiling Water Reactor E CC - Cubic centimeter CF - Conversion factors of dose rate per radioactive concentration in water (mrem - ml/uCi-hr) for swimming, whole body or skins ! and boating, whole body only. Q CPM Ci Counts Per Minute Curie CR - Control Room Cs - Cesium Cm - Centimeter E DOE - Department of Energy DPM - Disintegrations per Minute DRDs - Direct Reading Dosimeters E EAC - Environmental Assessment Coordinator EBS - Emergency Broadcast System ENB - Emergency News Broadcast EOC - Emergency Operations Center EOF - Emergency Operations Facility EPIP - Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure
~'
1.3-8 REV. O
i EPZ - Emergency Planning Zone ENC - Emergency News Center EPC - Emergency Preparedness Coordinator ESC - Environmental Survey Coordinator I FEMA - Federal Emergency Management Agency FRMAP- Federal Radiological Monitoring Assistance Plan FSAR - Final Safety Analysis Report G H H - Tabulated Height he - Effective Height hr - Hour HUB - New York Telephone Central Switching Office () I - Iodine I/P - Iodide / Particulate L K Kg - Kilogram KI - Potassium Iodide L j L - Liter LERO - Local Emergency Response Organization LILCO- Long Island Lighting Company LOC - LILCO Offsite Coordinator O
'# 1.3-9 l REV. O i
1 l
() LOCA - Loss of Coolant Accident E M - Meter M1 - Milli-liter mR - Milli-Rem mr - Milli-roentgen MRD - Mobile Radio District mrem - Milli-Rem MWt - Mega-Watt
< E NAWAS- National Alert Warning System
- UFO -
Nuclear Facility Operator NPP - Nuclear Power Plant NRC - Nuclear Regulatory Commission NOAA - National Oceanic and Atmosoheric Administration NYS - New York State NOSD - Nuclear Operations Support Division -
! () S
. ODP - New York State Office of Disas'ter Preparedness ORS - Offsite Radiological Survey P PAG -- Protective Actions Guide PASNY- Power Authority State of New York PIO - Public Information Officer PA - Protoactinium S Q - Concentration of Radioactivity in Release (uCi/ml) E r - rem O 1.3-10 REV. O
. -~
O R - roentgen Ra - Radon RBSVS- Reactor Building Standby Ventilation System RDO - Radiological Defense Officer RECS - Radiological Emergency Communications System REMP - Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program REO - Radiological Emergency Officer REPG - Radiological Emergency Planning Group RERP - Radiological Emergency Response Plan S SCBA - Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SCCC - Suffolk County Community College see - Second SNPS - Shoreham Nuclear Power Station SUNY - State University New York St - Strontium I T - Projected Duration of Exposure Th - Thorium TLD Thermoluminescent Dosimeter () TSC - Technical Support Center U U - Uranium uCi - Micro-Curie U-Nat- Uranium Natural USEPA- United States Environmental Protection Agency 1 W U.B. - Whole Body WP - Warning Point l b , ($) 1.3-11 REV. 0 l
O _Y_ _Z_ l I I O O 1.3-12
.REV. O
e o Public Health and Sanitation 1 2 o Emergency Medical and Public Services 3 4 o Radiological Accident Assessment 5 6 o Radiological Exposure Control 7 8 The Health Services Coordinator reports to the 9 Manager of Local Response with the responsibility of 10 keeping the manager informed of the status of the 11 activities in each of the above four areas. The 12 Health Services Coordinator is responsible for 13 ensuring that all activities under his direction are 14 carried out rapidly and that there exists at all 15 times a ready reserve of manpower and resources 16 capability. To assist the Health Services 17 Coordinator the responsibilities are sub-divided 18 under three specialized function coordinators: the 19 Emergency Medical /Public Services Coordinator, the 20 Radiation Health Coordinator and the Sanitary 21 Support Coordinator. 22 23 The Emergency Medical /Public Services Coordinator 24 is responsible for: 25 ' 26 o Establishing and maintaining 27 communication / coordination of local 28
. ambulance services 29 30 o Providing response information to local 31 fire and rescue and law enforcement agencies 32 33 o Coordinating with local hospitals to deal 34 with contaminated / injured individuals 35 36 The Radiation Health Coordinator is responsible 37 for: 38 39 o Accident assessment and radiological field 40 monitoring 41 42 o Radiological exposure control 43 44 o Radiological monitoring and decontamination 45 46 The Sanitary Support Coordinator is responsible 47 for: 48 O 2.1-3 REV. 0
- (2) o Coordinating sanitation services at all 1 emergency centers 2 3
o Coordinating general health services 4 functions as dictated by the situation 5 6 The Health Services Coordinator, the Emergency 7 Medical /Public Services Coordinator, the Radiation 8 Health Coordinator and the Sanitary Support 9 Coordinator are all located in the Local Emergency 10 Operations Center, and remain at the center 11 throughout an event. 12 13 Evacuation Coordinator 14 15 The Evacuation Coordinator directs and coordinates 16 a segment of LERO which is responsible for carrying 17 cut response actions related to: 18 19 o Traffic control 20 21 o Transportation 22 23 o () Evacuation The Evacuation Coordinator reports to the Manager 24 25 26 of Local Response with the responsibility of keeping 27 the manager informed of the status of the activities 28 in each of the above three areas. The Evacuation 29 Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that el.1 30 activities under his direction are carried out 31 rapidly and that there exists at all times a ready 32 reserve of manpower and resources capability. To 33 assist the Evacuation Coordinator, the responsibili- 34 ties are sub-divided under three specialized 35 function coordinators: the Traffic Control 36 Coordinator, the Special Evacuation Coordinator and 37 the Transportation Support Coordinator. 38 l 39 The Traffic Control Coordinator is responsible for: 40 41 o Coordinating the establishment and 42 maintenance of traffic control points for the 43 evacuation of the general public 44 45 o Coordinating the road logistics aspects for 46 an evacuation of the general public 47 48 l 2.1-4 I l REV. 0 l
.)
b a o Overseeing the evacuation routes and traffic 1 flow considerations 2 3 The Special Evacuation Coordinator is responsible 4 for: 5 6 o Providing notifications, assistance, and 7 coordination of evacuation efforts for public 8 , schools, private schools, health facilities 9 and invalid / disabled individuals needing 10 special transportation, 11 12 The Transportation Support Coordinator is 13 responsible for: 14 15 o Providing bus driver support and 16 coordination in conjunction with evacuation 17 of schools. 18 19 The Evacuation Coordinator, the Traffic Control 20 Coordinator, the Special Evacuation Coordinator and 21 the Transportation Support Coordinator are all 22 located in the Local Emergency Operations Center, 23 and remain at the center throughout an event. 24 m) Support Services Coordinator 25 26 27 The Support Services Coordinator directs and 28 coordinates a segment of LERO which is responsible 29 for carrying out response actions related to: 30 31 o Relocation Centers Operation / Coordination 32 33 o Logistical Support Activities 34 35 o Security 36 37 The Support Services Coordinator reports to the 38 Manager of Local Response and has the the 39 responsibility of keeping the Manager informed of 40 the status of the activities in each of the above 41 three areas. The Support Services Coordinator is 42 responsible for ensuring that all activities under 43 his direction are carried out rapidly and that there 44 exists at all times a ready reserve of manpower and 45 resources capability. To assist the Support 46 Services Coordinator the responsibilities are 47 sub-divided under three specialized function 48-coordinators: the Relocation Center Coordinator, 49 O 2.1-5 REV. O
C) : 4 the Logistics Support Coordinator and the Security 1 Coordinator. 2 3 The Relocation Center Coordinator is responsible 4 for: 5 6 o Activation, operation and maintenance of 7 Relocation Centers 8 9 The Logistics Support Coordinator is responsible 10 for: 11 12 o Providing clerical and administrative 13 support for LERO 14 15 o Coordinating any maintenance activities 16 necessery in the operation of the EOC 17 18 o Providing material purchasing support for 19 LERO 20 21 o Providing specific resources tc support the 22 Federal Response 23 24 (]) The Security Coordinator is responsible for: o Maintaining security at the Local EOC and 27 at the Relocation Centers. 28 29 The Support Services Coordinator, the Relocation 30 Center Coordinator, the Logistic Support Coordinator 31 and the Security Coordinator are all located in the 32 Local Emergency Operations ~ Center, and remain at the 33 Center throughout an event. 34 35 Coordinator of Public Information 36 37 The Coordinator of Public Information is 38
' responsible for providing prompt information to the 39 public via all media. The Coordinator is 40 responsible for the notification of the station and 41 formulation of the Emergency Broadcast ' System 42 warning to be transmitted utilizing WALK radio 1370 43 AM and 97.5 FM. All aublic information and news 44 releases related to the activities of LERO are the 45 responsibility of the Coordinator. 46 47 The Coordinator of Public Information reports to 48 the Director of Local Response with the 49
( 2.1-6 REV. O l
O responsibility of keeping the Director informed of 1 the status of the activities related to public 2 information and news releases, as well as rumor 3 control. To facilitate the rapid development and 4 approval of public information and news releases two 5 Public Information staff members are located in the 6 local EOC. To assist the Coordinator at the 7 Emergency News Center two additional Public 8 Information staff members are allocated. 9 10 The Coordinator of Public Information is located at 11 the Emergency News Center and remains at the center 12 throughout the event. 13 14 Lead Communicator 15 16 The Lead Communicator is responsible for ensuring 17 that all communicator positions in the Local EOC are 18 manned on a continuous basis once the facility is 19 activated. Additionally, any communications 20 problems arising during the operation of the Local 21 EOC are acted upon by the Lead Communicator to 22 assure rapid correction. 23 24 O' The Lead Communicator reports to the Manager of 25 Local Response with the responsibility of keeping 26 the manager informed of the status of communications 27 activities. The Lead Communicator is located at the 28 Local EOC and remains at the center throughout an 29 event. 30 31 Remainder of LERO Staff 32 33 In addition to the key LERO positions discussed in 34 this section, a significant number of individuals 35 have been incorporated into the organization to 36 provide the necessary manpower capabilities in the 37 related areas of response as outlined in Figure 38 2.1.1 of this section. Activation and utilization 39 of these individuals is discussed throughout this 40 l plan and in detail in the implementing procedures. 41 l All individuals responding as members of LERO will 42 be trained in carrying out their responsibilities as 43 l discussed in Chapter 5 of this plan. 44 45 Emergency Worker Tracker System 46 47 To ensure that the immediate families of all 48 emergency workers are provided for throughout the 49 () 2.1-7 REV. O
_ . . _. -- . . - _ _ - . _ _ . . . . . ..__= .. . . ._ J 4 incident, a special tracking / contact system will be 1
- initiated by LERO. This system will allow family 2
- members to rapidly contact (via telephone) their 3 relatives while that individual is serving as a LERO 4 emergency worker. 5 4
i 4 } i a 9
- O 1
I i i 1 1O I 2.1-8 REV O 1- - - - . .. .. , . . - - . - - ... .. .- _.. -. . _ - . . . - , - - . . . . -
e E E o o O c Y u ~ 5 Y eN 4 .2 3 : : 1 *
- t1 U
5 .% %e E i' EI o e 5 o E O 3I I
. $ " .3 $ O.% U d -
Oe " Z 5"* i*
% 3: 4 i* et 8 % '.2 *E ';; 3 "3 . Sa " % o; 'U t 2,3C i 4 'E u 2 % ; 2 L 2 .2 8' .1 .e O l5 Oe 3 .3% o." U* E
.30 7. E E' $$ Iu
=
=
u i* se < 3 ?* ?% zz mm e e l' ad vo 80 ssE! aIt zI O' ILER0-Director of Local Response P S S LERO-Manager of Local Response p LERO-Health Services Coord. g LERO-Emerg. Med./Publi : Services coord. 8 p g $ LERO-Radiation Hestth coord. - S P P LERO-Sanitary Support Coord. S P LERO-Evacuation Coord. - S LERO-Traffic Control Coord. S P LERO-Special Evac. Coord. - S S . LERO-Transportation Sueoore Coord.
- S P LERO-Lead Coseuni-cator P S LERO-Support Services Coord. 3 LERO-Relocatior Center Coord. S P S LERO-Logistic Support Coord. S P LERO-Security Coord.
S P LERO-Coord. of Public Info. S P Customer Servi 6e P Local Public Service Agencies P Local Emerg. Medical Services Agencies S P Department of Energy / BSL S P W.A.L.K. Radio P U.S: Coast Guard S P P American Red Cross & Salvation Army S P i Fedgrgl Avigtion Administration S P P = PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY l S = TJPPORTING RESPONSIBILITY Pisure 2.1.2 Organizational Matrix REV. 0
i I () 2.2 Support Organizations 1 2 In addition to the Local Emergency Response 3 Organization (LERO) discussed in Section 2.1, 4 response to a radiological incident at the Shoreham 5 Nuclear Power Station (SNPS) may require support 6 actions by the agencies discussed in this section. 7 Response involvement by the support organizations 8 would be initiated upon the request of LERO. 9 10 Figure 2.2.1 reflects the interrelationship between 11 LERO and the organizations discussed in this Section. 12
' 13 American Red Cross 14 15 In the event that a radiological accident at SNPS 16 results in the need to evacuate a segment of the 17 general public within the ten mile emergency planning 18 zone (EPZ), the American Red Cross (ARC) will open 19 and operate pre-designated relocation centers, 20 providing shelter and care for the evacuees. 21 22 The American Red Cross provides the following 23 services related to the operation of Relocation 24
(} Centers: o Shelter Management 27 28 o Registration 29 30 o Counseling 31 32 o Feeding 33 34 o Housing 35 36 o Clothing 37 38 o Medical Services 39 40 A representative of the ARC will be located at the 41 Local Emergency Operations Center, upon its 42 activation, to coordinate the activities of the ARC 43 with those of the Local Emergency Response 44 Organization. 45 46 i 2.2-1 REV. 0 1
- . . - - . - . ., .. .--,. -.r-- ---
b Salvation Army 1 2 l During the operation of the Relocation Centers, 3 additional support to the American Red Cross may be 4 provided upon request by the Salvation Army. 5 6 W.A.L.K. Radio Station 7 8 W.A.L.K. Radio Station provides Emergency Broadcast 9 System (EBS) message transmission capabilities in 10 support of the public notification and information 11 efforts of LERO. Upon notification from LERO, 12 W.A.L.K. Radio activates the EBS message control 13 system and broadcasts to the general public, 14 information supplied by the LERO Coordinator of 15 Public Information. 16 1 17 Stony Brook Hospital, Central Suffolk Hospital 18 19 Medical services in support of LERO response efforts 20 for the treatment of injured and contaminated 21 individuals is provided by these hospitals. 22 ! 23 Good Samaritan, Huntington, Southside and 24 Northport Veterans Hospitals -2 (} Reception Center services for the relocation of 27 hospital and nursing home patients during an 28 evacuation are provided by these hospitals. 29 30 Federal Aviation Administrction 31 32 During a radiological emergency at SNPS, the Federal 33 Aviation Administration (FAA) will restrict aircraft 34 activities in the vicinity of the station. 35 36 United States Coast Guard 37 38 The United States Coast Guard (USCG) provides public 39 notification services for the general public on the 40 waters within the Emergency Planning Zone. 41 Additionally, the U.S. Coast Guard provides private '42 and commercial vessel traffic control and restricts 43 access to affected areas in concert with LERO 44 efforts. 45 46 O 2.2-2 REV. O n
I l Department of Energy / 1 Brookhaven National Laboratory 2 3 Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL) provides 4 personnel and equipment to LERO for radiological 5 accident and dose assessment functions, independent 6 from those of the utility. Included in their 7 response are: 8 9 o Field Monitoring Teams 10 11 o EOC Coordination Personnel (See Page 12 No.2.1-3 of Section 2.1) 13 14 o Field Sample Analysis 15 16 o TLD & Film Badge Processing 17 18 o Aerial Radiological Monitoring 19 20 o Decontamination Services Assistance 21 22 o Radiological Controls Expertise / Advice 23 24 (]) o Equipment Maintenance Response by the Department of Energy (DOE) can be 27 expanded to fit the needs of the situation by drawing 28 on capabilities made available from government 29 laboratories such as Bettis, Knolls, Argonne and Oak 30 Ridge. 31 32 The Nuclear Emergency Search Team (NEST) is 33 maintained in a constant state of readiness for 34 assistance in emergencies. NEST is a DOE operation 35 and consists of personnel and equipment drawn from 36 Andrews Air Force Base, the Lawrence Livermore 37 Laboratory (LLL), Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, 38 Sandia Laboratories, and EG&G, Inc., a DOE 39 Cont racto r/Laborato ry. This capability incorporates 40 a broad spectrum of technical expertise, special 41 instruments, and the logistics support base to 42 respond rapidly to large scale emergencies. Included 43 in NEST responses are special radiation detection 44 systems, a comprehensive communication system, 45 logistics support hardware, the Aerial Measuring 46 System (AMS), airborne radiation surveillance 47 i O 2.2-3 REV. O
-p w n- - ---
n m
O systems, aerial photographic capabilities, 1 multispectral scanner systems, and background survey 2 files. Atmospheric Release Advisory Capability 3 (ARAC), an atmospheric modeling system computer 4 linked to the National Weather System and the USAF 5 Global Weather System, can be utilized to support a 6 major emergency. Attachment 2.2.1 provides more 7 detailed information on DOE response capabilities. 8 9 Private Ambulance Services 10 11 Movement of individuals requiring specialized 12 medical care, during an evacuation, is provided for 13 by various private ambulance services in the area. 14 The Ambulance Coordinator working in unison with the 15 Health Facilities and Home Coordinators in LERO to 16 coordinate the direction and utilization of these 17 services. 18 19 Local Law Enforcement Agencies and Fire Departments 20 21 It is anticipated that all local law enforcement 22 agencies and fire departments within the ten mile EPZ 23 will continue to carry out their normal response 24 functions during an emergency. Should the incident 25 I~)
escalate to the point of requiring these agencies to 26 evacuate from the local area, it is further 27 anticipated that these agencies'will take their own 28 compensating measures, based upon the situation at 29 hand, and continue to render the necessary services 30 in response to the situation. 31 32 The LERO provides a liaison within its organization 33 to act as a full time point of contact through which 34 LERO response effort information and interaction can 35 be effected by the agencies involved. 36 4
l 2.2-4 REV. 0
1 (-
/ .
l 7 0 . Attachment 2.2.1 Page 1 of 17 FEDERAL RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND l-ASSESSMENT PLAN 2 (FRMAP) SUPPORT- 3 FOR ~ 4 LOCAL RADIOLOGICAL 5 EMERGENCY RESPONSE, PLAN ~6 ' 7 8 9 I. Introduction - 10 11 This attachment summarizes the DOE Federal . 12 Radiological Monitoring and Assessment Plan (FRMAP) 13 capabilities that can be provided to LERO. Section II 14 describes the specific capabilities and expected 15 mobilization and travel times for the Brookhaven Area 16 Office Region I coordinating offic'e. Section III 17 describes DOE FRMAP general capabilities including a 18 brief discussion on how it is activated. 19 O Region I specific capabilities and mobilization and 20 21 travel times are based on discussions with the 22 Brookhaven Area Office FRMAP Regional Coordinator. 23 The general capabilities summary is based on two- 24 papers given at the American Nuclear Society Executive 25 Conference on Emergency Preparedness in February, 1980 26 (References 1 & 2) and Report ERDA-60 (Reference 3). -27 _. 28 The mobilization time, which is defined as the time 29 required to load equipment and initiate travel,'is 30 usually about 2 hours. Travel times in this x ~31 attachment are specific to the Shoreham Nuclear' Power 32 ' Station. These are best estimate mobilization 3and 33 travel times based on a normal situation. ' 34
~
35 II. Region I Specific Capabilities and Mobilization- 36 and Travel Times 37 .
^
38 All major DOE laboratories and facilities maintain 39 accident teams, which can be made available through 40 the FRMAP to any nearby location. A'numbar of 41 specialized instruments hav'e been developed to aid in 42 - ! the rapid assessment and mitigation of the 43 44 45 O 46 47 REV. 0~ 48: l
l 1 ,-
. ; ' , ../
s ,
/
l ~
-(:) ~_
Attachment 2.2.1 Page 2 of 17 1 - consequences of a major nuclear accident. The 1 personnel involved with these responses have routine 2 radiolbgical-related duties on a daily. basis at 3 leading, nuclear facilities thereby ensuring not only 4 continuing experience and training, but also providing 5
~the conditions for keeping state-of-the-art equipment 6 operable and calibrated. 7 8
Capabilities 9
- /- m 10 Independent dose asseriment ofr5n emergency at 11 Shoreham Nuclear Power Station.(SNPS) will be 12 performed by 'che'FRMAP representative reporting from 13 Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL). ~
14
, , . 15 i The headquarters for the United States Department of 16 Energy (DOE), Region 1, FRMAP-Team is located at BNL, 17 approximately six miles from.the Thoreham site. 18 19 LILCO has requested, due to the proximity and 20 experience of the FRMAP personnel, that FRMAP assist 21 1
in accident assessment during any event classification 22 in which the Lo' cal EOC fs sctivated. DOE has agreed 23 to this request and will' conduct,the accident 24 assessment effort for LERO.. ' ' 25
' 26 BNL is not.fied by LILCO Customer: Services by means i
.27 of a commercial telephone. During/off hours, BNL 28 Security serves as the mechanism to provide 29 notification for the on-call Duty Officer. .30 31 Since a FRMAP team representative n will;be one of the 32 primary respondents to the Local EOC t'o, assist in 33 accident assessment, _ there is a dedicated telephone 34 line for his use-between the Local EOC and the BNL 35 a Office of the Safety and Environmental Protection 36 Division. This link will be used to coordinate FRMAP 37-
'~ team members who will receive direction from.the Local 38 EOC, and then subsequently used by that individual to 39 mobilize additional resources of the Department of 40 Energy at BNL, as requiredc x 41 q REV. O
? l F g
,/:
r "
]-
,e -
' ' ,i c .- . ., - - -- - -- - - -
;. -( -
7 s , p. -
~
Attachment 2.2.1 , Pag,e 3 of 17 ' ' s FRMAP rovides assistance only. Although this is a 1 federa program with highly; developed expertise, this 2 _, s program will not assume the responsibility of LERO for ' 3 the protection of the health and welfare of-its 4 citizens. A FRMAP representative from the Brookhaven 5 s Area Operations Office will. report to the Local EOC in, 6 i Brentwood, Long Island, to assist the Director of 7 Local Response in accident assessment and radiological 8 exposure control functions, s 9 10 Brookhaven Area Office can provide supp' ort to the 11 LERO to accomplish the following goals: 12 13 Alpha, beta, and gamma ' radiation s.urveyo 14 Radiation monitoring of air, food, ws.ter, 15 milk, and personnel ~, 16 Gamma spectrometry and radionuclide 17 ._ identification 18 Airborne radiciodine sampling and analysis 19' O'* s to concentrations as low as 5x10E-08' microcuries per cubic centimeter 20-21 Radiological control advice 22 - Medical advice 23 Decontamination of personnel'and equipment ' 24 . s - Laboratory analysis 25 Mobile laboratories . 26 Support by Government laboratories such as 27 - , . Bettis, Knolls, Argonne, and Oak Ridge 28 ' Communications 29 30 Mobile laboratories from FRMAP contain 31 state-of-the-art high and low-range alpha, beta, and 32 gamma radiation survey equipment as well as sodium 33 iodide scintillation spectrometry analysis equipment. 34 35 ' The Brookhaven National Laboratory is located six. J36 miles from the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station in -37 _ Suffolk County. 38 39-
@ w
~.
., 3 _
s
\' m; 1 .REV. O ~4
,% ,s n
s .
-r 'he.
l () Attachment 2.2.1 Page 4 of 17 l l III. DOE FRMAP General Capabilities 1 2 NEST /AMS 3 4 The Nuclear Emergency Search Team (NEST) is 5 maintained in a constant state of readiness for 6 assistance in emergencies. NEST is a DOE operation 7 and consists of personnel and equipment drawn from 8 Andrews Air Force Base, the Lawrence Livermore 9 Laboratory (LLL), Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, 10 Sandia Laboratories, and EG&G, Inc., a DOE 11 Contractor / Laboratory. This capability incorporates a 12 broad spectrum of technical expertise, special 13 instruments, and the logistics support base to respond 14 rapidly to large scale emergencies. Included in NEST 15 responses are special radiation detection systems, a 16 comprehensive communication system, logistics support 17 hardware, the Aerial Measuring System (AMS), airborne 18 radiation surveillance systems, aerial photographic 19 capabilities, multispectral scanner systems, and 20 (]) background survey files. Atmospheric Release Advisory 21 Capability (ARAC), an atmospheric modeling system 22 computer linked to the National Weather System and the 23 USAF Global Weather System, can be utilized to support 24 a major emergency. 25 26 RESPONSE EQUIPMENT 27 28 The special response team is organized to deploy most 29 rapidly those personnel and equipment that are 30 immediately required. If the situation is of major 31 proportion, added equipment in the following 32 categories is available. 33 34 Airborne Systems 35 36 Helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft are equipped with .37 gamma and neutron detection equipment. Gamma spectral 38 data is recorded with position information derived 39 from measurements of several exposure rates and 40 principal isotope identification. On the ground the 41 O REV. O
( Attachment 2.2.1 Page 5 of 17 recorded data can be converted to equivalent exposure 1 rate at one meter above the ground and plotted as 2 isopleths on maps or aerial photographs for immediate 3 use by the responsible authorities. 4 5 Aerial photography is performed with large format 6 cameras. A twelve channel Daedalus Scanner is 7 available for very sensitive thermal mapping or 8 similar diagnostic or assessment applications. 9 10 Standard Health Physics Instruments 11 12 Packages of standard health physics instruments are 13 available with current calibrations. Team scientists 14 select the appropriate instruments for the predominant 15 isotopes. A TLD reader and 250 TLD's are included. A 16 variety of alarming dosimeters are carried by 17 personnel working close to the incident site. Also 18 included are air samplers, portable counting () equipment, battery powered analyzers, and source handling equipment. Anti-contamination clothing and 19 20 21 breathing apparatus are also available. 22 23 Communications 24 25 An extensive communications system is deployed with 26 the special team. A memorandum of understanding 27 between DOE and AT&T assures rapid telephone response 28 for the communications system connection. The 29 switching hardware for a twelve line telephone system 30 and radios for HF and VHF transmissions are installed 31 in an airline cargo pod. In addition, the system 32 contains a portable microwave system to provide video, 33 data, audio, telephone, and control communication- 34-between a field command post and an incident site 35 which may be up to 50 miles apart. Telephone with HF 36 backup is the primary longer distance communication 37 system. On-scene communication is assured with VHF 38 radio, repeaters, and pagers. 39 40 Included in the communication array are all the basic 41 support elements to establish a field command post. 42 l This includes typewriters, telecopiers, copy machines, 43
. status boards, etc. 44 .()-
REV. O
b3 Attachment 2.2.1 Page 6 of 17 All of the equipment and systems described above are 1 packaged for deployment within two hours of a 2 request. Existing airlift agreements between DOE and 3 the Military Airlift Command assure rapid response. 4 Most of the equipment can also be flown on commercial 5 widebody aircraft and trucked the final distance to a 6 site if time so dictates. 7 8 Backup Support 9 10 There are many specialized systems located throughout 11 DOE national laboratories which could be made 12
'available for specialized needs or extreme emergency 13 situations. The members of the special regional DOE 14 field teams and the DOE Headquarters Emergency Action 15 Coordinating Team are prepared to locate special 16 equipment, arrange transportation, and logistically 17 support the equipment onsite if risk to the public and 18 national priorities so require. 19
() ARAC 20 21 22 The ARAC system, located at LLL, is a system for 23 computer based atmospheric modeling system which is 24 real-time linked to the National Weather Service and 25 the USAF Global Weather System. To insure accurate 26 modeling for small areas around a fixed site, 27 meteorological data from the site is required. In 28 addition, topographic data is added for the site 29 environs. Many calculational models are available to 30 the field team. Source terms may be discrete 31 (explosion), continuous (plume), or patterns if 32 particulates are present. Software is available to 33 make dose assessments and to accumulate these if the 34 release is continuing over a 7eriod of time. ARAC can 35 also aredict plume patterns w'11ch may be extremely 36 I valuaile for evacuation planning, locations where air 37 1 monitoring should be emphasized, or planning releases 38 which are under limited control. Finally, aerial 39 teams can continuously compare and update ARAC data 40 with actual in-plume measurements to assist in 41 improving source term estimates. Communication with 42 ARAC is via computer terminal and telecopier. Because. 43 REV. O
Attachment 2.2.1 Page 7 of 17 of its relatively long deployment time of 1 approximately 48 hours, ARAC could only be used as a 2 back-up to LERO's offsite dose projection done at the 3 Local EOC. 4 5 If the Brookhaven Area Office determines it is 6 needed, the NEST /AMS and ARAC capability of DOE FRMAP 7 is activated by Brookhaven by calling the DOE 8 Headquarters at the Emergency Operations Center in 9 Germantown, Maryland. NEST /AMS capability exists at 10 nearby Andrews Air Force Base and would not require 11 the travel time from Las Vegas. ARAC meteorologists 12 could also be sent to the site from other nearby- 13 , locations in the southeastern part of the U.S. 14 15 16 REFERENCES 17 18 19 () 1. DOE Emergency Response Resources For A Major Incident, John F. Joyle, EG&G, Inc., Energy Measurements Group 20 21 Assistant NV Program Manager for AMS/ NEST, paper given 22 at American Nuclear Society Executive Conference on 23 Emergency Preparedness , San Antonio, Texas , February 24 11, 1980. 25 26
- 2. Nuclear Accidents Response, L. Joe Deal, Department of 27 Energy, paper given at American Nuclear Society 28 Executive Conference on Emergency Preparedness, San 29 Antonio, Texas, February 11, 1980. 30 31
- 3. ERDA - 60, Energy Research and Development 32 Administration Radiological Assistance Plan, Division, 33 of Operational Safety - Headquarters, July, 1975. 34 l
l REV. O i l
O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 8 of 17 DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY l 2 EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 3 4 FIELD KITS 5
. 6 7
Instrument Kit (3 each) 8 9 l' Quantity Description 10 11 1 - Victoreen Radector III, beta-gamma 12 (Ion Chamber) 13 14 1 - Victoreen CDV-700 count rate meter with 15 end window, thin wall and underwater GM 16 probes 17 18 1 - Alpha scint. probe 19 20 0 1 - 8eter7overteaetr meter df11ters 21 22 4 - 200 MR self-reading dosimeters 23 24 4 - 200 R self-reading dosimeters 25 26 1 - Dosimeter charger 27 28 6 - TLD dosimeters 29 30 Misc. - Stop watch, flashlight, tape ruler, check sources 31 and batteries 32 i l 33 34 Field Kit (1 each) 35 Quantity 36 Description 37 38 1 - 1/16 x 5 inch diameter scint. with thin window 39 40 41 1 - Eberline PRM-5 pulse rate meter 42 1 43 Eberline RASP-1 Ruggedized alpha probe 44 REV. O
~
l l l l O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 9 of 17 1 - Eberline SPA-3, 2 inch scint. probe - 1 2 1 - Eberline HP-210 beta window pancake GM 3 probe 4 5 Misc. - Spare parts, tape ruler, check sources, voltmeter, 6 spare batteries, cables and gloves. 7 8 9 Super Field Kit (1 each) 10 11 Quantity Description 12 13 1 - 1/16 x 5 inch diameter scint. with thin 14 window 15 16 1 - Eberline SAM-2 mini scaler and rate 17 meter 18 19 1 RD-22, 2 x 2 inch scint. probe () 20 21 Misc. - Rechargeable battery pack for SAM-2, tape ruler, 22 and cables. 23 24 25 Multi Channel Analyzer Kit (1 each) 26 27 Quantity Description 28 29 1 - Davidson Model 4106 M.C.A. (4096 30 Channels) 31 32 1 - Digital Cassette Recorder 33 34 1 - Silent 700 Printing Terminal 35 36 1 - Inverter Power Supply and Power Cord 37 l l O REV. O !
l l O l l Attachment 2.2.1 Page 10 of 17 l M.C.A. Detector Systems 1 2 Quantity Description 3 4 1 - Bicron 3 x 3 NaI Detector 5 6 1 - Canberra 2005 Preamp 7 8 1 - Canberra 2012 Amplifier 9 10 1 - Canberra 3002 H.V. Supply 11 12 1 - ORTEC High Purity Ge Detector 13 14 1 - ORTEC 572 Amplifier 15 16 1 - ORTEC Mini NIM BIN and Low Voltage 17 Supply 18 () 1 - Beta and Gamma Reference Source Set 19 20 21 1 - 30 Liter Dewar 22 23
' 24 Environmental Radiation Monitor (1 each) 25 26 Reuter Stokes RSS-111, Range 0-5000 micro R/hr. 27 28 29 Porta-Air Sampler Kit (5 each) 30 31 Quantity Description 32 33 1 -
Portable (AC/DC) field iodine air 34 sampler 35 36 1 - Victoteen CDV-700 count rate meter with 37 6306GM probe and shield 38 39 5 - Sample canisters (silver loaded 40 silica-gel) 41 42 5 - Sample canisters (TEDA charcoal) 43 O REV. O
O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 11 of 17
- 1 copy sampling procedure, technical report,
~
Misc 1 battery adapter cable, 25 ft. extension cable, 2 screwdriver. 3 4 5 Porta-Air Sampler Supply Kit (1 each) 6 7 Quantity Description 8 9 17 - Sample canisters (silver loaded 10 silica-gel) 11 ! 12 4 - Sample canisters (TEDA charcoal) 13 14 2 - One gallon can (silver loaded 15 silica-gel) 16 17 1 - Roll particulate paper 18 () 1 - Beaker 19 20 21 2 - Screwdrivers 22 23 2 - Scissors 24 25 1 - CDV-700 and 6306 probe 26 27 Misc. - Blank labels, pre-marked labels, plastic bags. 28 29 30 Environmental Air Sampler (18 each) 31 32 Contains AC powered pump, lapsed time meter, flow gauge, 33 hose, filter holder, rain cover, filter stand and power 34 cord, 5 sample canisters, 6 particulate filters, padlock, 35 chain. 36 ! 37 38 High Volume Air Samplers (2 each) 39 40 Staplex particulate monitors. 41 42 O REV. 0 y - . - , - , - > -,-m -
O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 12 of 17 Data or Reference Kit - Color Code - Dark Brown Attache 1 4 Case (2 each) 2 3 Road-Maps 4 Radiation Handbooks and RAP Manual 5 Data Pads, Graph Paper, Pencils, Ruler 6 Masking Tape and Rope Tape 7 Signs and Tags 8 Small Sample Containers 9 Tape Measure 10 Pocket Knife 11 Polaroid Camera and Film 12 Smear Books and Filter Paper 13 Calculator and Charger 14 Small Plastic Bags 15 16 17 s Protective Clothing Kit - Color Code - Brown (4 kits for 2 18 people each) 19 20 Head Covers 21 1/2 Face Respirators and Filters (2 A.O., 2 MSA, 2 22 Wilson) 23 4 Gloves (Heavy Plastic and Autopsy) (2 sizes) 24 Coveralls (Medium and Large) 25 Shoe Covers (Medium and Large) 26 Splash Suit and 1 Poncho 27 Tape (Wide, masking) 28 ) Wash and Dry Packets 29 Plastic Bags (Medium and Large) 30 31 32 Sample Collection Kit - Color Code - Green (4 each)- 33 34 Plastic Bags (3 sizes) 35 Sample Containers - Bottles (3-5 sizes) 36 Sample Containers - Can (3-5 sizes) 37. Masking Tape 38 Grease Pencils .39 Trowel 40 Tags 41 Scissors 42 Tongs 43 O l REV. O l
.x . . - . - . - . . . . ., . - - - . . .
. ., J
l-O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 13 of 17 l l Run Bags - (3 each) 1 i 2 I Each bag contains rain suit, coat, gloves, hat, socks, 3 )' underwear, toilet articles, rain boots, and coveralls. 4
. 5 6
Gasoline Powered Generators 7 8 2500 Watt, 115 Volts, AC (One each) < 9 500 Watt, 115 Volts,.AC (Two each) 10 Gasoline Can, 5 gallon (3 each) 11 Filter Funnel (3 each) 12 13 14 O O
-REV. O
O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 14 of 17 INDIVIDUAL ITEMS 1 2 Survey Instruments: 3 4 Quantity Type Description 5 6 3 Victoreen 471A Wide range beta-gamma (Ion 7 Chamber) 8 9 3 Victoreen CDV-720 Wide range beta-gamma (Ion 10
- Chamber) 11 12 1 Teletector 6112 Beta-gamma with telescoping 13 probe (GM) 14 15 1 Victoreen CDV-715 Gamma (Ion Chamber) 16 17 2 Victoreen CDV-700 Count rate meter (GM) 18 19 1 Victoreen CDV-700 Count rate meter, scint. 20 and GM 21 22 3 Eberline E120 Count rate meter (GM) 23 24 1 Victoreen Radector II Beta-gamma (Ion Chamber) 25 26 3 Nucor CS-40A Wide range beta-gamma 27 (Ion Chamber) 28 29 2 Ludlum 12-S Micro R meter (scint.) 30 31 1 Eberline PRM-5-3 Lin-Log Pulse Rate Meter 32 with PG-2 low energy gamma 33 scint probe 34 35 1 Eberline PAC-4G-3 Lin-Log Gas proportional 36 survey meter with AC-21 37 alpha probe 38 39 1 Eberline PAC-4G-3 Lin-Log Gas proportional 40 (Floor Monitor Mount) survey meter with AC-21 41 alpha probe, AC-21B beta 42 probe 43 O
REV. O
i -( ) Attachment 2.2.1 Page 15 of 17 1 Eberline PAC-ISA Alpha scint, detector, SPA-1 1 probe with sample tray 2 3 4 Eberline PAC-4S Lin-Log alpha scint, detector 4 5 1 Ludlum 12 Count rate meter with alpha 6 scint. 7 8 2 LFE Corp NP2 Neutron detector (Snoopy) 9 10 Scalers and Detectors: 11 12 1 Eberline PS-1 Portable Scaler 13 14 1 Eberline PS-2 Portable Scaler (2 High 15 Voltage adj . ) 16 17 2 Eberline MS-2 Portable Scaler and 18
. rate meter 19 20 2 Eberline SH-3 GM counter with sample 21 tray 22 23 1 Eberline SH-5 Gas Flow counter with 24 sample tray 25 26 > 1 Eberline HP-210 Beta window pancake GM 27 probe 28 29 2 Eberline SH-4 Holder with sample tray for 30 HP-210 probe 31 32 1 Eberline FC-2 Lab. type, lead shielded, gas 33 flow proportional counter and 34 gas cylinder 35 36 37
() REV. O l
, - . . - ._ , _ ~ .. . .
l 1 1 i ! Attachment 2.2.1 ? Page 16 of 17 i ! Equipment for Use on' Emergency Truck 1 1 2 i Road Maps 3
; RAP Manual 4
- First Aid Kit 5 j Tool Kit (Fundamental) 6 Jumper Cable 7 i Fire extinguisher 8
- Flares (9) 9
- Blankets (2) 10 l Shovel 11 j Flashlight 12 1 Plastic Tarpaulin 13
- Flood light 14
- 15 t
16 j Miscellaneous Protective Clothing 17
; 18 i Coveralls - 12 pair 19 iO ne a covere. cottoa - 18 Apron, rubberized - 1 20 21 i
Leather gloves, lead lined - 1 pair 22 Leather work gloves - 4 pair 23
; Cotton work gleves - 5 pair 24 ! Rubber gloves - 5 pair 25 i Plastic gloves, disposable - 150 pair 26 l Shoe covers , rubberized - 24 pair 27 ; Shoe covers, canvas - 3 pair 28 Shoe covers, light plastic - 20 pair 29 ! Shoe covers, heavy plastic - 8 pair 30 i Rubbers, yellow toe - 2 pair 31 i Rain boots, rubber - 2 pair 32
- Tarpaulin, canvas - 3 33 i Respirator (A.O.), 1/2 face - 1 34 Respirator (M.S.A.), 1/2 face with spare filters (Type H) - 35 1 22 pair 36 Respirator filters (Wilson) Type R12 - 16 pair 37
]' Protective eye glasses, plastic - 6 pair. 38 39 40 i 1 i l tO ^ r REV. O
O Attachment 2.2.1 Page 17 of 17 Miscellaneous Items 1 2 Portable communications transceivers (5) 3 Portable AM/FM broadcast receivers (2) 4 Binocular 2 - 2 pair 5 Radiation signs and tags (assorted) 6 Ribbon Tape 7 Rope 8 Pads 9 Pencils 10 Reinforced filament tape 11 Plastic bags 12 , Plastic bottles, 100ML - 100 each 13 Marinelli beakers 14 ( Spare TEDA charcoal, and silver loaded silica-gel 15 Vacuum drying oven for silica-gel 16 l Battery packs for Eberline scalers (4 each) 17 Spare type R51 filters for battery operated air sampleta 18 i Sample canisters for env. air samplers - (200) 19 O rettic= tete etttere for eav- ett ee Pt ere - <3oo) 20
)
e O REV. O
i () 3.2 Emergency Classification System 1 2 Four classes of emergencies are established which are 3 consistent with those used by SNPS. These classes, in 4 order of increasing severity, are Unusual Event, 5 Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency. 6 The gradation is provided to assure fuller emergency 7 management preparations for more serious indicators. 8 The use of these predefined emergency classes provides 9 a basis for LERO to implement an emergency response 10 consistent with the severity of the emergency. 11 12 It is the responsibility of the SNPS emergency 13 organization to classify or declassify the emergency. 14 15 Unusual Event 16 17 Class
Description:
18 19 Unusual events are in process or have occurred which 20 indicate a potential degradation of the level of 21 safety of the plant. 22 23 Release Potential: 24 (]) No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite 25 26 responses or monitoring are expected unless further 27 degradation of safety systems occurs. 28 29 Pu rpose: 30 31 To assure that the first step in any response later 32 found to be necessary has been carried out; bring the 33 operating staff to a state of readiness and provide 34 systematic handling of unusual events information and 35 decision-making. 36 3.2-1 REV. O i l
1_ i
- O Alert 1 2
Class
Description:
3 4 Events are in process or have occurred which involve 5 an actual or potential substantial degradation of the 6 1 level of safety of the plant. 7 8 Release Potential: 9 10 Any releases expected to be limited to small fractions 11 of the EPA Protective Action Guideline (PAG) exposure 12 levels. 13 14
Purpose:
. 15 16 i To assure that emergency personnel are readily 17 available to respond if the situation becomes more 18 serious or to perform confirmatory radiation 19 monitoring if required; and provide offsite 20 authorities current status information. 21 22 Site Area Emergency 23 4 - 24 i O ct ne cet Peto== 25 26 3 Events are in process or have occurred which involve 27 actual or likely major failures of plant functions 28 needed for protection of the public. 29 30 4 Release Potential: 31
' 32 Any releases not expected to exceed EPA PAG exposure 33 levels except near site boundary. 34 35
Purpose:
36 37 To assure that response centers are manned; assure 38 that monitoring teams are dispatched; assure that 39 personnel required for evacuation of near-site areas 40 are at duty stations if the situation becomes more 41 serious; and provide updates for the public through 42 l the Public Information Coordinator. 43 IE9 3.2-2 , REV. 0 1 l ! l
l I l l 1 O General Emergency 1 2 Class
Description:
3 l 4 Events are in process or have occurred which involve 5 l actual or imminent substantial core degradation or 6 melting with potential loss of containment integrity. 7 8 Release Potential: 9 10 Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA PAG 11 exposure levels offsite for more than the immediate 12 site area. 13 14
Purpose:
15 16 To initiate predetermined protective actions for the 17
- publici provide continuous assessment of information 18 from licensee and offsite organization measurements; 19 initiate additional measures as indicated by actual or 20 potential releases and provide updates for the public 21 through the Public Information Coordinator. 22 O
3.2-3 REV. 0
l O transportation suppor*. personnel will prepare for 1 possible evacuation should conditions warrant. 2 Figure 3.3.4 indicates which individuals report to 3 pre-assigned duty stations and which individuals 4 remain on standby status. 5 6 D - General Emergency 7 8 Procedures for notification and activation of 9 emergency response personnel are the same as those 10 for a Site Area Emergency. 11 12 E - Notification of the Public 13 14 Upon the determination that a Site Area Emergency or 15 General Emergency is in progress, the Director of 16 Local Response will implement procedures to provide 17 alerting and clear instructions, including periodic 18 status updates, to the general public within periodic 19 10-mile EPZ. If the event is classified an Alert, 20 EBS may be used to notify the public and the sirens 21 are not required to be activated. However, the 22 ' Director may activate the entire Prompt Notification 23 " System at his discretion when deemed necessary (see 24 Procedure 3.8.2 - Emergency Broadcast System 25 Activation and Procedure 3.3.4 - Prompt Notification O System Activation). 26 27 28 The Prompt Notification System shall serve as the 29 primary mechanism to alert the general public of a 30 radiological emergency. The permanent and transient 31 (hotels, parks, beaches, etc.) population will be 32 alerted by means of a system of 89 fixed sirens 33 mounted throughout the 10-mile EPZ. 34 35 In the event of partial or total tiren failure, a 36 route alerting system will be implemented in which 37 LILCO emergency vehicles equipped with public address 38 units will drive through affected areas in the 39 10-mile EPZ alerting residents to listen to a local 40 Emergency Broadcasting System (EBS) radio or 41 television station. 42 43 In addition to the sirens there is a system of tone 44 activated alert radios for warning those 45 organizations with a large number of personnel such a 46 schools , hospitals , nursing homes , and major 47 employers. Each special facility will be equipped 48 with a Tone Activated Radio System which upon 49 O 3.3-4 REV. O
. . - . .. . = .- - .-. . . _ - - _
8 I ( activation by the EBS signal from WALK radio (97.5 1 FM), will automatically broadcast the emergency 2 messages. It is the intent to utilize this system 3 during a Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency to 4 provide these special facilities with additional 5 alerting and preparation time in the event the 6 situation requires sheltering or evacuation. 7 (Examples of the need for this preparation time may 8 be used by school districts wishing to implement an 9 early dismissal or a major employer such as Grumman, 10 needing time to implement shut-down procedures.) 11 12 The designated radio station (WALK) tests its EBS 13 signal generation once a week. All special 14 facilities will be provided with an advance copy of 15 the schedule of test times. This prior receipt of 16 the time schedules for testing will permit the 17 facility to know ahead of time when a test is being 18 coducted so that it will not misinter 19 alarm as a potential real emergency. pret Another the benefitradio's 20 is the immediate discovery of a malfunctioning 21 receiver. 22 23 The operational responsibility for activation of the 24 O Prompt Notification System rests with LERO. Director of Local Response will activate the Prompt The 25 26 Notification System by verifying that WALK (EBS) is 27 prepared to broadcast a prepared message and direct 28 the activation of the sirens using the encoder 29 located at the Local EOC. If warranted, he will also 30 direct the U. S. Coast Guard to warn offshore areas. 31 32 In the unlikely event that the initial notification ~ 33 ' from the plant is a General Emergency and includes an 34 immediate recommendation for sheltering or 35 evacuation, the following procedure will be used (and 36 is illustrated in Figure 3.3.6). 37 38
- 1. At the direction of.the Director of Local 39 Response, the Coordinator of Public 40 Information contacts WALK (EBS) Radio Station 41 over commercial telephone. He will explain 42 that there is an immediate emergency and that 43 the Local EOC and the Emergency News Center 44 have not, as yet, been activated and 45 therefore the dedicated phone normally used 46 for a radiological emergency is not currently 47 accessible. The call will be verified by 48 WALK using the-pre-established call-back 49 procedures for this purpose. 5 40 3.3-5 REV. O
l 1 Figure 3.3.1 Page 1 of 3 Radiological Emergency Data Form PART I - GENERAL INFORMATION
- 1. Date and Time of Message Transmittal: A NOT been a release of radio-Date Time activity.
(24 hr. clock) B been a release of radio-activity to the ATMOSPHERE.
- 2. Facility providing information: C been a release of radio-A Indian Point Unit No. 2 activity to a BODY OF WATER B Indian Point Unit No. 3 .
C Ginna Station D been a GROUND SPILL release D Nine Mile Point Unit No. 1 of radioactivity. E FitzPatrick Plant F Shoreham Station 9. The release is: G Other A continuing. B terminated.
- 3. Reported by: C NOT applicable.
A. Name 10. Protective Actions: B. Title A There is NO need for Protective Actions outside
- 4. This ....A is ...an exarcise, the site boundary.
O B is NOT B Protective Actions are under consideration.
- 5. Emergency Classification C Recommended Protective A Unusual Event Actions:
B Alert Shelter within C Site Area Emergency miles /or D General Emergency sectors /or ERPA's. , Evacuate within
- 6. This classification occured at miles /or i
Date Time sectors /or ERFA's. (24 hour clock)
- 11. Weather:
- 7. Brief Event Description / A Wind speed miles per Initiating Condition: hour or meters per second.
B Direction (from) __ degrees. C Stability class (A-G) D General Weather Condition
- 8. -There has: (if available)
Message received by i REY. 0
--n - .,- - - .- .,,- >n. n , . -- , , ,
- - - - -. - _ ~_ -
0 Figure 3.3.1 Page 2 of 3 PART II - RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DATA
- 12. Prognosis for Worsening or Termination of the Emergency:
- 13. In Plant Emergency Response Actions Underway:
- 14. Utility Off-Site Emergency Response Action Underway: j
- 15. Release Information A ATMOSPHERIC RELEASE Actual Proj ected Date and Time Release Started Duration of Release hrs hrs Noble Gas Release Rate Ci/sec Ci/sec Radioiodine Release Rate Ci/sec Ci/sec Elevated or Ground Release B WATERBORNE RELEASE O Date and Time Release Started Duration of Release ~~
hrs hrs Volume of Release gal gal Radioactivity Concentration (gross) uCi/ml uCi/ml Total Radioactivity Released Ci Ci Radionuclides in Release uCi/ml uCi/ml uCi/ml uCi/ml uCi/ml uCi/ml Basis for release data e.g. effluent monitors, grab sample, composite sample and sample location:
- 16. Dose and Measuremencs and Projections A SITE BOUNDARY Whole Body Dose Rate Actual. Projected mR- mR/hr Whole Body Commitment (1 he exposure)
Thyroid Dose Commitment (Total Commitment) mrem- mrem Thyroid Dose Rem O BEV. O
l
\
l . t O Figure 3.3.1 Page 3 of 3 B PROJECTED OFFSITE l 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles Whole Body Dose Rate (mR/hr) Whole Body Dose (Rem) Thyroid Dose Commitment (1 hr. Exposure - mrem) : i Thyroid Dose (Total Commitment - Rem)
- 17. Protective Action Recommendations and the basis for that recommendation:
O - t 4 4 e O
. PEl. O
O Figure 3.3.6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL EQUIPPED WITH PAGERS Personnel Director of Local response Coordinator of Public Information Manager of Local Response Lead Communicator . Health Services Coordinator Emergency Medical /Public Service Coordinator Hospital Coordinator Public Services Liaison Ambulance Coordinator Radiation Health Coordinator l Environmental Assessment Coordinator i Dose Acsessment Staff Environmental Survey Coordinator Survey Teams j Dosimetry Coordinator . l Decontamination Coordinator Relocation Center Monitoring Personnel l
~ Relocation Center Decontamination Personnel Decontamination of Emergency Workers Personnel I Evacuation Coordinator Traffic Control Coordinator Traffic Control Point Coordinator Traffic Guides Road Logistics Coordinator Road Crews Evacuation Route Coordinator Special Facilities Evacuation Coordinator Route Alerting Drivers Transportation Support Coordinator j Bus Coordinator Bus Drivers Support Services Coordinator Security Coordinator l
O
- g. . ..... . .. i- .
LERO & Support RE TR OR ." *
.v.
E o.
" g. o. g "4"3 3 ,w R OM
. c- n= E. 7G.
o e 9 1? -= i
?.? 3 c, r.m a
"?
M. M. ne Ch*G o. m -w 9 C t.u a o tut
.m.
ryU. O to O no a
.n no
- l n
Mm a
>* . - M C. .% .*e
.o.o e M. o, M w o .n
*t.*
n." . n.
. .n Em o, nn s a .CL . < - os o .
F .N 3 ", P
*~
o
.a-n.
n ". *J n
.i oa o no et s u 4 om Q.
.n M . %
% < e
*. e e *
- at 0 e.
es g M. en g .& e-n p sj ty Alert General Public
- w. .,
o
" g ,
I u N .< m o Inform Public with EBS Broadcasts
$uN M N.. , Notify Isolated
> N3 Rural Foculation 7 g 5 , Notify Population in 3 , M, Park. anA Reach A. mt E
se NE e H eu Notify Boaters g a. hN g in , Notify Workers at Laree Emnlovers o u ~ 2 in , Notify Population in ". C Institutions $. p , , Conduct Special
- meiri,.ein.
S Notify School g ,, , ni . . .u , .
# 'o *o 'o 'o *o e N Q
w 4 s Notify Response g m....--.1 1 Nassau County, New York & Connecticut O O
l
- O case of an immediate Site Area or General Emergency 1 requiring protective actions, from the Brookhaven 2 Substation close to SNPS. This system is maintained 3 by the utility. 4 i i 5 !
The tone activated radio system is turned on 6 1 i automatically by the EBS signal from the WALK radio 7 station, thus enabling it to transmit the EBS 8 ) 4 . emergency message. Tone activated radio receivers 9 are provided for special facilities including 10 schools, hospitals, medical support hospitals, 11 Ambulance / fire and Rescue Corps, nursing homes and 12 major employers. Facilities equipped with tone 13 activated radios are shown in Table 3.4.1. 14 15 Mobile public address systems mounted on LILCO 16 vehicles provide backup to the siren system. They 17 provide a means for alerting the public to listen to 18 i a local EBS radio or television station. 19 i 20 I - Federal Communications Support 21 22 The Federal Radiological Monitoring and Assessment 23-Plan (FRMAP) provides for support to the Local 24 , Emergency Response Organization from various Federal 25 resources. Communications support is one of the 26 services that can be deployed as part of FRMAP 27 response. 28 29 An extensive communications system is deployed.with 30 the special team. A memorandum of understanding 31 between DOE and N.Y. Telephone Co. assures rapid 32 telephone response for the communications system 33 connection. The switching hardware for a twelve line 34 telephone system and radios for UHF and VHF 35 transmissions are installed in an airline cargo pod. 36 In addition, the ystem contains a portable microwave 37 system to provide video, data, audio, telephone, and 38 control communication between a field command post 39 and an incident site which may be up to 50 miles 40
- apart. Telephone with MF backup is the primary 41 longer distance communication system. On-scene 42 communication is assured with VHF radio, repeaters. 43 i
and pagers. 44 45
- Included in the communication array are all.the basic 46
- support elements to establish a field command post. 47 f This includes typewriters, telecopiers, copy 48 machines, status boards, etc. 49 3.4-6 REV. O r
w - ++v9--w --y,--+ --m- ,ey --w-4 e-
O All of the equipment and systems described above are 1 packaged for deployment within two hours of a 2 request. Existing airlift agreements between DOE and 3 the Military Airlift Command assure rapid response. 4 Most of the equipment can also be flown on commercial 5 widebody aircraft and trucked the final distance to a 6 site if time so dictates. 7 8 J - Testing 9 10 Periodic testing of communications will be conducted 11 on a regularly scheduled basis in accordance with 12 Procedure 3.4.1 - Communications Testing as follows: 13 14 o Radiological Emergency Communications System 15
- monthly 16 17 o LILCO Notification Radio System - 18 monthly 19 20 o LILCO Emergency Radio System - monthly 21 22 o Commercial Telephone - monthly 23 24 o Sirens - as described in LILCO Nuclear 25 Operations Support Department Procedures 26 27 o Tone Activated Radio System - Weekly 28 29 o Mobile Public Address System - N/A ' 30
-O I 3.4-7 REV. 0 m. q-- % - e
. ~ . .-
Page 1 of 5 O riBtz 2.4.1 SPECIAL FACILITIES WITH tot;E ACTIVATED RADIOS
- 1. Alphabetland Center 13. Cathedral Pines Park Echo Avenue Middle Island, NY 11953 Miller Place, IN 11764
- 14. Central Brookhaven Headstart
- 2. Boces North Brookhaven Center P.O. Box 48, Mill Road 623 North Bicycle Path Coram, NY 11727 Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776
- 15. Central Moriches School District
- 3. Boces Su:ervisory District il Mr. Clayton Huey, Superintendent Mr. Frank Perry, Superintendent 511 Main Street 215 Old Riverhead Road Central Moriches, NY 11934 West Hampton Beach, NY 11978
- 16. Charles Walters Elementary School
- 4. Boces Supervisory District #2 Everett Drive Mr. J.R. Bushneyer Yaphank,tW 11980 201 Sunrise Highway Patchogue, NY 11772 17. Charles Walters Elementary School Annex il
- 5. Boyle Road Elemetary School Everett Drive 424 Boyle Road Yaphank,tW 11980 pd Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776
- 18. Charles Walters Elementary School
- 6. Briarcliff Road School Annex #2 Briarcliff Rd. Everett Drive Shoreham, NY ' 11876 'Yaphank,IN 11980
- 7. Brookhaven Country Day School 19. Clinton Avenue Elementary School Yaphank, NY 11980 140 Clinton Avenue Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776
- 8. Brookhaven National labs Upton, IN 11973 ~
- 20. Comsewoque School District Administration Building
- 9. Calverton National Cemetery 400 Jayne Blvd.
Calverton, tW 11933 , Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776
- 10. Camp Dewolf 21. Comsewoque Senior High School New North Road 565 Bicycle Path Wading River, NY 11727 Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776
- 11. Canp Wauwepex 22. Coram Bus Service Ranger-Manorville Road Mt. Sinai Road
- . Wading River, NY 11792 Coram, NY 11727
- 12. Cars Wauwepex 23. Coran Child Care Center Manor Rosa 10 Glerunore Lane Wading River, NY 11792 Coram, NY 11727 C)
REV. 0
=m
' .A Page~2-of 5 i.
- 24. Coram Elmentary School 37. John T. Mather Hospital Mt. Sinai Road North County-Rd;
- Coram, NY 11727 Port Jefferson, NY 11777
- 25. Coram Elementary School Annex 38. Joseph A. Edgar School o Mt. Sinai Road Rtc 25A Coram, NY 11727 Rocky Point, NY 11778 ,
T- 26. Coram Fire Department 39. Little Flower Children Svce. 4 Rte. 25 North Country Road 3y Coram, NY 11727 Wading River, NY 11792
+; .
- 27. Coram Jewish Center 40. Iong Island Game Farm 981 Old Town Rd. Chapman Blvd.
Coram, NY 11727 Manorville,IE 11949
- 28. Coram Rug Works 41. Iongwood Hir) School Rte. 112 Iongwood Rd.
Coram, NY 11727 - Middle Island, NY 11953
- 29. Crest Hall Health Related Facilities 42. Manorville Fire Department Church Lane and Oak Crest Avenues Manorville,IE ',
s Middle Island, NY 11953
- 30. Dayton Avenue School 43. Maryhaven Center '
Dayton Avenue 450 Myrtle Ave. Manorville, NY 11949 Port Jefferson, NY 11777 -
, 31;> Dayton Ave. School, Supervisor's Ofc. 44. Maryhaven Center Dayton Avenue 450 Myrtle Ave.
Manotville, NY 11949 Port Jefferson, NY 11777. s s 32 '.' Eastport Union Free School District
- ~^
- 45. Mid Island Arena '
Mr. Arthur Figliozzi Rocky Point Rd. ,O; Montauk Highway Middle Island, NY 11953
~* Eastport, NY 11941 ,
- 33. Gruman Aerospace Corporation 46. Mid.Cntry. Cent. Sch.'i Dist. '
Gruman Blvd. 8 and 43rd St. ' Calverton, NY 11933 Centereach, NY 11720
- 34. Harbor Hills Country Club 47. Middle Island Jr. High '
Fairway Drive Rocky Pt-Yaphank Rd. Port Jefferson, NY 11777 Middle Island, NY 11953 s ..
,, 35. Infan:: Jesus School 48. Middle Island Ibrsery School Myrtle Avenue 'W ,"- Main St.
f Port Jefferson, NY 11777 , Yaphank, NY 11980
^ 36. John F. Kennedy Jr. H1'gh School '
49.-Middle Island School Dist. A' 200 Jayne Blvd. N Rocky Pt.-Yaphcnk Rd. ' Port Jefferson, NY 11776 ' Middle Island, NY 11953 l '
.' \
.3 : 3:
yc ' P n _
'REV. 0. I ' r.
y w y ,~ -q, + .; 'j
.m. '~~i,
- H ,
,a . .
^
,s. .. _. __ a. _~- -- . - - -
Page 3 of 5 I a l O so. ataa1e tema Schoot utstrict Administration Annex
- 63. oe* not1e ner 1=8 ce=ter Church Lane Rocky Point-Yaphank Rd. Middle Island, Coram, NY Middle Island, NY 11953 11727
- 51. Millcrest Adult Home 64. Patchogue-Medford School Mill Rd. .
District, Mr. H. Read, Yaphank, NY 11980 Superintendent 241 South Ocean Ave.
- 52. Miller Avenue School Patchogue, NY 11772 Miller Avenue Shoreham, NY 11786 65. Patriot Ambulette Middle Country Rd.
- 53. Miller Place Elementary Ridge, NY 11961 Primary School Imer Rocky Point Rd. 66. Peconic River Sport Club Miller Place, NY 11764 389 River Rd.
. Manorville, NY 11949
- 54. Miller Place Fire Department 67. Peerless Photo Productions Miller Place Rd. Rte. 25A Miller Place, NY 11764 Shoreham, NY 11786
- 55. Miller Place High School 68. Pine Hills Country Club Memorial Dr. Wading River Rd.
Miller Place, NY 11764 Manorville, NY 11949 O 56. Mount Sinai Pire Department North Country Rd.
- 69. Port Jefferson Elementary School Scraggy Hill Rd.
Mt. Sinai, NY 11766 Port Jefferson, NY 11777
- 57. Mount Sinai Junior High School 70. Port Jefferson Fire Department Rte. 25A 115 Maple Pl.
Mt. Sinai, NY 11766 Port Jefferson, NY 11777
- 58. Mt. Sinai Elementary School 71. Port Jefferson High School Dr. W. Heath, Superintendent Barnum Ave.
North Country Rd. Port Jefferson, NY 11766 Mt. Sinai, NY 11766
- 59. North Country Road School 72. Pt. Jefferson Jr. High North Country Rd. High Street Miller Place, NY 11764 Port Jefferson, NY 11777
- 60. North Country Road School 73. Pt. Jefferson School Dist.
Superintendent's Office Ass't. Superintendent Ofc. North Country Road High Street Miller Place, NY 11764 Pt. Jefferson, NY'11777
- 61. North Shore Christian School 74. Pt. Jefferson Schools Supt.
Jayne Blvd. - Spring St. Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 Port Jefferson, NY 11777 O 62. Not- ed Ave. E1ementerv School
~290 Norwood Ave.-
- 75. Ridee E1ementerv Scheel Ridge Rd.
Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 Ridge, NY 11961 t REV. O
Page 4 of 5 , 76. Ridge Elementary School Annex 89. Saint Charles I4arning Ctr. Ridge Rd. Belle Terre Rd. Ridge, W 11961 Port Jefferson, NY 11777
- 77. Ridge Fire Department 90. Shoreham-Wading River H.S.
Rte. 25 Rte. 25A Ridge, NY 11961 Shorehem, NY 11876
- 78. Ridge Rest Home 91. Shoreham-Wading River Middle Whiskey Rd. School Ridge, NY 11961 Randall Rd.
Shoreham, NY 11786 t
- 79. Riley Avenue School Riley Avenue 92. Sound Beach Fire Department Calverton, NY 11933 Sound Beach Blvd.
Sound Beach, NY 11789
- 80. River Head School District l Mr. Charles lauer, Act. Supt. 93. Sound Beach Pre-School 700 Osborne Ave. P. O. Box 308 Riverhead, NY Sound Beach, NY 11789 i
- 81. Robert Sansone Intermediate Care 94. South Country Central Facility School Dist.
Rte. 25A Mr. Mark Schissler Shoreham, NY 11876 189 North Dunton Ava. East Patchogue, NY 11772 h 82. Rock Hill Country Club Clancy Rd. 95. South Street School Manorville, NY 11949 South Street Manorville, NY 11949
- 83. Rock Hill Country Club Restaurant Clancy Rd. 96. Spring Iake Golf Course i Manorville, nY 11949 Rte. 25 & Bartlett Rd.
Manorville, NY 11949
- 84. Rocky Point Elementary School Rocky Point Rd. 97. St. Johns Nursery School Rocky Point, NY 11778 Ms. Pat Breslan, Director Coats Avenue
- 85. Rocky Point Fire Department Holbrook, NY Rte. 25A Rocky Point, NY 11778 98. Step by Step learning Ctr.
138 Radio Ave.
- 86. Rocky Point Senior High School Miller Place, NY 11764 Rocky Point Rd.
Rocky Point, NY 11778 99. Suffolk Cty. Home & Infirmity Mr. Jerome Duel, Adminis.
- 87. Saint Anselms Nursery School Yaphank Ave.
Woodville & North Country Rd. Yaphank, NY 11980-Shoreham, NY 11876 100. Suffolk Cty. Police Dept.
- 88. Saint Charles Hospital Sixth Precinct r J e son NY 11777 a 77 REV. O
Page 5 of 5 l l \ 101. Suffolk Cty. R.E.A.C.T. 114. Wildwood State Park Mr. G. Meyer, President Wading River, NY 11792 14 Sarah Drive Hauppauge, NY 11792 115. Woodhaven Homes for Adults 1350 Rte. 112 102. Sunrest Nursing Home Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 North Country Rd. Port Jefferson, NY 11777 116. Woodhaven Nursing Home 1360 Rte. 112 103. Swan Lake Golf & Country Club Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 388 River Rd. Manorville, NY 11949 117. Yaphank Fire DepartInent Main Stra t 104. Tall Trees Golf Course Yaphank, NY 11980 Rte. 245A Rocky Point, Ni 11778 118. Yaphank-Suffolk County Police Department 105. Terryville Fire Departznent Yaphank Ave. 19 Jane Blvd. Yaphank, NY 11980 Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 119. Stony Brook University Hospital 106. Terryville Road Elementary School Nichols Rd. 401 Terryville Rd. Stony Brook, NY 11794 Port Jefferson Station, NY 11776 120. Central Suffolk Hospital C 107. Wading River Cooperative Play School North Country Rd. 1300 Roanoke Ave. Riverhead, NY 11901 Wading River, NY 11792 108. Wading River Fire DepartInent North Country Rd. Wading River, NY 11792 109. Wading River School Wading River-Manorville Rd. Wading River, NY 11792 110. Wallmates Vinyls Inc. 466 Mill Rd. Coram, NY 11727 111. Wa11 mates Vinyls Inc. 466 Mill Rd. Coram, NY 11727 112. West Middle Island Elementary School Annex Sweezey Rd. Middle Island, NY 11953 113. West Middle Island School nv Sweezey Rd. Middle Island, NY 11953 PH. O
O 3.5 Accident Assessment 1 2 To organize and coordinate efforts to confirm or 3 determine the offsite radiological consequences of an 4 emergency at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station 5 (SNPS). Activities which are required under this 6 function include, but are not limited to, the 7 following: 8 9 o determine the magnitude and projected path of 10 radioactive releases into the air, water or 11 onto the ground and vegetation 12 13 o deploying field radiological assessment 14 resources 15 16 o correlating the SNPS estimations of possible 17 offsite radiological consequences determined 18 by actual field measurements 19 20 Refer to Accident Assessment and Protective Action 21 Responsibility Matrix, Figure 3.5.2 for organization 22 responsibilities. 23 24 A - Site Actions 25 T ({/ Initial accident assessment of the emergency and 26 27 evaluation of the radiological release will be 28 performed by SNPS personnel. Based on plant 29 parameters and atmospheric dispersion model, SNPS 30 will determine the projected dose value. Upon 31 declaration of an emergency in any event class, 32 SNPS's initial notification and recommended 33 protective actions will be transmitted through a 34 dedicated phone system or its backup as outlined in 35 Section 3.4 - Communications. 36 37 B - Offsite Actions 38-39 Independent dose assessment of the emergency at SNPS 40 will be performed by Federal Radiological Monitoring 41 and Assessment Plan (FRMAP) support. The 42 headquarters for the United States Department of 43 Energy (DOE), Region I, assessment and monitoring 44 team are located at Brookhaven-National Laboratory 45 l l 3.5-1 REV. O l
I i i ("T
\_/
j (BNL), approximately six miles from SNPS. BNL 1 representatives will report to the Local EOC to 2 4 coordinate Offsite Radiological Survey teams (ORS) 3 l and the Accident (ORS) Assessment staff. 4 5 Two Offsite Radiological Survey teams (ORS), 6 i consisting of two individuals per team from BNL, will 7 i be dispatched as necessary to perform offsite 8 radiological surveys, see Downwind Survey Procedure 9 i (Procedure 3.5.1). These teams will be equipped with 10 radiation survey instruments, air samplers with 11 j Zeolite filters, and equipment to take water, soil 12 i and vegetation samples for laboratory analysis. The 13 1 objectives of this surveying will be to provide data 14 i for dose assessment, in conjunction with dose 15 j projections, to be used as a basis for protective 16 l action recommendations. These ORS teams will be 17 j supplemented by additional teams from LILCO if 18 i needed. 19 i 20 The level of response with respect to Offsite 21 i Radiological Surveying will depend on the seriousness 22 J of the accident. The Radiation Health Coordinator 23 lA V will have the authority to determine the level of surveying required. The ORS teams will be dispatched to perform offsite radiological surveys in the 24 25 26
+
downwind direction from SNPS. Each team will be 27 directed by the Environmental Survey Coordinator 28 (ESC), located in the Local EOC, via radio 29 i communications. He will specify the distance from 30 SNPS, the direction and sampling location number in 31 the ten mile EPZ to monitor radiation levels and 32 i obtain samples of air, water, soil and vegetation. 33
; These preselected sampling sites are listed on Table 34
- 3.5.1 and keyed to the Offsite Survey Map Figure 35 3.5.1. Field. data will be radioed back to the 2
36 l Environmental Survey Coordinator and all samples will 37 i be returned to the Local EOC, or as directed, for 38 l laboratory analysis by BNL or SNPS labs. 39 40 i Through SNPS, laboratory analysis is available at 41 I the Radiation Management Corporation in Philadelphia, 42 PA., which offers a complete Radiological 43 Environmental Monitoring Program (P.EMP) as does 44 Public Service Electric and Gas in Maplewood, NJ., 45 NUS Corporation in Rockville, MD. , and Pittsburgh, 46 l l () 3.5-2 REV. 0
k () PA.; and Teledyne in Westwood, NJ. Each of these 1 facilities has the capability to perform 2 thermoluminescent dosimetry (TLD) analysis, strontium 3 analysis, tritium analysis, gamma spectroscopy, gross 4 alpha, gross beta and iodine radiochemical analysis. 5 6 Dose Estimate From Environmental Monitoring 7 8 During an emergency at SNPS, the offsite 9 radiological impact of the accident will be assessed 10 through two separate means; environmental 11 measurements and predictive environmental models. 12 This section discusses how dose rates and cumulative 13 doses will be calculated from environmental 14 measurements. See Procedure 3.5.2, Assessment and 15 Dose Projection Procedure, to implement these 16 calculation methods. Ingestion pathway doses will be 17 estimated using Procedure 3.5.3 - Ingestion Pathway 18 Assessment and Dose Projection. 19 20 1 The general formulas for dose rate and integrated 21 dose are modified from NRC Regulatory Guide 1.109 as 22 presented in Procedure 3.5.2. All calculations are 23 based on the most limiting factor, the child age 24 group. 25 Q The equations will be applied to each and every 26 27 analytical result (field or laboratory) as soon as 28 possible after the result is received in the Local 29 EOC. Therefore, each analytical result will be 30 accompanied by a corresponding dose rate. 31 32 Analytical results and their associated dose rates 33 will be recorded as received in the Local EOC 34 following an accident depending on sampling 35 frequencies and sample end measurement availability. 36 From these dose rates, integrated doses will be 37 calculated and recorded on a regular schedule. This 38 schedule will depend on the available computational 39 tools (e.g. , once/ hour if performed by computer, once 40 per 4 hours if done by hand). The integrated dose 41 equation will be applied at regular intervals with 42 delta T equal to the interval between integrated dose 43 calculations (e.g., 1 or 4 hours) and dose commitment 44 factor for age group equal to the dose rate 45 calculated from the most recent analysis or 46 3.5-3 l.([) REV. 0 l
() the Local EOC as well as BNL's assessment staff and 1 coordinators. BNL's survey teams will be mobilized 2 and report to their staging area or be field deployed 3 by the Environmental Survey Coordinator. 4 Communications between the Local EOC, SNPS and the 5 EOF will be established to discuss the incident 6 potential, proj ected releases , meteorological data, 7 etc. 8 b O 0 l 3.5-5 (~) REV. 0
t e I . l .DOCUL ENT l .: L= . PAGE . PU' LED
~
AfxO.vsm-= NO. OF PAGES REASON D PAGE ELLEGIBl. PDR CF O MARD COPV FJLED AT. 01HER _ l 3 - l D BETTER CDP ( REQUESTED ON _ GE 100 LARGE 10 FILM. MARD.COPt' Fu.ED AT: PDR - l OTHER - OD~
% FILMED ON APERTURE CARD NO l ~ - - ~ - ~ . . . . . . .
l l l
)
1 Functions
.!. F 8 '.: 8
. t S
e o a E. a
.* ! % 8
- :: : =a .: :: a .:
U 83 ed o "c5 .* U
- n ..{.2.e = .8 s :
m 2 08 ? "o 8 "; so w $* z Su < t 2 m Director Local Re sponse S P Health Service Coordinator P Radlapion Health Coordinator S S S Environmental Assess-ment Coordinator S S S P o Dose Assessment Ieam P P d" Environmental Survey Coordinator S S P S Survey Teams P P SNPS p P = PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY S = SUPPORTING RESPONSIBILITY Figure 3.5.2 Accident Assessment and Protective Action Responsibility Matrix 4 V REV. O I
i O Table 3.5.1 Page 1 of 6 PRESELECTED SAMPLING LOCATIONS The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATIOh
- 1. North Side Rd, 0.2 miles North of N. Wading River Rd. 2E1
- 2. Intersection N. Wading River Rd. & Hulse Ave. 3E1
- 3. Wildwood State Park Maintenance area, near tower 4E1 (Lilco designation - SD3)
- 4. Wildwood State Park, State Park Police Barracks 4E2 (Lilco designation - 5DI)
- 5. Intersection Sound Ave. & Oak Drive SE1
- 6. Sound Ave., 0.7 mile Ea'st of Fresh Pond Ave. SE2
- 7. End of Edwards Ave., at L.I. Sound 6El
- 8. Intersection Sound Ave. & Edwards Ave. 6E2
- 9. Intersection Warner Dr. & Warner Ct. 7El O 10.
11. Intersection Sound Ave. & Warner Dr., Baiting Hollow Free Library 7E2 Twomey Ave., 0.5 miles South of Sound Ave. 7E3
- 12. Intersection Sound Ave. & Horton Ave. - NYS Research Farm 8E1
- 13. Osborne Ave. - 0.5 miles South of Sound Ave. 8E2
- 14. Intersection Youngs Ave. & Osborne Ave. 8E3
- 15. End of Roanoke Ave., L.I. Sound 9El
- 16. Intersection Sound Ave. & Roanoke Ave. 9E2
- 17. Intersection Reeves Ave. & Horton Ave. 9E3
- 18. Intersection Sound Ave. & Doctors Path 10E1
- 19. Reeves Ave. .0.6 miles East of Roanoke Ave. 10E2
- 20. Intersection Reeves Ave. & Roanoke Ave. 10E3
- 21. Intersection Roanoke Ave. & Joyce Dr. 10E4
- 22. Intersection Remsen Rd. & Emerald La. 2ESE1
- 23. Intersection Rt. 25A & Sound Ave. 3ESE1
- 24. Hulse Landing Rd. & Sound Ave. 4ESE1
- 25. -Intersection Rt. 25A & Hulse Landing Rd. 4ESE2
- 26. Fresh Pond Rd., 0.5 miles South of Sound Ave. SESE1
- 27. Intersection Rt. 25 & Rt. 25A SESE2
- 28. Intersection Rt. 25 & Fresh Pond Ave. 6ESE1
- 29. Intersection Riley Ave & Twomey Ave. 7ESE1
- 30. Intersection Rt. 25 & Edwards Ave. 7ESE2
- 31. Intersection Middle Rd. & Manor Rd. 8ESE1
- 32. Intersection River Rd. & L.I.R.R., 0.5 Miles South of Rt. 25 8ESE2
- 33. Intersection Edwards Ave. & River Rd. 8ESE3
- 34. Intersection Nugent Dr. & Toppings Path 8ESE4
- 35. Intersection Mill Rd. & Middle Rd. 9ESE1 j
j () 36. 37. Intersection Old Country Rd. & Kroemer Ave. Intersection S. River Rd. & Forge Rd. 9ESE2 9ESE3 REV. O
Table 3.5.1
'O Page 2 of 6 ,
PRESELECTED SAMPLING LOCATIONS The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATION
- 38. Intersection Nugent Dr. & Pinehurst Blvd. 9ESE4
- 39. Intersection Middle Rd. & Horton Ave. 10ESE1
- 40. Intersection Osborne Ave. & Old Country Rd. 10ESE2
- 41. Intersection Rt. 25 & Mill Rd. 10ESE3
- 42. Nugent Dr. (Rt. 24W)-Rest Area, 1.0 miles E. of Pinehurst Blvd. 10ESE4
- 43. Intersection Moriches-Riverhead Rd. (Rt 51) & Speonk - 11ESE1 Riverhead Rd.
- 44. Intersection Wading River - Manorville Rd & Rt. 25A 2SE1
- 45. Intersection Rt. 25 & Line Rd (Gate #25) 4SE1
- 46. Route 25, 0.5 miles West of Rt. 25A SSE1
- 47. Swan Pond Rd., 0.3 miles East of Line Rd. SSE2
- 48. Intersection River Rd. & Swan Pond Rd. 6SE1
( 49. River Rd., entrance to Swan Lake Golf Club, 6SE2 1 mile E. of Wading River - Manorville Rd.
- 50. Intersection River Rd. & Connecticut Ave. 75El
- 51. Intersection Connecticut Ave. & Mill Rd. 75E2
- 52. Intersection Jones Rd. & Primrose Path 8SE1
- 53. Intersection L.I. Expressway & Halsey Manor Rd. SSE2
- 54. Intersection Port Jefferson - Westhampton Rd. & Eastport 95El Manor Rd.
- 55. Intersection East Port Manor Rd. & Jodi Dr. 10SE1
- 56. Intersection Moriches-Riverhead Rd (Rt. 51) & Old Moriches 115El Riverhead Rd.
- 57. Riverhead Rd., 1.3 miles South of Old Moriches Rd. 115E2
- 58. Port Jefferson - Westhampton Rd. & Moriches - Riverhead Rd. 115E3
- 59. Rt. 25A, 0.5 miles East of Randall Rd. 2SSE1
- 60. Intersection Long Pond Rd. & Stephen Dr. 3SSE1
- 61. Intersection Rt. 25 & Wading River - Manorville Rd. 4SSE1
- 62. Intersection Pananoka Trail & Tarkill Tr. 4SSE2
- 63. Intersection Wading River - Manorville Rd. & Swan Pond Rd. SSSE1
- 64. Intersection Wading River - Manorville Rd. & Schultz Rd. SSSE2
- 65. Intersection Line Rd. & Wading River - Manorville Rd. 6SSE1 i
- 66. Schultz Rd.-l.0 mile North of North St. at entrance to N.Y.S. 6SSE2 Greyhound Owners & Breeders Assoc.
{
- 67. Intersection Mill Rd. & L.I.R.R. 75SE1 l
- 68. Intersection North St. & Raynor Rd. 7SSE2 !
i 69. Intersection Center Moriches Rd. & North St. 75SE3
- 70. Port Jefferson-Westhampton Rd. , 0.2 miles Northwest of SSSE1 Halsey Manor Rd. 1 O 71. Intersection Chapmans Blvd. & Po,rt Jefferson - Westhampton Rd. SSSE2 REV. 0 l _ _--_ -_ .. . - .- - - . - - - - - - - - --- -
4 Table 3.5.1 O "Page 3 of 6 PRESELECTED SAMPLING LOCATIONS r The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATION i
- 72. South Hanor P.S. - South St., 0.2 miles East of Wading River Rd. 8SSE3
- 73. Intersection South St. & Dayton Ave. 8SSE4
- 74. Intersection Hot Water St. & Halsey Manor Rd. 95SE1
- 75. Intersection Chapmans Blvd. & Hot Water St. 95SE2
- 76. Intersection Bauer Ave. & South St. 95SE3
- 77. Intersection Wading River Rd. & Country Club Dr. 95SE4
- 78. South Manor Dayton Ave. School - Dayton Ave. , 0.8 miles 95SES South of South St.
- 79. Intersection Railroad Ave. & Chapmans Blvd. 10SSE1
- 80. Intersection Wading River Rd. & Jerusalem Hollow Rd. 10SSE2
- 81. Intersection Moriches - Middle Island Rd. & Pine Hill Pkwy 10SSE3
- 82. Intersection North Pine St. & Clancy Rd.
j O 83. 84. Rt. 25A at entrance to SNPS Intersection Rt. 25 & Old Saddle Rd. 11SSE1 251 451
- 85. Intersection Old Saddle Rd. & Elizabeth Way 551
- 86. Intersection Gull Dip St. & Pine Bark Rd. 552
- 87. Intersection North St. & North Weeks Ave. 851
- 88. Intersection Carleton Dr. and Sleepy Hollow Dr. 852
- 89. Intersection Moriches - Middle Island Rd. & Titmus Dr. 951
- 90. Intersection Moriches - Middle Island Rd. & Birch Hollow Dr. 952
- 91. Intersection Avondale Dr. & Waldorf Dr. 953
- 92. Intersection L.I. Expressway & William Floyd Pkwy. 954
- 93. Intersection Moriches - Middle Island Rd. & Dayton Ave. 1051
- 94. Intersection Victory Ave. & Barnes Rd. 1052
- 95. Intersection Moriches - Middle Island Rd. & Weeks Ave. 1053
- 96. Intersection Titmus Dr. E Grove Dr. 1054
). 97. Intersection Sunset Dr. & Wm. Floyd Pkwy. 1055
- 98. Intersection Southaven Fireplace River Rd. & Norwood Dr. 1056
- 99. Entrance to USAR Center on Rt. 25A, 2SSW1 0.3 miles East of William Floyd Pkwy.
100. William Floyd Pkwy., 1 mile North of Whiskey Rd. Int. 3SSW1 101. Intersection Randall Rd. & Bradley Dr. 3SSW2 102. Intersection Whiskey Rd. & Randall Rd. 4SSW1 103. Intersection Whiskey Rd. & Ridge Rd. 4SSW2 104. Randall Rd., 0.5 miles North of Rt. 25 SSSW1 105. Ridge Rd., 0.7 miles North of Rt. 25 SSSW2 106. Wood Lots Rd., 0.5 miles South of Whiskey Rd. SSSW3 107. Intersection Smith Rd. & Medford Rd. 6SSW1 108. Intersection Rt. 25 & Smith Rd. 0 109. Intersection Rt. 25 & Wading River-Hollow Rd. 6SSW2 6SSW3 REV. 0 ll
i l l 1 l t Table 3.5.1 l Page 4 of 6 { PRESELECTED SAMPLING LOCATIONS ~ The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATION 110. Intersection William Floyd Pkwy. & Longwood Rd. 7SSW1 111. Longwood H.S. - Intersection Smith Rd. & Longwood Rd 7SSW2 112. Intersection Wading River - Hollow Rd. & Cullen La. 75SW3 113. Intersection Longwood Rd. & Wading River - Hollow Rd. 8SSW1 114. Intersection Middle Island Rd. & Bartlett Rd. 8SSW2 115. Intersection Broadway or Moriches Rd. & L.I. Expressway 95SW1 116. Intersection Yaphank Ave. & Main St. 95SW2 117. Intersection Shannon Blvd. & Valerie Ct. 95SW3 118. Intersection Yaphank - Middle Island Rd. & Shannon Blvd. 9SSW4 119. Intersection Granny Rd. & Ashton Rd. 9SSW5 120. Intersection Park St. & Yapank Rd. 10SSW1 121. Intersection Sills Rd. & Long Island Ave. 0 122. Intersection Mill Rd. & Hilldown Rd. 123. Intersection Mill Rd. & Bellport Ave. 10SSW2 10SSW3 10SSW4 124. Intersection Rt. 25A & East St. 25W1 125. Intersection Randall Rd. & Cooper St. 35W1 126. Intersection. Wading River - Hollow Rd. & Ridge Rd. 45W1 127. Wading River - Hollow Rd.,1.0 mile North of Whiskey Rd. 45W2 128. Intersection Whiskey Rd. & Wading River - Hollow Rd. SSW1 129. Rocky Point Rd. - 1.0 miles North of Whiskey Rd. SSW2 130. Intersection Whiskey Rd. & Currans Rd. 6SW1 131. Intersection Whiskey Rd. & Rocky Point Rd. 6SW2 132. Intersection Rt. 25 & Middle Island Rd. 75W1 133. Intersection Miller Pl. - Yapank Rd. & Rocky Point Rd. 75W2
)
134. Intersection Miller Pl. - Yaphank Rd. & Whiskey Rd. 75W3 ; 135. Intersection Wiskey Rd. & Miller Place-Middle Island Rd. 7Sh4 136. Middle Island J.H.S. on Yaphank - Middle Island Rd., ] 85W1 i 0.5 Miles North of Longwood Rd. 137. { Intersection Rt. 25 & Church La. (across from entrance to 85W2 Union Cemetary) 138. Intersection Lakeview Dr. & Lake Ter. 85W3 1 139. Intersection Westfield Rd. & Northfield Rd. 85W4 140. Intersection Mt. Sinai - Coram Rd. & Coram - Swezeytown Rd. 85W5 141. Intersection Gray Ave. & Seymour La. 95W1 142. Intersection Gray Ave. & Adams La. 95W2 143. Intersection Middle Country Rd. (RT.25) & Homestead Dr. 95W3 144. Coram P.S. - Mt. Sinai - Coram Rd. & W. Denis La. 95W4 145. Intersection Pine Rd. & Segouia Dr. 95WS 146. Intersection Mill Rd. & Granny Rd. 10SW1
- s. 147. Intersection W. Yaphank Rd. & Seymour La. 10SW2 l 1
REV. O l
() Table 3.5.1 Page 5 of 6 PRESELECTED SAMPLING LOCATIONS The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATION 1 148. Coram Plaza Shopping Center parking lot - Int. Rt. 112 & 10SW3 i Coram - Yaphank Rd. 149. Intersection Patchogue - Mt". Sinai Rd. & Route 112 10SW4 150. Intersection Rt. 112 & Milton St. 11SW1 151. Intersection Patchogue - Mt. Sinai Rd. & Old Town Rd. 11SW2 152. Intersection Norman Ave. & Suffolk Down 2WSW1 153. Intersection Rt. 25A & Harding St. 3WSW1 154. Intersection Rt. 25A & Landing Rd. 4WSW1 155. Intersection Broadway & King Rd. 4WSW2 156. Intersection Rocky Pt. Rd. & Wood Rd. SWSW1 157. Intersection Rt.25A & Rocky Point Rd. - Point Plaza Shopping () Center 158. Intersection Rt. 25A & Patchogue Dr. SWSW2 SWSW3 159. Radio Ave., 1.0 mile south of Town Ave. 6WSW1 160. Intersection Radio Ave. & Town Ave. 6WSW2 161. Intersection Henry Ave. & Henecirly Dr. 7WSW1 162. Intersection Helme Ave. & Millee Place Rd. 7WSW2 163. Intersection Miller Pl. Rd. & Miller Pl. - Yaphank Rd. 7WSW3 164. Intersection Canal Rd. & Mount Sinai - Coram Rd. 8WSW1 165. Intersection Canal Rd. & Strathmore Ct. 8WSW2 166. Intersection Mt. Sinai - Coram Rd. & Plymouth Ave. 8WSW3 167. Intersection Bunthorne La. & Wylde Rd. 8WSW4 168. Intersection Mt. Sinai - Coram Rd. Patchogue - Mt. Sinai Rd. 8WSW5 169. Intersection Patchogue - Mt. Sinai Rd. & Pine Rd. - 9WSW1 Tanglewood Hills Mall 170. Intersection Canal Rd. & Chestnut St. 9WSW2 171. Intersection Mt. Sinai Ave. & Wheat Path E. 9WSW3 172. Intersection Hallock Ave. & Nesconset Rd. (Rt. 347) 9WSW4 173. Intersection Pine Rd. & Howe Rd. 10WSW1 174. Intersection Locust St. & Wilmont Turn 10WSW2 175. Intersection Rt. 112 & Washington Ave. 10WSW3 176. Intersection Jayne Blvd. & Roosevelt Ave. 10WSW4 177. Jefferson Shopping Plaza parking lot - Rt.112 between 10WSW5 Grand Ave & Crescent Dr. 178. Intersection Soundview Dr. & Highland Dr. 2W1 179. Intersection Friendship Dr. & Alma Rd. 3W1 180. Intersection Magnolia Dr. & Locust Dr. 4W1 181. End of Hallock Landing Rd., at L.I. Sound 0 182. Intersection Rocky Point Landing Rd. & Walnut Rd. 183. End of Amagansett Rd. 4W2 SW1 SW2 REV. 0
Table 3.5.1 Page 6 of 6 PRESELECTED SAMPLING 10 CATIONS The designation symbol is composed of three parts: distance from SNPS (miles), direction and sampling location number. Example (5ESE2): 5 ESE 2 Miles Direction Location No. LOCATION DESIGNATION 184. Intersection North Country Rd. & Wedgewood La. 6W1 185. Intersection Long Beach Dr. & Rocky Point Rd. 6W2 186. Intersection Miller Pl. - Yapank Rd. & Echo Ave. 7W1 187. North Country Road P.S., Lower Rocky Pt. Rd. & 7W2 North Miller Pl. 188. Intersection Pipe Stave Hollow Rd. & North Country Rd. SW1 189. Intersection North County Rd. & Vidoni Dr. 9W1 190. Intersection NortheCounty Rd. & Mt. Sinai - Coram Rd. 9W2 (Mt. Sinai Fire Dept) 191. End of Pipe Stave Hollow Rd., at L.I. Sound (Parking Lot at 9W3 Cedar Beach) () 192. Intersection Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. & Pine Hill Rd. 193. Intersection Oakwood Rd. & Winston Dr. 10W1 10W2 194. Intersection Old Homestead Dr. & Sands La. 10W3 d 195. Intersection End Of Winston Dr., at L.I. Sound 10W4 O REV. 0
l O(_/ 3.6 Protective Actions 1 2 To determine the proper protective action response 3 options to be implemented. The proper options will 4 be based on the Protective Action Guides (PAGs) for 5 proj ected dose, dose rate, contamination levels and 6 levels of airborne or waterborne radioactivity 7 (Tables 3.6.1 to 3.6.5). Refer to Protective 8 Actions Function Matrix, Figure 3.6.2, for 9 organization responsibilities. 10 11 A - Protective Action Guides (PAGs) 12 13 The U.S. EPA document entitled " Manual of 14 Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for 15 Nuclear Incidents", EPA 520/1-75-001 (September 16 1975) provides guidance in the development of action 17 levels for the implementation of protective actions. 18 19 During a radiological emergency an estimate is made 20 of the radiation dose which affected population 21 groups may potentially receive, i.e. the projected 22 dose, refer to Section 3.5, Accident Assessment. A 23 protective action is an action taken to avoid or to 24 reduce the projected dose when the benefits derived 25 O_- s from such an action are sufficient to offset any 26 undesirable features of the protective action. For 27 protective actions to be most effective they must be 28 implemented as soon as possible. 29 30 The possible pathways of exposure (dose) from 31 radiation releases are: 32 33 o External exposure to the whole body from the 34 airborne radioactive cloud, consisting 35 primarily of noble gases such as xenon and 36 krypton. 37 38 o External exposure to the whole body from 39 contact with contamination and deposited 40 material. 41 42 o Internal exposure from the ingestion of 43 food, water and milk contaminated with 44 radioactive material. 45 46 I O REV. O 3.6-1 I
O o Internal exposure from inhalation of 1 radiciodines and particulate matter; since 2 the thyroid can concentrate iodines, this 3 will be the organ that is most affected by 4 exposure from inhalation. 5 6 PAGs for Plume Exposure 7 8 Plume exposure PAGs for protective responsa actions 9 for the general public are taken from the EPA 10 document, " Manual of Protective Action Guides and 11 Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents", 12 EPA-520/1-75-001 (September 1975). PAGs for the 13 initial arotective actions are 1 rem projected dose 14 to the whole body and 5 rem projected dose to the 15 thyroid. The PAGs for emergency workers are 5 rem 16 whole body and 25 rem thyroid, except for lifesaving 17 missions. Under such circumstances, the PAG is 75 18 rem to the whole body. There is no lifesaving PAGs 19 for the thyroid because, under these extreme 20 conditions, total loss of the thyroid function could 21 be permissible. It should be emphasized that 22 exposure of emergency workers to this extent would 23 occur only for the most compelling reasons, such as 24 lifesaving missions, refer to Section 3.9, 25 _/ Radiological Exposure Control. The PAGs for plume 26 exposure are summarized in Table 3.6.1, and are 27 explained in Procedure 3.6.1, Protective Action 28 Recommendations. 29 30 31 32 PAGs for Foodstuffs 33 34 Two types of PAGs exist for ingestion protective 35 actions: preventive PAGs, and emergency PAGs. 36 37 Preventive PAGs for the ingestion of food, water, 38 and milk are 0.5 rem projected dose to the whole 39 body, bone marrow, or other organs , and 1.5 rem 40 projected dose to the thyroid. Table 3.6.2 gives 41 42 values of initial per square meterpasturg)
- uCi/m deposition (micro-curie
, peak pasture activity 43 (micro-curie per kilogram-uCi/kg), peak milk 44 activity (micro-curie per liter-uci/1), and total 45 human intake (micro-curie - uCi), all of which 46 correspond to the above whole body or thyroid PAGs. 47 These values are given for the four most significant 48 radionuclides: 1-131, Cs-137, Sr-90, and Sr-89. 49 l (
REV. O 3.6-2
t O-For these PAGs, the infant is defined as the 1 critical segment of the population. 2 3 Emergency PAGs for the ingestion of food, water, 4 and milk have also been promulgated. These levels 5 are 5 rem projected dose to the whole body, bone 6 1 marrow, or other organ and 25 rem projected dose to 7 4 the thyroid. Table 3.6.3 gives the essential values 8 i ' that correspond to the emergency whole body or 9 thyroid PAGs. For these PAGs the infant values are 10 used for the general population, while the adult 11 values apply to emergency workers. Only one of the 12
- four parameters listed in the table needs to be used 13 as the PAGs. Usually one parameter is more 14 conveniently acquired than the others, but the use 15 of more than one (if desired) would provide a good 16 check on the other. The PAGs for milk are also used 17 for drinking water. 18 19 PAGs for Prophylactic Use of Potassium Iodide (KI) 20 21 The PAG for use of KI as a thyroid blocking agent 22 is a projected dose of 10 rem to an emergency 23 worker's thyroid. It is important that the KI be 24
/* administered as early as possible after the 25 radioiodine release. Although this drug is over 95 26 percent effective if taken at the time of the- 27
. exposure to radiciodine, it is only about 50 percent 28 effective when taken 4 or 5 hours after iodine 29
- inhalation. This effectiveness drops to less than 30 10 percent when the KI is taken 6 or more hours 31 after iodine inhalation, refer to Procedure 3.6.2 - 32 Potassium Iodide Distribution. 33 34 B - Protective Actions Determination 35 36 Protective actions are measures taken in 37 anticipation of or after an unplanned release of 38 radioactive material from SNPS. The following are- 39 various types of protective actions which can be 40 implemented to protect the public
- 41 42 o Individual Protective Actions 43 o Selective Sheltering 44 o Sheltering . 45 o Selective Evacuation 46 o General Evacuation 47 o Food, Milk, Water, and Livestock Feed Control 48
( REV. 0 3.6-3 q- - -
- g -y m-w,---, q y-- yuv - - - - c- ,-w,v ,r-wy yw,vm w
. - - _ = . . - . ..
l I In the event that immediate evacuation of students 1 . to a relocation center were to occur, each school 2 i within the ten-mile EPZ is assigned a Relocation 3 Center. The reason for this is to keep the school 4 population intact so families can be reunited 5 expeditiously and so that families will always know 6 in advance where children are. 7 8 Should the evacuation of any health facilities be 9 required, the Special Evacuation Coordinator will 10 ensure that sufficient vehicles (buses and 11 ambulances) will be provided. 12 13 The LERO Home Coordinator will ensure the 14 evacuation of individuals who need assistance to 15 evacuate their homes, i.e. handicapped, invalids, 16
, etc. A list of these special cases will be 17 developed from mail-in cards included in the public 18 information brochure and will be kept by LILCO.
19 20 Relocation centers will be established to provide 21 monitoring, decontamination, temporary housing, 22 feeding, and first aid for evacuees. The American 23 Red Cross (ARC) is responsible for the organization 24 and management of the relocation centers. The 25 Relocation Center Coordinator at the Local EOC will 26 1 ensure availability of sufficient. relocation 27 centers. 28 29 The public information brochure given to the public 30 will provide information as to the supplies they 31 should bring to relocation centers. The supplies 32
- include
- 33 34 o bedding materials 35 o cots / sleeping bags 36 o medication .37 o infants' supplies 38 o clothing 39 o toilet articles 40 4
41 Food, Milk, Water, and Livestock Feed Control 42 43 This protective action entails controlling food, 44 milk, water, and livestock feed supplies which may 45 have become contaminated. These actions are 46 potentially necessary for the entire ingestion 47 exposure pathway EPZ. Controls are designed to keep 48 radioactive material out of the human food chain and 49 from being consumed by people both'in and out of the 50 (:) ! REV. O i 3.6-7 " c
l l ('Jh N l ingestion exposure pathway EPZ. The Health Services 1 l Coordinator will provide coordination for local 2 l resources involved in controlling food, milk, water 3 and livestock feed supplies. During a radiological 4 emergency, the Coordinator of Public Information 5 1 will, via WALK radio (see Communications, Chapter 6 3.4) advise farmers on the recommended practices 7 with respect to livestock and agricultural products, 8 ! refer to Ingestion Pathway Protective Action 9 Procedure 3.6.6. 10 ! 11 Utility Protective Actions 12 13 Should the evacuation of SNPS nonessential site 14 personnel be necessary, LERO will be informed to 15 allow for the implementation of traffic control. If 16 a public evacuation is in progress, the evacuation 17 route used by site personnel will be via the access 18 road to Route 25A west, south on the William Floyd 19 Parkway and west on the Long Island Expressway. 20 21 O O
.0 3.6-8
\
Functions eo o 0 3 .2 *t 8 0 % to 2
~
o r aE : .2 : .2 at
- t. O t % IS
*2 : % 8 4:
2* % L$ m 3 m m
% u
- 83 ma Director Local Resoonse P P P P P P Manager of Local Response S S S S S S Health Services Coordinator S S S S S S Radiation Health Coordinator S S S S S S Evacuation Coordinator S S Traffic Control Coordinator S S Special, Facilities Evacuation Coordinator S S Transportation 5upport S Coordtnator S S U Support Services Coordinator S S Relocation Center coordinator S S Logispics Support Coordinator S S Security Coordinator g 3 Emer. Medi:al Public Service Coord. S S Sanitary Support Coordinator S S P = PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY S = SUPPORTINO RESPorSIBILITY Figure 3.6.1 Protective Actions Function l
l REV. 0 l 1
l l ! w I . 6 e6 8 n a 22 i g 3 2 "
. -I -
x a fx A. . i
- g -
- 8 o
e c2o 6 p > . 5 - 9 E e -"y e
.6 go -g
. -oo g 6
a
-6 os -
2 . . 18 E
,, -> e a 12. y,** o> 36 e so a Et.
a U.* 6 "c; vo. "UE swe 3= 8 I.
"3 6 o
3 .a oD m-o ewbow x. m. 'o 3 b l 1; *: 3;" **E'; 1
-sx c.5 o 3 3 . <
1c -=u. 3:
- c .u .-
.o.h 66 ns o .
o. e o I
> .cc o .cw a46 oc.= I -F --.e.
6.. x o s. , - . : 1 o. 6 .40. e C wt
=
. c3 9 k
= D .o o- 6 -c W.
- a X
Q 4 on Co) # 8
~
6
- s. Co-c
.a .n o s .S3-- A.
.D- .
> l o . cz Dsx .U c a x.g . 2.o mh .
6 .
. .3 6... =C
. z. .> . a .
- 2
. =.. . s. o. o 6. . . =
c oce F e. E p e 6 . e no <
-o- co- 3 .> 6a -6 .3c6-o -
=o e o -- o l
>-. o. .. . o a w 2 g= ous ,. . o. . -. .u :
g .t .. 6o woo, c6 o6 a. . u 1.6 i
.o . g < .og- .
u -o-. g g;
, g , 7, ,
2
- 2- .
x e t3 . 2 g *
. . . o
. .th. M 5
. E 6 . t a
.x . .
. 2- .= 6 e e o 1 t . .I E
6 o
. o 2-. o E1 co o
o.
.o a- 2.o o
. 6 . ... . C SA o > > .o E . .> b . W.3
. - .o 36.g4
. - =
- b. .
=.
6
... .E 6
- h e >
=C .o w6 -e.- . =o &
3e o- 9g3 6 .* .. W e
..-.C c.
6
.e .2..
- c. D x g.a 69 1 >f.
35- -E
.o c
..e 1=o W 3 "* 2
- 63 5 = 3 3..:3. S.
- = E.Vt:*
gt 3 *b ;*: . o w 2.52
- u. 6 - .6. . g. 1
. 6 66
<2
- 6 c
-- 1 6
Em ..a
- o. 6 o . 2.o6- = -ca. c .o m>.- 3 -
.I .>_. -..6o 6
.t -c- .wwo.o > .
a
- a. -te .o 2.F a
. 3,> .
E ..s 6 w e se.. es ce> 6 u.. oc ,o w 6. . u . os Fe . wo -..
; g6 g ~ 3 .g ;
. E
. g gge.s
.- E . *;oce 2E be
*f e'* t ;'* 3. .5-3 t>> .:aE .o l. ... 6 6 t .. .E . .. . x;
-6 . m..-
2.2 - 6 o 1c66. -.2 .= 1 J. a x . .= e - 1w 6 >. . a.
-3
.s f.8
> o- 2
. e . 1.e> -
w 1.I..> e=
. 6e. .ss ,se I..co..
o
=
. .o > -co .na-3 6-o.. w 6.
oc w . . .Pc . 83 c. a .- 2.366 y.a.o. ,
-... ,.o 6. .
.2 %,N 6.
-:66.o
. -- m.-- -3 a- .t6...I - .te-.
6 m . - c-e w6e cf.- 9 e x .s Es sa
. e. om e1 o- e e =
o-a3 I. x.s.. . v. o l. v. ou l. . a. 46- u. l o )-
-No si.o g*a -
E.
- e. .
2*
. {E le *2
> 2 w.-
e em 21 2... -- 3F I
" 6' t- "
. 2."e .
e .2
. .I ,.6 EF et t6 1.
oc 6 I 2e
.c .
=
56 .. IF .. 24
.v- . .e -
-3 2 -
. 1.2 .e I
=
2oc
- 2. .
Se e.. .. ce e 233 (H 8- el. 8. == -
- 2,.
yg e a y>
. - <I-252. .-
( .. . . . .8 _.
,I-2 22 *2 *t ,I.S *t 't c-
.t1- 2 k k J k
.EE k ~ E'
- - - - - E .
, , --- ,- - , - - - - n- - - - - - - - -
Table 3.6.2 RESPONSE LEVEL FOR PREVENTIVE PAGst 13 i I-131 Cs-137 Sr-90 Sr-89 Initial Deposition, uCi/ma 0.14 1.7 0.34 6.0 Peak Activity: Pasturez uCi/kg 0.27 3.5 0.7 13.0 Milk, uCi/l 0.012 0.34 0.008 0.13 Total Intake, uCi 0.09 7.0 0.2 2.6 NOTES:
- 1. Infant as critical segment of population.
- 2. Fresh weight.
Reference:
Federal Register, December 15, 1978; Food PAGs. O Definition of Units: uci/ma = micro-curie per square meter uci/kg = micro-curie per kilogram uti/l = micro-curie per liter uci = micro-curie i O REV. O
l l Table 3.6.3 RESPONSE LEVEL FOR EMERGENCY PAG I-131 Cs-137 Sr-90 Sr-89 Infant Adult Infant Adult Infant Adult Infant Adult Initial Deposition, uCi/ma 1.4 18.0 17.0 25.0 3.4 25.0 60.0 3000 Peak Activity: Pasture, uCi/kg813 2.7 37.0 35.0 50.0 7.0 50.0 130.0 6000 , Milk, uti/1 0.12 1.7 3.4 22.0 0.08 0.55 1.3 60 Total In-take, uCi 0.9 10.0 70.0 110.0 2.0 12.0 26.0 1000 NOTE: [)
- 1. Fresh weight.
Reference:
Federal Register, December 15, 1978: Food PAGs. Definition of Units: uci/mz = micro-curie per square meter uCi/kg = micro-curie per kilogram uCi/l = micro-curie per liter uci = micro-curie l l REV. O
l l l 4 M
- t CT d C c d be l e m 09 - ,
p h C >U L 6 = b C-b" O E c5 E O c d C 40 O C w ea - 6 b 00 C bc b ha b -d 2 -O D e da w 4- -V e U ed E Ce d 30 . av o De %d b he 6 m a d4 0 Q d b *C
- WC w oo Q~ d C% C E C6 - e of WC VO O
-C4 0 3 34 DN d
- 6 b o ge :- b- d E MT e Q OC W- 04 8 e= C e kO O 20
- uh O
U d CCC a tu .e6 .6 -C C de CO E eh ede T SC D
- 8 M >4 e > c C == = =
- O d E ed a GAU 3e =E O dC C C O w e b- Od he = 40 - C
= e U &= 0 4 LD a C~
- U
> -m o Es e Ed S O O- e = ==Ed W = C 04 : T 4 6x edz a b =
TC = O de . 66u 6w Te E =E E 4 6 C- b 20: 04 Od e C0 m O O> a d>n d= d U4
- O um a m= ed e- C = 6 0
w eV = 0
=Cb O .CO 0 80 e &W U = U CO U d d
ab = =d 35 E
- Q O O O G& W bbQ TW se D =
- 2 &
E U be: CD de d@ @ N 4 O =
- Cag 60 Cu = 4C *C
- O X eC C mO ab 06 C C= == 0 w 0 0 #3h & 03 0 =) 33 6 O e == = 3 & -4 0 -
EO -- O 3 O km a om -e bw a g- d- m -l 90 e uut a h a da 4& O -
- de se Ob u C U & &
U
-d u e
ebb 4=- e O Ca On x 90 AkO ed MC = UO =9 O C ( C6 > s=d ec 3d C 00 Ce d W& W kma 3: WO E CD EV O = W
>- 3 a
3
> O O 1 -& a w e a
> a a O o b e W C -
E O CC e g O
& W -O 22 - b C E= OC F Q e O O se =e c #
w
= = WC && d C a e CO =m a2 g C =
a 04 d E D e -a Up Om a == w O e s he
=
m G be os 9 d O e e : 90 1 C C
> - 6 > - d6 b e O U 4 4 e EO U w } e e D 2hd O E -
b O C e 1 ad be .e O ( e T O b0- e d s
= x Cbe e 4
& a e e e sob Od - 6 e a b 6 4 6e e O w e h 4 - O TdC :- b T .
E e D - 3 d W 0-m we C e 3 m O = b e O C03 Oc b 5 D M A E b 3 & b O &C O b O O x -b x- m b . E O b e X e O O b O b O b=K COs e b e O T -b W Cd Oe C C C D h a C e D hO b 9 -ba e&
-- O O O O O 004 0-- O =
4 = ~ ~ A -Re ben b 0 9 og d a & a ddd
& a
== 4 0 ed U
e e e w 8 O - e W GE:
& Obb
-90 O
=b & hb
=a mb b o e e g eo Odd e a Ce =
O C C C 5 Cbb - e m-e > C
-bO III &
O u ,e e
-I5
=
E U o e e > 0 e 0 4 e e 8 e 9 a d e e a e a w e w e e e e E e o e e- e e e e . m a ( # d e e e O . A 3 wb t e W e &
& W &
da e
= m = b et G -
> W e - G e W h h h D e U E > e e U g > ~
w a ( 3 D C a0 O >N &
~ U C
3 e hk p h [ U to O E O O O= C > w l b U wd n w n % d> 0 e i 4 Q 2 k e CC d E O e b & -e e Ee we w d e w e a
> > e e e EO E - O e e e e dw - w w w REV. O
l Table 3.6.5 ! J REPRESENTATIVE SHIELDING FACTORS FROM GAMMA CLOUD SOURCE 1 Shielding Structure or Location Factor (a) Representative Range Outside 1.0 -- Vehicles 1.0 -- Wood-frame house (b) 0.9 -- (no basement) Basement of wood house 0.6 C.1 to 0.7 (c) Masonry House (no basement) 0.6 0.4 to 0.7 (c) Basement of masonry house 0.4 0.1 to 0.5 (c) Large office or industrial 0.2 0.1 to 0.3 (c), (d) building (a) The ratio of the dose received inside the structure to the dose that would be received outside the structure. (b) A wood frame house with brick or stone veneer is approximately equivalent to a masonry house for shielding purposes. (c) This range is mainly due to different wall materials and different geometries. (d) The shielding factor depends on where the personnel are located within the building (e.g., the basement or an inside room). (1) Ref.: Sandia Laboratory Report SAND 77-1725 O REV. O
4 l
) 3.7 Medical and Public Health Support 1 2
The purposes of these sections are (1) to provide 3 primary and emergency care and treatment for the ill 4 and injured both in the general public and for 5 emergency workers; (2) to determine the movement or 6 consolidation of patients, equipment, and personnel 7 of hospitals, nursing homes and other special 8 facilities in risk or affected areas, and request 9 assistance-from energency services as appropriate; 10 and (3) to coordinate the allocation of medical
- 11 resources and provide public health and 12 environmental sanitation services. Implementation 13 of this seccion will be achieved in Procedure 3.7.1 14
-Public Health Support. 15 16 Responsibilities 17 18 The Health Services Coordinator will coordinate all 19 medical and public health services and will be 20 responsible for ensuring that sufficient personnel 21 and resources are available for this function. 22 Figure 3.7.1 summarizes this section in a matrix 23
, form. 24 25 A - Medical Health []} 26 The Emergency Medical /Public Service Coordinator 28 under the direction of the Health Services 29 Coordinator will ensure, medical services. Reporting 30 to the Health Services Coordinator are the Hospital 31 Coordinator and Ambulance Coordinator who will 32 coordinate the services of trained emergency medical 33 technicians to administer first aid and prepare the 34 injured for further medical treatment. The 35 Ambulance Coordinator will also coordinate 36 ambulances and rescue vehicles to transport any ill 37 or. injured residents. Private ambulance 38 organizations will provide field medical services. 39 40 The Hospital Coordinator will keep the hospitals 41 informed should their services be required. Should 42 a resident contract an illness or suffer an injury 43 whose treatment requires the use of other medical 44 facilities, the Coordinator will request outside 45 support. Contaminated ~ injured persons requiring 46 hospitalization can be-transported via ambulances to 47 State University at Stony Brook Hospital in Stony 48 Brook, NY. Additional medical / decontamination 49 services, within the EPZ, can be provided-by Central 50 Suffolk Hospital in West Islip. 51 ( REV. 0 3.7-1
i
.x i 5 .._
- O' '
B - Public Health 1 2 The Sanitary Support Coordinator will be stationed 3 at the EOC. 4 5 .. The Sanitary Support Coordinator under the 6 direction of the Health Services Coordinator will 7 ensure sanitary conditions at Relocation Centers for 8 . the protection of public health are maintained by 9 Field Sanitary Support Personnel. 10 4 11 Medical services for evacuees located at the 12 relocation centers will be provided by ARC medical 13
- personnel. The services will be coordinated by the 14 Relocation Center Coordinator at the EOC.. 15 16
)
~
i 2 ( ,,
.i v \ #
N. 4 . t 1 k' L . .. l p u s t
'S. ..
- s. .
REV. 0 $ ,, ; 3.7-2 _
, 1 4 kl
, \
1 i Tunctions
- I i r ' : :
I Uc 0* U* b" .2 L .*
; : n F no
- i. a. 1: . i 28
* ;; 5 A =:
2 .5.! !. ' .: .
.1 ~*
t:
~Si.~
.s. us o
m$ I
- i. ..
w es LERO - Health Service emm.a P LERO - Radiation Health coord. 9 P LERO - Sanitary Supa sere cased. P u Ro - Eme r , Me d i c a l / Public Servtce Coord. g y p g usu - Hospital Coord. S P 3 LERO - Public servtce Liaison S LERO - Astulance ema,A , , , , ,, LERO - Tield Sanitary e..----* 5 P = PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY S = SUPPORTING RESPONSIBILITY Figure 3.7.1 Medical & Public Mealth I i REV. O
1 1 o emergency planning basis 1 2 o emergency broadcast system role in an 3 emergency. See Attachment 3.8.1 " Emergency 4 Broadcast System Sample Messages." 5 6 o evacuation routes 7 8 o protective actions the public may be 9 advised to take 10 1 11 o relocation center locations 12 13 o emergency planning zones 14 15 Supplementary Distribution 16 17 Educational materials may be made available through: 18 19 o A section in the emergency information 20 part of local telephone directories. 21 22 o Distribution of material to every LILCO 23 customer (Brochure). 24 25 O o Distribution of handouts at all schools. This material will emphasize 26 27 the protective response measures 28 applicable to the schocol hours, but 29 will also repeat the information 30 applicable to the EPZ population 31 in general. 32 33 o Posted notices at all concentrations of 34 transient population, such as: motels, 35 4 gas stations, restaurants, beaches, and 36 other recreation areas. 37 38 o Posted notices at local institutions 39 (nursing homes, hospitals, etc.) 40 41 o Posted notices on public bulletin boards 42 (post offices, libraries, places of 43 employment, etc.) 44 45 Frequency Of Information Distribution 46 47 Public educational information will be reviewed and 48 updated on an annual basis. The PIO will brief news 49 media on all updates and mailouts. 50 0 3.8-3 REV. 0
. . _ _ . ,_ ~ -
O o to provide accurate information on a timely I basis 2 3 o to ensure public and media confidence 4 , 5 o to prevent misinformation and rumors 6 7 The PIO, aided by his support staff, is responsible 8 for preparing press releases for local media 9 broadcast. When preparing such releases, the 10 following shall occur: 11 12 o maintain contact with the local EOC 13 through the dedicated telephone lina to 14 obtain up-to-date information 15 regarding local emergency response. 16 17 o once a press release is prepared, 18 verify its content with local EOC by 19 telephone or telecopy. 20 l 21 o after local EOC approval, assign a staff 22 member to distribute press release to LERO, 23 Federal and Utility PI0s and obtain 24 their acknowledgement by means of a 25
-Q' sign off. 26 27 o incorporate changes into a final press 28 release. 29 30 o distribute approved press release by 31 appropriate means--telephone, telecopy, 32 hand or mail as required by 33 circumstances. 34 35 Correcting Misinformation 36 37 The Emergency News Center (ENC) will be the central 38 location for rumor control. The public wi.11 contact 39 the LILCO Customer District Offices and the LILCO 40 Customer Call Boards for information concerning the 41 emergency response. LILCO personnel at these 42 locations will be provided with updated press 43 releases. If they cannot answer the inquiry.they 44 will call the ENC where a coordinated rumor control 45 point will be manned by representat'ives from LERO and 46 the Utility. Public Information and Rumor Control 47 Procedures provide details of the emergency function 48 of the PIO (See Procedure 3.8.1-Public Information). 49 O
3.8-5 REV. O
l l I l ' l 8
.2 . E 2e E o 0 ELO 5e a
~
3}, ~8:E 2s
. b" m
82 1.2 23 da il' a i 8 Coord. Informationof Public P P P S Public Affairs. P Empeg. News Mgr. p p Public Informatian Support Staff S S Customer District Ofcs . Call Baerds. p Emergency Broadcast Sy. tem / WALK P P Primary Responsibility S Secondary Responsibility (Support Role) FIGURE 3.8.1 PUBLIC INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX y REV, O
l - 1 l Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 1 of 11 2 3 EMERGENCY BROADCAST SYSTEM SAMPLE MESSAGES 4 . . 5 The following messages are to be used by EBS in the event 6 of an incident at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station. 7 8 The announcements are presented by event class and type of 9 protective actions. 10 11 UNUSUAL EVENT 12 13 No EBS message is to be aired during an Unusual Event. 14 l I
- O
[ O REV. 0
O Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 2 of 11 2 3 ( ALERT 4 5 Time aired: 6 EBS Message f 7 Released from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 8 ! 9 I Director of Local Response (NAME), announced today that a 10 malfunction at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station resulted 11 in the declaration of an ALERT. emergency classification. 12 13 The malfunction, reported to the Local Emergency Response 14 Organization at (TIME) involved 15 (DITCRIPTION OF MALFUNCTION - OBTAIN FROM 16 INITIAL NOTIFICATION FACT SHEET) 17 18 19 No release of radiation is expected, and the Long Island 20 Lighting Company is currently correcting the problem. _ 21 22 The Local Emergency Response Organization has activated its 23 Emergency Operations Center and will continue to monitor 24 {} the incident until the malfunction is corrected. According to the Local Health Services Coordinator there is 27 no danger to the public at this time. Local Emergency 28 Response Organization officials will continue to be 29 informed of conditions at the plant site until the problem 30 has been corrected. 31 32 Updates of the situation at the plant may contain 33 information specific to geographic areas around the plant 34 and will be referred to by pre-designated emergency 35 planning zones. If you live within ten miles of the plant 36 and you do not know the designation of your emergency 37 planning zone, refer to the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station 38 Emergency Planning Brochure mailed to your home (or the 39 special insert in the yellow / white pages of your telephone 40 book). Posters with this information are posted at motels, 41 gas stations and other public places within a 10-mile 42 radius of the plant. 43 O I REV. O r -- --
i 4 , () i Attachment 3.8.1 1 i Page 3 of 11 2 3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY (No radiation release) 4 Time aired: 5
- EBS Message # 6 Released from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 7
, 8 Director of Local Response (NAME), announced that a 9 malfunction at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Plant resulting 10 in a SITE AREA EMERGENCY occurred at (TIME) when 11 (DESCRIPTION OF MALFUNCTION - W AIN FROM INITIAL 12 NOTIFICATION FACT SHEET) 13 14 15 No release of radioactive material is expected and the Long 16 Island Lighting Company is currently working to correct the 17 problem. 18 19 The Local Emergency Response Organization has activated its 20 Emergency Operations Center and through the Local Emergency 21 Response Organization Health Services Coordinator, will 22 continue to monitor the incident until the emergency 23 situation is over. 24 (]) Please stay tuned for further developments. 25 26 27 According to the Health Services Coordinator there is no 28 danger to the public at this time. Local Emergency 29 Response Organization officials will continue to be 30 informed of conditions at the plant site until the problem 31 has been corrected. 32 33 4 Updates of the situation at the plant may contain 34 information specific to geographic areas around the plant 35 and will be referred to by pre-designated emergency 36 planning zones. If you live within ten miles of'the plant 37 and you do not know the designation of your emergency 38 planning zone, refer to the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station 39 Emergency Planning Brochure mailed to your home (or the 40 special insert in the yellow / white pages of your telephone 41
. book). Posters with this information are posted at motels, 42 gas stations and other public places within a 10-mile 43 radius of the plant. 44 O
REV. 0
i l () l Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 4 of 11 2 i 3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY (Radioactive Release) 4 5 i ' Time aired: 6 EBS Message i 7 l Released from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 8 9 Director of Local Response (NAME), announced that an 10 accidental release of radioactive material from the 11 Shoreham Nuclear Power Station occurred at (TIME) when 12 (DESCRIPTION OF MALFUNCTION TUETAIN FRUH- 13 , INITIAL NOTIFICATION FACT SHEET 14 i 15
- The release is NOT expected to pose a health hazard to area 16 residents. However, as a precautionary measure only, 17 (NAME, Director) suggests that residents in the (NAME (S) 18
' 0F COMMUNITY (IES) 19 i zone (s) remain indoors and close all windows and doors. 20 i 21 The Local Emergency Response Organization has activated its 22 Emergency Operations Center and Local Emergency Response 23 l Organization Health Services Coordinator is monitoring the 24 O release and meteorological conditions and will provide updates hourly or if the situation changes. 25 26 27 Once again, due to an accidental release of radioactive 28 material from the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station, the 29 Director of Local Response (NAME) has suggested that 30 residents in the (NAME(S) UF COMMUNITY (IES) 31
. stay indoorc. This is considered a precautionary measure 32 since the release does not constitute a health hazard. 33 Please stay tuned for further information. 34 35 Although the release is not expected to pose a serious 36 health hazard to residents in the area, Local Response 37 officials advise that as a precautionary measure residents 38 in some specific emergency planning zones should remain 39 indoors, close all windows and doors, turn off air 40 conditioners, extinguish all fires and close fireplace 41 dampers. 42 43 The designation of your emergency planning zone can be 44 found in the brochure detailing Shorheam Nucler Power 45 Station emergency planning (or in the yellow / white pages 46 5
insert on radiological emergency planning in your telephone 47 book). 48 49 Emergency planning zones advised to take these protective 50 i sheltering actions include: (LIST AFFECTED ZONES) O 51 These zones include, (LIST AFFECTED MUNICIPALITIES) 52 REV. 0
(:) I Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 5 of 11 2 3 Site Area Emergency (Radiological Release - Cont'd 4 5 Those people in emergency planning zones that were not 6 mentioned need not take any precautionary measures but are 7 advised to stay tuned to this Emergency Broadcast System 8 station. 9 10 To repeat, as a precautionary measure only, persons in 11 emergency planning zones (list affected zones) are advised 12 to take shelter and should remain indoors, close all 13 windows and doors, extinguish all fires, close fireplace 14 dampers, and turn off air conditioners and other 15 ventilation systems. Leaving your home is not advised at 16 this times sheltering will provide more adequate safety 17 i during the conditions which presently exist. 18 19 Local Response officials are continuing to monitor the 20 magnitude of the radioactive release and meteorological 21 conditions and will provide frequent status updates. 22 Please stay tuned to this EBS station for further 23 information. 24 O O REV. 0
. . - - . _ - _ .= - - -- - .= __ -. ,_ . --- .
l i l O Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 6 of 11 2 3
; GENERAL EMERGENCY (Sheltering) 4 5
Time aired: 6 EBS Message # 7 8 Release from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 9 1 10 Director of Local Response (NAME), announced that 11 radioactive material (was released /is being release /may be 12 t released) from the Shorheam Nuclear Power Plant. 13 14 Residents within emergency planning zones (ALPHABETICAL 15 ZONE DESIGNATIONS which include the communities of 16 (NAMES OF COMMUNITIES) 17 are requested to stay indoors with all windows and doors 18 closed. 19 20 To repeat, if you reside in emergency planning zone 21 (ALPHABETICAL ZONE DESIGNATION), please stay indoors. If 22 you do not know the zone you live in, please refer to your 23 information brochure or your telephone directory. 24
. (])
Director (NAME) said that the Local Emergency Operations 25 26 3 Center has been activated and Local Emergency Response 27
- Organization Health Services personnel are monitoring the 28 situation. 29 4
30 i Please follow the sheltering advisory to stay indoors, 31 remain calm, and stay tuned for additional information. 32 33 Although the release is not expected to pose a serious 34 health hazard to residents in the area, Local Response 35 officials advise that as a precautionary measure residents 36 in some specific emergency planning zones should remain 37 indoors, close all windows and doors, turn off air 38
, conditoners, extinguish all fires and close fireplace 39 dampers. 40 41 ,
! Again, the designation of your emergency planning zone can 42 be found in the brochure detailing Shoreham Nuclear Power 43
, Station emergency planning (or in the yellow / white pages 44 insert on radiological emergency planning in your telephone 45
- book.) 46 47 Emergency planning zones advised to take these protective 48 4 sheltering actions iclude
- (LIST AFFECTED ZONES) 49
) These zones include, (LIST ATTECTETi COMfUNITTEY) 50-O i l REV. 0 l
.--.e- ,r .., . _ . . ~ . . , r., . , . , - . _ , ,,,,e., , , , , ,_ ,, s_ _..,,r._.- , , . ,._,m ., . -,.,_,,_,,-m, , , ,
() i Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 7 of 11 2 3 General Emergency (Sheltering) (Cont'd) 4 5 Those people in emergency planning zones that were not 6 mentined need not take any precautionary measures but are 7 advised to stay tuned to this Emergency Broadcast System 8 station. 9 10 To repeat, as a precautionary measure only, persons in 11 emergency planning zones (List affected zones) are advised 12 to take shelter and should remain indoors, close all 13 windows and doors, extinguish all fires, close fireplace 14 dampers, and turn off air conditioners and other 15 ventilation systems. Leaving your home is not advised at 16 this time; sheltering will provide more adequate safety 17 during the conditions which presently exist. 18 19 The Local Health Services Coordinator is continuing to 20 monitor the magnitude of the radioactive release and 21 meteorological conditions and will provide frequent status 22 updates. Please stay tuned to this EBS station for further 23 information. 24 O l REV. 0
i l l lO Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 8 of 11 2 ' 3 GENERAL EMERGENCY (Sheltering and Evacuation) 4 5 Time aired: 6 7 EBS Message f 8 9 Release from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 10 11 4 Director of Local Response (NAME), announced that 12 radioactive material (was released /is being release /may be 13 released) from the Shoreham Nuclear Power Plant. 14 15 Residents within emergency planning zones (ALPHABETICAL 16 ZONE DESIGNATIONS) which include the communities of 17 (NAMES OF COMMUNITIES) are requested to stay 18 indoors with all windows and doors closed. 19 20 To repeat, if you reside in emergency _ planning zone 21 (ALPHABETICAL ZONE DESIGNATION), please stay indoors. If 22 you do not know the zone you live in, please refer to your 23 - information brochure of your telephone directory. 24 t ({) Director (NAME) said that the Local Emergency Operations 25 26 Center has been activated and Local Emergency Response 27 Organization Health Services personnel are monitoring the 28 situation. 29 30 Residents within zones (ALPHABETICAL ZONE DESIGNATIONS) are 31 recommended to evacuate. Please refer to your public 32 information brochure or your local telephone directory to 33 determine which area you are in and what you should be 34 doing if asked to evacuate due to a radiological incident. 35 36 To repeat, the following zones have been asked to evacuate 37 due to a radioactive release from the Shoreham Nuclear 38 Power Station (ALPHABETICAL ZONE DESIGNATION). 39 40 If you have been advised to evacuate and.do not have your 41 own transportation to your designated relocation center, 42 buses that will take you there will soon be parked at the 43 bus stops listed in your Shoreham Brochure. The stops are 44 less than one half mile from your home. 45 46 Before you leave your home or business, make sure-you have 47 closed all windows and doors, turned off all appliances, 48 extinguished any fires and closed fireplace dampers. Lock 49 all doors when you leave and take blankets and pillows with 50 O you for your own use and any medication that you regularly take. 51 52 REV. 0 e - e ,e.-' w - r ,- w - , . e v +- r ~- , ,--,e e-
l-i () Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 9 of 11 2 3 General Emergency (Cont'd) 4 5 If you have a bedridden or handicapped person in your home 6 who needs special evacuation assistance and has not 7 previously registered with the response organization, 8 please call . 9 10 Local Response officials advise that the evacuation 11 measures are precautionary only, and ask everyone to remain 12 calm and follow instructions. 13 14 Those people in emergency planning zones that were not 15 mentioned need not take any precautionary measures. 16 17 Persons living or working outside those evacuation and 18 shelter zones are asked to stay away from the area until 19 further notice. 20 21 Please follow directions, remain calm and stay tuned to 22 this EBS station for further information and instructions. 23
; (
1 REV. 0
-()
Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 10 of 11 2 3 GEUERAL EMERGENCY (Evacuation) 4 5 Time aired: 6 7 EBS Message f 8 9 Release from: Local EOC/ Emergency News Center 10 11 Director of Local Response (NAME), announced that an 12 emergency at the Shoreham Nuclear Power Plant (has 13 4 caused /will cause) the release of radioactive material. 14 I Although the release is not expected to pose a serious 15 health hazard, residents in the following zones are asked 16 to take the following precautionary measures: 17 18 People in emergency planning zones (LIST AFFECTED ZONES) 19 are asked to temporarily evacuate their homes or places of 20 business and to to their designated relocation center (s). 21 1 The designation of the emergency planning zone in which you 22 are located, and your designated relocation center can be 23 found in the Shoreham Emergency Planning Brochure mailed to 24 O your home, (or in the yellow / white pages radiological 25 emergency insert in local telephone books). Before 26 leaving, gather clothing, personal belongings and necessary 27 medications to last a few days. Close and lock all doors 28 and windows, and be sure all applicances are turned off. 29 Again, the emergency planning zones asked to evacuate are 30 (LIST AFFECTED ZONES). Before taking ANY of these actions 31 PLEASE listen to this ENTIRE message for additional 32 instructions. 33 34 In the evacuation area, which includes emergency planning 35 zones (LIST AFFECTED ZONES), (At this point specific 36 information regarding children and schools should be 37 included if appropriate). 38
' 39 If you have been advised to evacuate and do not have your 40 own transportation to your designated reception center, 41 buses that will take you there will soon be parked at the 42 bus stops listed in your Shoreham Brochure. The stops are 43
- less than one half mile from your home. 44 45 l
We repeat, before you leave your home or business, make 46 sure you have closed all windows and doors, turned off all 47 appliances, extinguished any fires and closed fireplace 48 dampers. Lock all doors when you leave and take blankets 49 and pillows with you for your own use and any medication 50 that you regularly take. 51 [} REV. 0 l
l O Attachment 3.8.1 1 Page 11 of 11 2 3 General Emergency (Cont'd) 4 l 5 i If you have a bedridden or handicapped person in your home 6
- j. who needs special evacuation assistance and has not 7 l previously registered with the response organization, 8 please call . 9 10 Local Response officials advise that the evacuation 11 measures are precautionary only, and ask everyone to remain 12 calm and follow instructions. 13 14 Those people in emergency planning zones that were not 15 mentioned need not take any precautionary measures. 16 17 Persons living or working outside those evacuation zones 18 are asked to stay away from the area until further notice. 19 20 Please stay tuned to this EBS station for further 21 information and instructions. 22 23
' It is anticipated that the EBS station will continue to 24
(]) broadcast relevant information until the designated zones have been evacuated. 25 26 l I O REV. 0 , 1
( 3.9 Radiological Exposure Control 1 2 The purpose of radiological exposure control is to 3 control and minimize the radiological exposure of 4 emergency response personnel and potentially affected 5 members of the general public. Activities which will 6 be performed under this function include, but are not 7 limited to, the following: 8 9 o Protecting emergency personnel from 10 excessive exposure to radiation and for 11 decontamination of exposed individuals, 12 13 o Performing radiological monitoring of 14 evacuees, including recording estimates of 15 radiological exposures, 16 17 All possible measures will be taken to limit the 18 radiation exposure of emergency workers, minimal 19 exceptions when, specific lifesaving actions or 20 extraordinary emergency operations are required. 21 22 Responsibility 23 24 (]) The Radiation Health Coordinator under the direction 25 of the Health Services Coordinator is responsible for 26 radiological exposure control. The Environmental 27 Assessment Coordinator will make appropriate 28 i radiological assessments and assign suitable measures 29 for the protection of the populace and emergency 30 personnel. BNL will deploy its field monitoring 31 teams. 32 33 The Dosimetry Coordinator has the responsibility for 34 developing and maintaining exposure control records 35 for emergency workers on a 24-hour per day basis. 36 37 Figure 3.9.1 summarizes this section in a matrix 38 form. 39 40 A - Emergency Worker Exposure Control 41 42 Dosimetry 43 44 The exposure of emergency workers will be determined 45 in accordance with Procedure 3.9.1, Dosimetry and 46 Exposure Control. 47 O 3.9-1 REV. O
- - - - . - = - _
i () In order to ensure the capability to monitor 1 emergency worker radiological exposure, the following 2 j i tasks will be carried out under the overall direction 3 of the Radiation Health Coordinator: 4 5 o Issuing all emergency response personnel 6 self-reading pocket dosimeters (typically 0 7 to 200 mR and 0 to 5 R) and chargers and 8 i l thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLDs). All 9 dosimetry will be stored at various 10 mobilization locations for emergency workers. 11 12 o Each person performing emergency service 13 functions inside affected areas are 14 instructed to take dosimeter readings at 30 15 minute intervals. Should an indicated 16 exposure exceed 100 mR, a report shall be 17 made to the individual's immediate superior. 18
, If the indicated exposure approaches the 19 upper limit of the dosimeter reading, or 1 20 rem per day or 3 rem total, a report should 21 immediately be made to the appropriate 22 Functional Coordinator at the Local EOC who 23 will forward it to the Dosimetry Coordinator. 24
() o The Radiation Health Coordinator will 25 26 provide Functional Coordinators with 27 information on permissible exposures so they 28 will recall emergency workers whose doses may 29 a7proach the general public PAGs of 5 rem 30
, w2 ole body and 25 rem thyroid. Should the 31 worker's dose. approach the PAG level, the 32 worker will be assigned to tasks that will 33 not increase his/her cumulative exposure. 34 35 o If emergency workers are to incur exposures 36 in excess of the EPA General Public 37.
Protective Action Guides, it is the 38 responsibility of the Director of Local 39 Response, as advised by the Radiation Health 40 Coordinator, to authorize the additional 41 exposures. 42 43 i O ' 3.9-2 REV. O u . _ ,_ - _. __ _ .,.
o Assuring that personnel assigned specific 1 i missions inside affected areas which entail 2 1 out-of-vehicle operations are provided with, 3 and instructed on how to use, appropriate 4 protective clothing and equipment. Included 5 shall be instructions on the availability and 6 use of radio-protective drugs. 7 8 o Planning lifesaving activities, whenever 9 possible, to keep emergency personnel 10 radiation exposures within the following 11 guidelines: planned dose to the whole body 12 shall not exceed 75 Rems; hands and forearms 13 up to 200 Rems. 14 15 o Ensuring that cumulative dose records are 16 maintained. When the emergency is 17 terminated, each emergency worker's TLD is 18 turned in at the Emergency Worker 19 Decontamination Facility and forwarded to BNL 20 for reading. Each worker's dose will be 21 recorded, and the information is sent back to 22 the worker's coordinator at the EOC. 23 Permanent records will be maintained at the 24 Emergency Worker Daily Dose and O EOC. Permanent Dose Records, Attachments 3.9.3 25 26 and 3.9.4 will also be maintained by each 27 emergency worker. 28 29 Decontamination 30 31 The LERO has established the means for monitoring 32 and decontaminating all emergency workers involved in 33 a local response. 34 35 Acceptable Contamination Levels 36 37 This section provides guidance on establishing 38 contamination levels as low as reasonably achievable 39 will be considered acceptable for skin, for the 40 release or reuse of clothing, equipment, and 41 materials, and for the reentry to contaminated areas. 42 43 o Skin 44 45 The guidance of Table 3.9.1 will be used to 46 determine if skin is contaminated and 47 n v 3.9-3 REV. O
l l 1 l O requires decontamination. Records will be 1 maintained at decontamination centers and 2 forwarded to the Local EOC. 3 4 o Clothing, Equipment, and Materials 5 6 Surface contamination limits for clothing 7 are presented in Table 3.9.1. U.S. NRC 8 re.gulatory guidance for surface contamination 9 in accordance with Table I of Regulatory 10 Guide 1.86, will be used as acceptable. 11 surface contamination levels for equipment 12 and materials for release or reuse, Table 13 3.9.2. Items above these limits will be sent 14 to decontamination stations. 15 16 Monitoring and Decontamination of Emergency Workers 17 18 The Emergency Worker Decontamination Facility is 19 located at the Operations Center at Brentwood. Upon 20 entrance to the facility, workers will'be monitored 21 by Monitoring Personnel for whole body contamination 22 in accordance with Procedure 3.9.2 - Radiological 23 Monitoring and Decontamination of Emergency Workers 24 (]) and Evacuees. All information regarding monitoring 25 and decontamination will be recorded on an Emergency 26 Worker Exposure Records, Attachment 3.9.1. If proven 27 clean, they will proceed to the thyroid monitoring 28 station. If contaminated they will be sent by 29 Decontamination of Emergency Workers Personnel to be 30 decontaminated in accordance with Procedure 3.9.2 - 31. Radiological Monitoring and Decontamination of 32 Emergency Workers and Evacuees, and their c1cthing 33 will be placed in contamination containers. 34 35 After decontamination, the workers will be 36 re-monitored. If proven free of contaminants, they 37 will be sent to the thyroid monitoring station. Any 38 emergency worker with thyroid contamination resulting 39 in readings in excess of .13mR/hr or 75 cpm will be 40 sent to a designated hospital for further medical 41 treatment. Those workers passing the thyroid 42 monitoring will either remain at the Emergency Worker 43 Decontamination Facility for possible reassignment, 44 or may be released from duty, depending on his/her 45 organizational affiliation or the situation at the 46 time. 47 ( , 3.9-4 REV. O
O 1 B - Public Exposure Control 2 3 All evacuees will be monitored by trained personnel 4 within 12 hours of their arrival at relocation 5 centers. This process will include thyroid, skin, 6 and surface contamination detection. Persons 7 monitored with over twice the background levels for 8 skin and surface contamination will be sent to 9 decontamination showers. Those detected with thyroid 10 contamination in excess of 75 cpm or .13mR/hr will be 11 sent to a designated hospital for further examination 12 and treatment. 13 14 Monitoring and Decontamination of Evacuees 15 16 In the event that a protective response of 17 evacuation is recommended, relocation centers will be 18 activated and will provide monitoring, 19 decontamination and temporary housing of evacuees. 20 21 Each relocation center will be staffed with 22 sufficient monitoring and decontamination personnel 23 responsible for conducting the monitoring and 24 decontacination operations. The housing and support O services will be handled by American Red Cross personnel. The tean " relocation center" as used in 25 26 27 this section not only refers to those centers 28 established for the general population, but it also 29 includes those facilities to which special population 30 groups (such as hospitals, nursing homes, etc.) are 31 to be relocated. 32 33 All evacuees will undergo certain generic monitoring 34 and, if necessary, decontamination processes, in 35 accordance with Procedure 3.9.2, the results of which 36 will be kept on radiological exposure records, see 37 Attachment 3.9.2. Monitoring Personnel will conduct 38 monitoring for whole body contamination first. 39 Anyone found to possess contamination levels in 40 excess of the allowable exposure levels will be 41 instructed by Decontamination Personnel to proceed to 42 the decontamination showers at the centers and their 43 clothing will be placed in contamination containers 44 l (limited supplies of clean clothing will be available 45 from the American Red Cross). After showering, these 46 persons will be re-monitored. If proven free of 47 0 3.9-5 REV. O i
O contaminants, these people, plus those who initially 1 passed the whole body monitoring, will proceed to the 2 next station which is thyroid monitoring. Those 3 persons exceeding a dose of 10 rads will be sent to a 4 designated hospital for further medical treatment. 5 Those persons passing the thyroid monitoring will be 6 directed to the housing areas within the facility. 7 8 Once the inventory work currently being done by the 9 American Red Cross is completed, a detailed analysis 10 of each designated relocation center will be 11 incorporated into this plan indicating the exact 12 1 I location of monitoring and decontamination activities 13 within the center, as well as the housing areas to be 14 used. 15 16 O O 3.9-6 REV. O _ _ - -rm , ,,, ,
i l l l l I l FUNCTION e li 8 b t : - J! : 3 .:. s : 1l
- = *
' L" 1: 'il li 2o E 3 i .S.: :
l d =ixt 2" O 6 LERO - Health Services Coord. P LERO - Radiation Health Coord. S LERO - Decontamination Coord. P LERO - Dosimetry Coord. P P Q LERO - M nitoring Personne S 3 LERO - Decontamina-tion Personnel S L;RO - Decontamina-tion of Emerg. Workers S LERO - Record Keepers S P = PRIMARY RESPON3IBILITY S = SUPPORTING RESPONSIBILITY FIGURE 3.9.1 RADIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE CONTROL REV. O
O TABLE 3.9.1 GUIDELINES FOR MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE LEVELS OF CONTAMINATION Maximum Acceptable Level of Subject Beta / Gamma Contamination (Above Background) Thyroid (Adult) .13mr/ hour, as determined with RM 14 with HP270 with probe shield closed. If readings.in excess of .13mr/hr are found, persons should go to hospital with nuclear medicine capability. Thyroid (child) Any reading above background, as determined by RM14 with HP270 probe shield closed. When any 4 reading above background is found, person should go to hospital with nuclear medicine capability. Skin, hair .3 mr/ hour with probe shield open. If readings in excess of .3 mr/ hour are found, persons should be considered contaminated and should be decontaminated at a designated station. () Clothing .1 mr/ hour 50 CPM above background with probe shield open. If readings in excess of
.1mr/ hour are found, persons should be considered contaminated and should be j
decontaminated at a designated station. Vehicles, equipment .3 mr/ hour on equipment or exterior of (exte rior) vehicles. If readings in excess of .3 mr/ hour are found, vehicles or equipment should be considered contaminated and should be decontaminated at a designated station. Vehicles (interior) .3 mr/hr on interior surfaces of vehicles which are in direct contact'with occupants. If readings in excess of .3 mr/ hour are found on these surfaces, vehicles should be decontaminated at a designated station. Decontamination areas 50 mr/ hour. If readings lLn excess of 50 mr/ hour are found, decontamination area is closed off, entry is prohibited and decontamination activity is shifted to another location. O l RE7. O
(:) Table 3.9.2 Page 1 of 2 ACCEPTABLE SURFACE CONTAMINATION LEVELS Averag (2)(3) g,xt ,yT(2)(4) Removab}e(2)(3) Nuclide(1) 100 cm 100 cm- 100 cm-U-nat, U-235 5,000 dpm(6) 15,000 dpm U-238, and 1,000 dpm alpha alpha alpha associated decay products Transu ranics 100 dpm 300 dpm 20 dpm Ra-226, Ra-228, Th-230, Th-228 Pa-231 Ac-227, I-125, I-129 Th-nat, Th-232 1,000 dpm Sr-90, Ra-223 3,000 dpm 200 dpm Ra-224, U-232 O I-126, I-131, I-133 Beta-gamma emitters 5,000 dpm 15,000 dpm (nuclides with decay 1,000 dpm beta-gamma beta-gamma beta-gamma modes other than alpha emission or spontaneous fission) except Sr-90 and others noted above. NOTES: (1) Where surface contamination by both alpha- and beta-gamma emitting nuclides exists, the limits established for alpha - and beta-gamma-emitting nuclides should apply independently. (2) As used in this table, dpm (disintegrations per minute) means the rate of emission by radioactive material as determined by correcting the counts per minute observed by an appropriate detector for background, efficiency, and geometric factors associated with the instrumentation. (3) Measurements of average contaminant should not be averaged over i more than 1 s uare meter. For objects of less surface area, the l average shoul be derived for each such object. REV. 0
O Table 3.9.2 Page 2 of 2 (4) The maximum 2 contamination level applies to an area of not more than 100 cm (5) The amount of removable radioactive material per 100 cm2 og surface area should be determined by wiping that area with dry filter or soft absorbent paper applying moderate pressure and assessing the amount of radioactive material on the wipe with an appropriate instrument of known efficiency. When removable contamination on objects of less surface area is determined, the pertinent levels should be reduced proportiona?.ly and the entire surface should be wiped. (6) dpm-Disintergration per minute
Reference:
Reg Guide 1.86, Termination of Operating License for Nuclear Reactors: Table 1. O O REV. 0
EWERQDe0Y WORKER E.XPOSURE RE00P.0 ATTA hWENT 3.9.1
- 3. RE0!!TRAT10N (EMER0th*r NORKER.PLEASE PRINT 3 OATE TIME - E!CONTAMINATa0N C!NTER
- 1. NAME ILA3Tl IFIRST) (n! COLE INT.)
E. ADE 3. sts O nALE D FEMALE 4. PREONANT C YES D NO
- 5. MDME ADDRESS
- 8. CITY 7. STATE 4. IIP C001 -
- 9. TELEPMcNE hWMBER IMOMEl (l l l I) l l l l*l l I I I
- 10. TELEPMout NUMBER ISUSINESSI () i i l} l t i 11 i i i I
!!. SOCIAL SECURITT NUM8ER I i ! l.1 I l.I ' t ! l
- 12. M1 TAKEN O TES C NO 13. TIME IN!TI AL 003E WA3 TAKEN
- 14. DATE lu!TIAL DOSE WAS TAKEN 15. HOW r.ANY CATC R3 TAKEN
!!. BRIEFLT DESCRIBE TOUR NMEREABOUTS AND ACTlv! TIES.
INCLUDE AMOUNT OF TIME $ PENT AT EACM LCCAT!ON. LOCATION fuJ00Rs/0UT000R$ II " g Mn g'3 ACTIVITY OFFICIAL USE O n Y
- 1. C CD
- 2. O C -
- 3. O O
- 4. O C
- 5. O C -
!!!. PERSONNEL n0=f t0Rf h0 t 70 DE COM*LETED Of CENTER PERSONNEL 3 RONITORIN! INSTRUMENTi$' BACK0ROUND **' 88*
g 8007 PART l .,, Int s,agc,ouwg g cgggaggianggou anvt f MMOLE BOOT l vnR/hr som l mR/he opm 8- mR/hr som s. mR /ar ese E FEET l mR /he ese l mR/pr arm mR /hr epm mR/hr spri MANDS l MA /hr spm l mR/hr opsi pit /hr - spm l mR/hr epm TNTR0!O l mR/hr epm l _ M _ CNECK DECONTAMINATION METN00181 USEOs C NASN llSQLATED AREAS) MNITORINO PERSONNEL IN!T]ALS g USINO (CMECK ALL ftETM005 USE0lt O SNONER IN! ESPREA03 w NAf!M NATER RILD SOAP AND WATER MTLD DETERGENT AND Natte. kravv LAtmut. 30rY gpggw BODY MAP INDI* ATE AREAS OF CONTAMINATION /fMAlRY EN P IE
- 3. INJURY
- C CONTAMINATICy C IN0!VIOUAL DECONTAMINATEC y '
IN0!VIDUA'. SENT TO NCSP!TAL e e C INJURY i C TMTR010 CONTAMINATION {
/
A80VE 0.13mR/Mr OR 75 spa l s g AgCVE BACKOROUND C CONTINvED NNDLE s007 - l j I) I l I CD'TAMINATION N ABOYE 0.3r,8/Hr 04 340epe
, I ABCyt SACK 9ROUNO 4 .
I _ CENTER sWPERV!s0R INITIALS i REV. O
EVACUEE EXTCEURE RECORD ATTACHWENT 3.9.2
!. RES!STRAT10N ttvAtutt-PLEA $t PRINTI Daft fint OttnNTAMINatich CENTER I. Nant ILaSIl (FIR $fa Int:0Lt INT.)
- 2. ADE 3. StX 0 MALE D FEMALE 4 PREON W D Ytl D NO
- 5. Mont A00?ts$
S. CI*T - 7. sIATE --
- 8. 2!* CODE 1
- s. TELE
- MOM NunstR IM0nti (l i i l) I i t 1-1 I I I I II. TEL ensmi NUnsta igustNtsst (l t t l} l i i 1.I 1 6 4 l l 1
- 13. 20t!AL SgtuTITT NUnetR I I t I-I i l-l i i i i
- 12. M1 TAKEN O TES C N0 13. TIR! INITIAL Dost NAS TAKEN
- 34. DATE IN!TI AL L?.st NA$ TAMEN 15. MON MANY DAY $ N] TAKEN
!!. BRIEFLT OCSCRIDE 70t;2 NMERE ASQUTS AND ACTIVIT!!S.
INCLUDE An0UNT OP ?!R1 SPtti A' EACM LOCATION. LOCATION IND0043/LUTC0043 I"g nR'5 l ACT3v!TT OFFICIAL USE ONLT
, 3- O ' C2
- 2. O C
, 3 O C 4 C C
- 5. O C
!!!. PERSONNEL n0Nf tM!NS I70 et CrnPLETED BY CENTER PERSONNEL) n:N!TORIND INSTRunt4Tt3' BACRGROUND *A N 88" '~ , . - PAR, u:n..sw:= .. , vammmw j NM0Lt 3007 l mR/ne som l8- mR/nr opm l '-
mR /nr esm l 8. mR /nr som E FfET pdt/hr com ,l mR/hr l com mR/hr ese mR/he com
*ANOS l mR /tw asmll mR/hr ope sWt /hr ndt /hr epm som l TNTR0!D ll mR /hr som ll _l _
CHECK DECONTAMINATION METN00tta USEDs C NAsN I:30 LATED AREAsi ""I
- I"' " " "I"'"
D&lND ttt'Ett ALL METHODS USt03: C SNONtt (N!0tsPetA01 l C* W A.TFf as&TER MILO SOAP AND NATER pig Sttt#0!NT AND NaTre. wtavv t atMte. S0rt 9#USM 000Y NAP IN010 ATE AREAS Of 00FTAMINATl0N/IM EN P AIE l- INJURY
- C- CONTAMINAT[0p Q INOIIIOUAL DICONIAMINAIEC gy IN0!V10UAL SENT TO MOSPITAL QUE 10
, , C INsut7 i
C TMTR010 CONIan! NATION ABOVE 0.13m4/Mr OR 75sen w i ABOVE SACKCROUND I A C CONT! Nut 0 WWOLE 80DY h ) gg CONTARINATION A$0VE 0.3=R/Wr 04 180 epm i A90VE SACKDROUNO I l _ CENTER SUPERV!$0R INITIALS REV. O
__ __y_ n _ , - , . . a a e.- - w-, -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -
~
l l
- e. a O m n <
W 5-e *
= at o h
=
E , __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ t= E M N to 3 4" Q e.s A 4 A
]
3E
<M Mk 2 *W s
_ .m emm. .sume m.m. - imum. - imm emme - em mese _ - _se -- mmm. a.m. - assa. meme amm -- unum _ - em _e._ __
<E N w bO w<
E laJ MM e @MMM _M MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM M_ MM MM MM MM MM M
- bg CD N
. A taa I
ma M 3 __________________________________
.a l
^ <
M l= N M $ l p o U g __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _ __ E - v ' N N
. tal ta ,,,3 Q w
- A 4 Q A N
.6 w
WQ NN r U
$ hhw I j
1 Em w , o >= , as A u i b. E In3 ? as
, H (lag' _ . _ _ ____ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ __ _m __
gU >J , .
. 20 . . s
-w . O < E - $
4 O E Moa
- A E NO 3 w<
E ga r I-e w ** ag w as at saa g _ _ _ _ . .v_ -_ __ __ __ __ __ _- - , tal a w l 2. .. sp) M b aC < ' l 4. to 'E la O2 ' l tra O 3 tal l
- I.3 w <
E
- as to O th U M s
E
' 4n e-e E
Q to OM s - t I
~ ~
i :I_.
Attachment 3.9.4 O EMERGENCY WORKER PERMANENT DOSE RECORD FORM I. IDENTIFICATION (PLEASE PRINT)
~
- 1. NAME (LAST) (FIRST) (MIDDLE INITIAL)
- 2. SEX l l MALE l l FEMALE
- 3. DATE OF BIRTH / /
MONTH DAY YEAR
- 4. SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER l l l l--l l l--l l l l l
- 5. HOME ADDRESS
- 6. MISSION II. EXPOSURE (RECORDED FROM POCKET DOSIMETER)
DIRECT-READING DOSE (MR OR R) DATE DOSIMETER SERIAL # RANGE DAILY TOTAL III. EXPOSURE (RECORDED FROM TLD) TLD DOSE (MR OR R) DATE SERIAL NO. DAILY TOTAL 1 l Lq REV. O t
O o Completion of decontamination activities, 1 incuding waste disposal. 2 3 o Notification to incoming traffic control 4 points of the areas for which reentry is 5 authorized and the realignment of the 6 traffic control perimeter. 7 8 o In conjunction with LILCO, the r;eparation 9 and issuance of announcements to the 10 communications media (e.g., newspapers, and 11 radio and television stations) and to 12 Relocations Centers specifying the area 13 which may be reentered. 14 15 o Continuation of security for evacuated 16 areas, including those for which reentry has 17 been approved, to prevent unauthorized entry 18 and vandalism. 19 20 o Provision of transportation for those 21 individuals who need it during the 22 evacuation. 23 24 o Distribution of drinking water and 25 O- foodstuffs, if necessary, for the isolation 26 , of ingestion pathways and sources. 27 28 o Establishment of an organization to 29 estimate total population ~ exposure. 30 4 3.10-2 REV. O I
l O Table 3.10.1 Page 1 of 2 l ACCEPTABLE SURFACE CONTAMINATION LEVELS Averag ( )(3)/ Maximumf2)(4)/ Removgble(2)(5) Nuclide(1) 100 cm 100 cm- 100 cm-U-nat, U-235 5,000 dpm(6) 15,000 dpm 1,000 dpm U-238, and alpha alpha alpha associated decay products Transuranics 100 dpm 300 dpm 20 dpm Ra-226, Ra-228, Th-230, Th-228 Pa-231 Ac-227, 1-125, 1-129 Th-nat, Th-232 1,000 dpm 3,000 dpm 200 dpm Sr-90, Ra-223 Ra-224, U-232 I-126, 1-131, O I-133 Beta-gamma. emitters 5,000 dpm 15,000 dpm 1,000 dpm (nuclides with decay beta-gamma beta-gamma beta-gamma modes other than alpha emission or spontaneous fission) except Sr-90 and others noted above. NOTES: (1) Where surface contamination by both alpha- and be..ta-gamma emitting nuclides exists, the limits established !or alpha - and beta-gamma-emitting nuclides should apply independently. (2) As used in this table, dpm (disintegrations per minute) means the rate of emission by radioactive material as determined by correcting the counts per minute observed by an appropriate detector for background, efficiency, and geometric factors associated with the instrumentation. (3) Measurements of average contaminant should not be avera than 1 square meter. For objects of less surface area,gedthe over more average should be derived for each such object. O REV. 0
O Table 3.10.1 Page 2 of 2 (4) The maximum contamingtion level applies to an area of not more than 100 cm (5) Thg amount of removable radioactive material per 100 cm of surface area should be determined by wiping that area with dry filter or soft absorbent paper applying moderate pressure and assessing the amount of radioactive material on the wipe with an appropriate instrument of known efficiency. When removable contamination on obj ects of less surface area is determined, the pertinent levels should be reduced proportionally and the entire surface should be wiped. (6) dpm-Disintegration per minute
Reference:
Reg Guide 1.86, Termination of Operating License for Nuclear Reactors: Table 1. O O REV. 0
O Medical 1 2 Medical follow-up to monitor the effects of 3 radiation on the public and emergency workers after 4 the incident may be established, if required. 5 I O O s O 3.11-2 REV. O
Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 1 of 8 ADMINISTRATION SUPPORT SERVICES TEMPORARY HELP
- 1) Temp Force (516) 289-7300 452 Route 112 (Medford Ave.)
Patchogue
- 2) Recco Temporary Service (516) 360-0066 180 E. Main St.
Smithtown
- 3) Manpower Temporary Services (516) 681-6640 23 W. John St.
Hicksville
- 4) Interpool Temporary Personnel (516) 681-6800 15 Newbridge Rd.
Hicksville BUS RENTALS & CHARTERS
- 1) Inter-County Motor Coach Inc. (516) 661-6363 243 Deer Park Ave.
Babylon, New York
- 2) Coram Bus Service (516) 732-5518 Mt. Sinal Rd.
Coram
- 3) Greyhound Charter Bus Service (212) 245-7010 HELICOPTER RENTALS
- 1) Island Helicopter Corp. (516) 294-0355 North Ave. l Garden City AIRPLANE RENTALS
- 1) Republic Air Charter Inc. (516) 293-2284 Republic Airport Route 109 Farmingdale REV. O
O Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 2 of 8
- 2) Mid Island Air Service Inc. (516) 588-5400 L.I. MacArthur Airport Ronkonkoma
- 3) East Coast Airways (516) 694-0600 Republic Airport Farmingdale AIRFREIGHT
- 1) Emery Air Freight Corp. (516) 242-7600 (Deer Park Tel. No.)
- 2) Air Cargo Inc. (516) -829-6320 (Great Neck Tel. No.)
AIR LINES
- 1) American 1-800 433-7300 O 2) 3)
Delta Eastern 1-800 442-7038 1-800 343-3117
- 4) Pan Am 1-800 442-5896
- 5) TWA 1-800 522-7290
- 6) United 1-800 336-0123
- 7) Allegheny 1-800 428-4253 AIRPORTS
- 1) L.I. McArthur Airport (516) 588-2111 Ronkonkoma
- 2) Republic Airport (Managers Office) (516) 293-9850 Farmingdale SERVICE STATIONS - GAS & OIL l l
- 1) John's Rocky Point Texaco (516) 774-8258 Route 25A & Harrison Rocky Point
- 2) Miller Place Texaco (516) 821-9213 797 Route 25A Miller Place REV. O
() Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 3 of 8
- 3) Rocky Point Shell Service Station (516) 744-9165 Hallock Landing Rd. & Route 25A Rocky Point
- 4) Wading River Vantage Service (516) 929-8001 Route 25 Wading River
- 5) Wading River Garage (516) 929-446'9 Sound Road Wading River OFFICE SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT
- 1) Coopers Office Supply Center (516) 473-046 306 Main St.
Port Jefferson
- 2) McCabes Office Furniture & Equipment (516) 727-4310 221 E. Main St.
() Riverhead
- 3) Ro-Land Office Supplies Inc. (516) 736-0660 35 P Middle Country Rd.
Coram TRAILER RENTALS
- 1) Cassone Leasing (516) 249-3705 Main St. and Motor Ave. or Farmingdale (516) 249-3749
- 2) Design Space International (516) 752-9420 967 Conklin Street Fa rmingdale
- 3) Northern Auto Service (516) 473-1770 Route 25A Miller Place HOTELS
- 1) colonie Hill Ltd. (516) 234-7800 1717 Motor Parkway
() Hauppauge REV. O
Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 4 of 8
- 2) Dutch Inn of Long Island (516) 585-9500 3845 Veterans Memorial Highway Ronkonkoma
- 3) Holiday Inn of Hauppauge (516) 234-3030 1740 Express Drive South Hauppauge
- 4) Old Mill Inn (516) 585-9500 3845 Veterans Memorial Highway Ronkonkoma
- 5) Olympic Motor Lodge (516) 231-5050 650 Vanderbilt Motor Parkway Hauppauge
- 6) Ramada Inn (516) 582-3600 1515 Veterans Memorial Highway Hauppauge
- 7) Sheraton Smithtown Inn n,
s_, 110 Vanderbilt Motor Parkway (516) 231-1100 Smithtown RESTAURANTS
- 1) Airport Inn Lunch Only Islip MacArthur Airport Bohemia (516) 981-6400
- 2) Airport Restaurant Breakfast, Lunch &
3760 Veterans Memorial Hwy. Dinner - Greek / Bohemia Continental Menu (516) 585-8404 Accepts All Major
- Credit Cards
. 3) Barbary Coast Restaurant Breakfast, Lunch & Holiday Inn of Hauppauge Dinner - Continental i 1740 Express Drive South Menu - Accepts All (516) 582-3334 Major Credit Cards
- 4) Barons III Steak & Lobster House Lunch & Dinner
, 3870 Veterans Memorial Hwy. Open All Week Long l l Bohemia Accepts All Major 7- (516) 981-8181 Credit Cards L) REV. O l
)
o V Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 5 of 8
- 5) Bavarian Inn Lunch (12-4) &
422 Smithtown Blvd. Dinner (4-10) Lake Ronkonkoma German /American Menu (516) 588-4632 Accepts All Major Credit Cards
- 6) Fisherman's Cove Restaurant Lunch & Dinner 648 Vanderbilt Pkwy. Seafood & Steaks Hauppauge Accepts All Major (516) 273-0027 Credit Cards
- 7) Coggs Restaurant Ltd. Lunch (40 Varieties 1575 Montauk Hwy. of Sandwiches) &
Oakdale Dinner - Accepts All (516) 567-9746 Major Credit Cards
- 8) Dragon Island Restaurant Lunch & Dinner 1702 Middle Country Rd. Chinese Centereach Accepts All Major (516) 732-4666 Credit Cards O 9) Fishermen's net 296 West Main St.
Dinner on1v Seatood Menu Sayville Accepts All Major (516) 589-8936 Credit Cards
- 10) Donatello Restaurant Lunch & Dinner 45 Foster Avenue Northern Italian Sayville Cuisine - Accepts (516) 589-7775 All Major Credit*
Cards
- 11) Lake House Lunch & Dinner 21 Montauk Hwy. (Sat. & Sun. Dinner-West Sayville Only) Continental (516) 56/-3838 Menu - Closed Mondays - Accepts All Major Credit Cards
- 12) Lamplighter Inn Lunch & Dinner 465 Montauk Hwy. Seafood & Steaks Sayville Accepts All Major (516) 589-5050 Credit Cards O
REV. O
i
.O Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 6 of 8
- 13) Plankhouse Lunch & Dinner 1995 Nesconset Hwy. Continental Menu Nesconset (Lake Grove) Accepts All Major (516) 265-2077 Credit Cards
- 14) Saxon Arms Restaurant Lunch & Dinner Consui Place Continental, But Oakdale basically Seafood (516) SEC-2694 Closed Tuesdays Accepts All Major Credit Cards
- 15) Tudor Room Restaurant Lunch & Dinner 98 Main Continental Menu Sayville Closed Sundays (516) 56/-6345 Accepts All Major Credit Cards
- 16) Yenan Restaurant Lunch & Dinner 735 Hawkins Avenue Chinese Cuisine Lake Ronkonkoma Accepts All Major O (516) 981-7464 Credit Cards LAUNDRIES
- 1) Elegant Cleaners & Launders Inc. (516) 588-3428 456 Hawkins Avenue Lake Ronkonkoma LAUNDRIES - SELF SERVICE
- 1) Happy Half-Hour Laundromat (516) 732-8541 1662 Middle Country Road Centereach
- 2) Hawkins Launderette Inc. (516) 585-9537 717 Hawkins Avenue .
Lake Ronkonkoma
- 3) Lake Grove Coin-Op (516) 588-9231 2673 Middle Country Road Centereach 4)- Sayville Coin-Op Laundromat (516) 589-9775 70-74 West Main Sayville
() REV. O l
l l () l Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 7 of 8
- 5) Smithtown Wash & Dry (516) 265-9732 279 West Main Smithtown MAJOR BANKS
- 1) Barclays Bank of New York (516) 588-8400 505 Hawkins Avenue Lake Ronkonkoma
- 2) Chemical Bank (516) 981-7073 Islip Mac Arthur Airport 4250 Veterans Memorial Highway Bohemia
- 3) Citibank N.A. (516) 454-5500 5801 Sunrise Highway Holbrook
- 4) European American Bank (516) 585-1472
() Veterans Memorial Highway At Islip Mac Arthur Airport
- 5) Long Island Trust Co. (516) 981-7800 4110 Veterans Memorial Highway Bohemia
- 6) Marine Midland 4040 Veterans Memorial Highway (516) 981-7272 Bohemia 395 Portion Road (516) 981-0400 Lake Ronkonkoma
- 7) National Bank of North America 4625 Sunrise Highway (516) 567-510/
Bohemia 3080 Middle Country Road (516) 585-1700 Lake Grove l REV. 0 l
O Attachment 3.11.1 Pg. 8 of 8 l RENT-A-CAR
- 1) American international Rent-A-Car (516) 981-1981 Mac. Arthur Airport 1630 Lakeland Avenue Bohemia
- 2) Avis Rent-A-Car (516) 588-6633 Mac Arthur Airport Bohemia
- 3) Hertz Rent-A-Car (516) 585-9300 Mac Arthur Airport Ronkonkoma
- 4) Thrifty Rent-A-Car (516) 981-3400 3845 Veterans Memorial Hwy.
(1/2 Mile from Mac Arthur Airport) LIMOUSINE SERVICE
) 1) L.I. Airport Limousine Service Corp. (516) 582-4077 25 Newton Place Hauppauge
- 2) Winston Limousine Service Inc. (516) 567-0055 1650 Sycamore Avenue Bohemia PORTABLE TOILETS
- 1) A & Z Toilet Rental (516) 938-7979 55 Walter Ave.
Hicksville
- 2) Sani-Lav (516) 249-2440 47 Allen Blvd. (516) 420-0848 Farmingdale WATER & REFRIGERATOR RENTAL
- 1) Great Bear Spring Co. Inc. (516) 938-2500 202 Miller Place Hicksville
- 2) Cold Spring Water & Cooler Co. (516) 242-0440 115 S. 2nd
() Bay Shore REV. O l ! l I
1 O CHAPTER 4 - FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 1 2 3 4.1 Local EOC 4 5 The Local Emergency Operations Center (EOC) for the 6 Shoreham Nuclear Power Station is located at the LILCO 7 Brentwood Operations Facility. This facility is the 8 permanent quarters of the Local Emergency Response 9 Organization (LERO). On a day to day basis, the 10 3 facility is operated 24 hours per day involved in 11 LILCO business activities. During a radiological 12 emergency, however, a portion of this facility will be 13 utilized as the Local EOC. 14 15 The Local EOC will serve as the facility from which 16 offsite response functions will be directed and 17 controlled. To accomplish this, the EOC will contain 18 the personnel and equipment necessary to effectively 19 implement the emergency response. 20 21 Figure 4.1.1 depicts the basic layout of the Local 22 Emergency Operations Center. Figure 4.1.2 is the 23 Functional Layout of the faclity with a corresponding 24 l index. 25 ' ([) A. EOC Activation 26 27 28 U ? on declaration of an Alert or higher classification, 29 the EOC will be activated. As.part of Procedure 3.3.2 30
- Notification of Emergency Response Personnel, the 31 LILCO Customer Services communicators will notify all 32 i emergency personnel necessary to activate the Local 33 EOC. These personnel will report directly to the 34 Local EOC. 35 36 Activation of the EOC will be in accordance with 37 Procedure 4.1.1, EOC Activation, and will be 38 implemented as the response organization arrives. 39 Upon arrival at the EOC, the staff will modify the 40-telephone system to accommodate the emergency 41 situation. Once the EOC is fully activated, the LILCO 42 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and the NY State 43 EOC will be notified. 44 45 B. EOC Chain of Command 46 47 Located at the Local EOC are two individuals with key 48 roles in the command and control of offsite emergency 49 4.1-1 EEV. O
O addition to the functional coordinators, sufficient 1 communicators and administrative staff will be 2 provided to perform the response. Should the 3 emergency response involve operations over a 4 protracted period of time, continuous 24-hour staffing 5 will be provided by a predesignated 2-12 hour -shif t 6 rotation. All emergency response personnel must 7 display their EOC identification badges at all times 8 while at the EOC during the emergency. 9 10 D - Maj or Equipment 11 12 The major equipment at the EOC will include 13 14 o Telefax machines (one for accident assessment, one 15 for public information). 16 17 o Public Address System. 18 19 o Status Boards (blank, operations, 20 radiological). 21 22 o Maps - mounted on boards covered with clear 23 plexiglas. 24 () o 10 Mile EPZ mounted (including sectors & ERPAs) . 26 27 o 50 Mile EPZ mounted. 28 29 o 10 Mile EPZ mounted (including rad. monitoring 30 points). 31 32 o 10 Mile EPZ mounted (including traffic control 33 points). 34 35 o 10 Mile EPZ mounted (including locations of 36 private residential handicapped). 37 38 o 10 Mile EPZ mounted (including bus routes). 39 40 o Encoder for PNS System and telephone lease line. 41 42 o Computer system for dose assessment including 43 monitor, printer, disk drives, software. 44 45 o Commercial Radio. 46 47 o Tone Alert Radio. 48 O 4.1-3 i REV. O I I f , .m., , _. _ . _ , . , _.
4-
- O Emergency Equipment Inventory. See Procedure 4.1.2 1
- EOC Documentation and Record Keeping for a log 2 j description and use of the Log and Message Forms. 3 4
I i .t l 1. 1 4 O i .i 1 4 1 i ' -O. 4.1-5 REV.-0 1
-l i I
l O O O O t-yr - i ! ~ ~ ' ACCIDENT ((- J)N ASSESSMENT AREA L _ 1 i J . _ rL B B D g I BRIEFING l l l l i F t3_. CL 'm em I r, I 3 RADIO Z
] M MUNCLT*Nis OPE R ATION S AREA DIRECTOR s _== 3 M "
E # - c2_ g m m G ES SE I OFFICE EL. #9 em m _ _
" C3-- CL l
- - CL l
%* l PUBLIC INFORMATION y OFFICE
~- ~, -",. __~,.=__,__,-,
f g LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER FIG. 4.l.1
^
Q D h, k) U a < h ,4 L
'g ':
/ 18,19,2 0 '
f f_'b.,"' ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT
- 21. 22 'M 23,24 + -
[ , C, DN , 1 AREA .
'l f .[
s l - A,Mhx43% - 4 rCL
-M6L O
_0 5EETRANS COOffD.--O__ _ _ _ O [
~~ ~
.. BRIEFING
==t ,= Z rs _ ___ mi=
~~
[4'f" . .
/6f#d$
i
'4M'JANITARY ROOM M7 3 is l E-48k-- lf',4,',3U 4 !
3 l.5 w _=3 I
,,,,y,,,
t Y/*N','s
/
"h. . . . OOkD.
V-i=, . -__ - EMER. "'MED.
=m .--==m= , w v Nk -
hf YI r__ lNdl-
~ q -;= & =&E--- J L 'a!"m"
.h
~"an a<
k o sin"as 5N 4' . ua/A RADIO _ _ -TRAFFIC -
]COMMUNC50NS [M COORD. E~E5jEi l OPE R ATION S AREA DIRECTOR AREA Z E52 g_a ___- 7 [_ ~~~ _ -y _~~1 OF LOCAL
- _ t - -- .----- ;;;;g,,,
i= EEU
# 139 - :EE P138
-M 40 1_ .h "
! l:30 l m.
NI's6 r- n.iissilp:
) RESPONSE OFFICE I
-i
= y= =;:
4 '~ 1,1:r':",;I ;':::::::'i'; h:"'f!; y (
--- n ___ r, 5pEc rif ' " ~ ~ ~ "
, ! 5 ! N$5~j'I'I~II'#'0EAII~55 -
lEUU5YE!! : 4 5Zi j 42 X- . 4t ;;31 l
~
!l'=-4 ~~ ! , ; j,f '
E "=~= 555lEE13lEEEE~ f:tc2._ COORD ~ r9-N"l
~~ j
"[LO98Y"i- _ _ _ _
52 ***'* ' IE'~ 'I
/
;iL l-4ii H
- i=ri ... W " g "
. . . r+i -- -
- Mi!MEj;I': j 26h PUBLIC
;;32.1 ::lijj;28L --" j,29 ; ij27 - - "
, ; j;33ll INFORMATION j
f!!! _-
......*******+
OFFICE,,il 1
......::::n: l 1.2.3 m - . == e - m---g
, e._==. m m m,~,=.,---------. " '
iADMlN., SPT.ij
- 2nd FLOOR:
!!si - Oiiii - --
LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER
$ li-'3!!"
4 FUNCTION A L LAYOUT iis.I5 ii FIG. 4.1.2 ( l of 2)
O V IDCAL DERGENCY OPERATION CENTER FUNCI'IONAL 1AYO'JI' FIGURE 4.1.2 (2 of 2)
- 1. Coordinator of Public Information 30. Administrative Support
- 2. Public Infomation Support Staff 31. Administrative Support
- 3. Public Infonnation Support Staff 32. Administrative Support
- 4. C - m_icator 33. Administrative Support
- 5. Director of Local Response 34. Evacuation Coordinator
- 6. Manager of Incal Response 35. Traffic Control Coordinator
- 7. Lead Comanicator 36. C-micator-Traffic Control
- 8. Health Services Coordinator 37. Traffic Control Point Coordi-
- 9. Emergency Medical /Public Service nator Cocrdinator 38. Road Iogistics Coordinator
- 10. Hospital Coordinator 39. Evacuation Route Coordinator
- 11. Public Service Liaison 40. Special Facilities Evacuation
- 12. Ambulance Coordinator Coordinator
- 13. Connunicator Ambulance 41. Public Schools Coordinator
- 14. C-micator Public Service 42. Private Schools Coordinator
- 15. Radiation Health Coordinator 43. Health Facilities Coordinator
- 16. Dosimetry Coordinator 44. Hane Coordinator
- 17. Decontamination Coordinator 45. Transportation Support Coordi-
- 18. Canunicator nator
- 19. C-micator 46. Connunicator-Transportation pJ 20. Cocmunicator Support
- 21. Environmental Assessment Coordinator 47. C - micator-Traffic Control
- 22. Dose Assessment Staff 48. Bus Coordinator
- 23. Dose Assessment Staff B 1-6 Decontamination Workers
- 24. Environmental Assessment Coordinator S 1-10 Administrative Support
- 25. Sanitary Support Coordinator S 11-13 Materials Purchasing
- 26. Support Services Coordinator Personnel
- 27. Relocation Center Coordinator S 14 Maintenance Representative
- 28. logistics Support Coordinator S 15 N.Y. Telephone Representative
- 29. Administrative Support L 2-4 Security Personnel REV.O
!O
Attach:nent 4.1.1 MESSAGE FORM O JOUT C IN OUR JOURNAL NO SENbERbfkbNO. DATE-TIME GROUP FROM: PRECEDENCE TO: TEXT: O - ROUTING For: 2 Action O Informatior ORIGINATOR AUTH. BY O l REV. O
O 4.2 Relocation Centers 1 2 The purpose of a Relocation Center is to provide 3 < mass care and social services for evacuees in the 4 I event of a radiological emergency at the Shoreham 5 Nuclear Power Station. 6 7 The primary Relocation Centers that have been 8 designated for use in the event of a radiological 9 emergency are: 10 11 SUNY - Stony Brook 12 BOCES - Islip 13 SCCC - Selden 14 15 The following additional centers have been 16 identified in the event one of the primary centers 17 can not be used or if all three have reached their 18 capacity. 19 20 SUNY - Farmingdale 21 St. Joseph's College - Patchogue 22 23 24 If evacuation appears imminent, and as directed by 25 Os the Support Services Coordinator, the Local 26 Emergency Response Organization (LERO) Relocation 27 Center Coordinator located at the EOC and the 28 American Red Cross (ARC) will begin activation of 29 the relocation centers in accordance with Procedure 30 4.2.1 - Relocation Center Operations. The ARC has 31 established guidelines outlining all aspects of 32 Relocation Center organization and management. 33 These include registration (see Attachment 4.2.1) 34 , housing, feeding, counseling, health, recreation and 35 I maintenance. ARC will designate and provide 36 personnel to staff each center. 37 l 38 A - Responsibility 39 40 The ARC is the lead agency responsible for the 41 total operation of the Relocation Center. The ARC 42 will provide trained center managers, and also 43 provide registration, counseling, feeding, housing 44 and medical services to evacuees. ARC will enlist 45 local support groups such as churches and 46 industries, as well as select volunteers to provide 47 additional assistance for recreational activities. 48 O REV. O 4.2-1
t i () The ARC will establish a Relocation Center 1 Coordinator at the Local EOC. This coordinator will 2 act as the liaison between the centers and the other 3 portions of the Local Emergency Response 4 Organization (LERO). Each relocation center will be 5 directed by an ARC Center Manager located at the 6 relocation center. The Center Manager will direct 7 all ARC operations of the center. 8 9 The Health Services Coordinator at the Local EOC 10 11 will direct the evacuee monitoring and decontamination operations and the field sanitary 12 operations through the Radiation Health Coordinator 13 and Sanitary Support Coordinator respectively. 14 15 The Traffic Control Coordinator will coordinate 16 = traffic control operations at the Relocation 17 Centers. 18 i 19 The Security Coordinator will coordinate security 20
- - operations at the Relocation Centers. 21 22 B - Relocation Center Staffing 23 24 Figure 2.1.1 indicates the estimated staffing 25 O levels of emergency response personnel at Relocation Centers. The following positions will exist at 26 27 these centers
- 28 29 Center Manager 30 Registration 31 Food. Services 32 Information 33 Evacuee Monitoring 34
, Evacuee Decontamination 35
- Security 36 Sanitation 37 38 C - Selection of Relocation Centers 39 40 In accordance with ARC procedures, the following 41 physical characteristics were considered.in 42 i selecting locations for Relocation Centers: 43 44
- o Size of building facility - to accomodate ~4 5 the expected number of evacuees. .
46 i 47 ! o Adequate office space to accomodate' staff 48 l and voluntary personnel for registration and 49 administration functions. 50 O REV. O L 4.2-2
O o Adequate sleeping accomodations (20 sq. ft. 1 per bed) 2 3 o Separate accomodations for the elderly, 4 family groups, infants, etc., if possible. 5 l 6 4 o Adequate cooking facilities and eating -7 utensils for maximum capacity. 8 9 o Availability of sanitary drinking water (5 10 gals. per person per day). 11 12 o Toilet and shower facilities (1 toilet for 13 every 40 persons). 14 15 o Recreation areas to accomodate various age 16 groups and First Aid Room. 17' 18 o Adequate Storage Areas 19 4 20 o Parking in close proximity to the Center. 21 22 D - Evacuee Monit<; ring and Decontamination 23 24 Relocation Centers will provide radiological 25 i ' O monitoring decontamination as well as temporary hosting / sheltering of the evacuees. Each facility 26 27 will have radiologically trained personnel capable .28 of performing any of the necessary monitoring and 29 decontamination procedures. All monitoring and 30 decontamination will be performed in accordance with 31 Procedure 4.2.1 - Relocation Center Operations, 32 Procedure 3.9.2 - Radiological Monitoring of 33 Emergency Workers and Evacuees and Procedure 3.9.3 - 34
, Decontamination Facility Operations. These' 35 personnel will be from the-Local Emergency Response 36 Organization. 37 38 As evacuees arrive at a relocation center by 39 vehicle, they will be directed to an appropriate 40 parking facility where each vehicle will be assumed 41 to be contaminated and later checked or 42 decontaminated. 43 44 Evacuees will then proceed into the Relocation 45 g Center which will be equipped and capable of -
46 , monitoring all evacuees within a 12 hour period. 47 i Routine first aid medical treatment will also be 48 { available and be administered by ARC staff nurses. 49 < O REV. O 4.2-3 I
O G All evacuees enteting the relocation center will 1 undergo monitoring and decontamination procedures. 2 All evacuees will first be monitored for whole body 3
' contamination monitoring. Those who are not 4 contaminated will proceed to a second monitoring 5 station where they will receive thyroid monitoring. 6 All evacuees above allowable levels will proceed to 7 i be decontaminated with their clothes being placed in 8 '
contamination containers. After decontamination 9 they will be remonitored. If proven to be clean, 10 they will also receive thyroid monitoring. If 11 contamination remains or if excessive thyroid 12 contamination is detected, the evacuee will be 13 referred to a hospital for further attention, in 14 accordance with Procedure 4.2.2 - Handling and 15 Transport of Contaminated and/or Injured Individuals 16 to Medical Facilities. Attachment 3.9.2, Evacuees 17 Contamination Record Form will record all 18 contamination information found at the Relocation 19 Center. 20 0 4 O REV. O 4.2-4
Attachment 4.2.1 LOCAL RELOCATION CENTER AmhMCrOSS DISASTER SHELTER REGISTRATION Family Last Name Shelter Locateon h**d **i Shelter Tassonone No. Date of Arrewel Proeden Names Age
- x in a Referred
*taweed to hurne
*: Precisaster Acorses and Telephone No.
Man Woman Onctuos Maden Name) I do. do not. autherne release of the above information concermns any ushereabouts or general een6 tion. Children in Home
.....................S. qn.e.tu.r.e.......................................
Date Left Shelter Time Left Shelter Family Member not in Snetter (Location if gm) Postdisaster Aodress and Telephone Nummer SHELTER MASTEA FILE ansanicaw men emoss comme sera to-79) . 'O l l REV. O
O 4.3 Emergency Worker Decontamination Center 1 2 As described in Section 3.9, Radiological Exposure 3 Control, emergency workers will be monitored for 4 contamination and decontaminated, if needed, at the 5 emergency worker decontamination center at the Local 6 EOC at Brentwood. 7 8 A - Major Functions 9 10 Major functions to be performed at the Emergency 11 Worker Decontamination Center are: 12 13 o Logging in and initial monitoring of all 14 workers upon arrival at the facility. 15 16 o Decontamination of persons found to have 17 been contaminated. 18 19 o Remonitoring of individuals who have 20 undergone decontamination. This includes a 21 quantitative assessment of thyroid uptake of 22 radiciodine. 23 24 o Dosimetry record keeping. 2 { B - Decontamination Center Locations 27 28 o Emergency workers, their equipment and 29 vehicles will be monitored for contamination, 30 and if necessary, decontaminated at the Local 31 EOC 32 33 o Evacuees and their vehicles will be 34 monitored for contamination and, if 35 necessary, decontaminated at the designated 36 relocation centers (see Section 4.2) 37 38 C - Processing Measures 39 40 , Upon entrance to the facility, emergency workers 41 l will be monitored by Local Emergency Response 42 I Organization (LERO)~ Health Services personnel for 43 whole body contamination. If proven clean, they <4 4 will proceed to the thyroid monitoring station. 45. If contaminated, they will be sent to 46 decontamination showers and their clothing will 47 be placed in contamination containers. 48 l .O 4.3-1 REV. O
, _ _ _ - a *-"
i
] ( )- After showering, the' workers will be re- 1 j monitored. Upon approval they will be sent to 2 l the thyroid monitoring station. Any emergency 3 worker with thyroid contamination resulting in 4 i readings in excess of 75 cpm will be sent to a 5 designated hospital for further medical 6 ; treatment. Those workers passing the thyroid 7 ,
- monitoring will either remain at the EOC for 8 l l possible reassignment, or may be released from 9 duty. 10 l
l 11 ' D - Setup of the Decontamination Facility 12 } 13 i o The physical shape and size of existing 14 i facilities will determine the placement of 15 l decontamination, monitoring and recordkeeping 16 ] stations within the facility. The facility 17
- will be operated in accordance with Procedure 18 j 3.9.2 - Radiological Monitoring and 19 e
Decontamination of Emergency Workers and 20 i Evacuees. As indiated in that procedure, two 21
- main guidelines be used in determining the 22 placement and layout of a facility. They 23
- are
- 24
! 25 o Simplicity 26
["} i The flow of traffic and people should be a 28 ! straight line whenever possible. Turns, 29 separation barriers and intersections should 30 i be utilized to distinguish individual 31
- activities or stations. Traffic cones, 32 tables, chairs, ropes, railings, etc., can 33 i
be used to mark off patterns of movement of 34 { large groups. Contaminated personnel should 35 l be able to be rapidly identified and moved 36 along to decontamination stations without 37 delay and risk contamination of others. 38 i 39 ! o Isolation 40 41 l Once contaminated personnel or' vehicles 42 i have been identified by radiation 43 monitoring, they should be isolated -44 immediately, without entering clean areas. 45 Signs indicating contaminated and clean 46 areas as well as dose-recording locations, 47 , 4.3 2 REV. O
_ . ._ _ _ ._._ _ _ _ .__. . _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . ~ , . _ - _ _ _ . i _ _ _ . . -_ _ _ _ _ _l '
- I I
4O i
, decontamination and flow of traffic should 1 .
be placed in conspicuous locations. 2 L, t 3 l Figures . 4.3.1, 4.3.2, and 4.3.3 illustrate there 4 ,
- _ specific guidelines. 5
, l 4
i 4 f f . J j ' 1 i ; i , .{ j s 1-lO i i ( 1 b a 1, 1 i A
- 2 .
4
/
4 ,
.t.
er i ( 6 sc %
- O-1 4.3-3
~
r REV. O t < . W. t , , t ,
l l O FIGURE 4.3.1 1 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLE DECONTAMINATION I at:ESS #040 ii Daivtwat witte Ce0w0 CONTROL o TtWPC#a47 paesises it DOE 5 R&D64Tl0es es0N TDe staD 40 pgDCitD 113 seO Cw Onnemt CLE aas at0vtgemat. m passions LDT l l TES vtM6CLE OCWomart tsu natu l iP Tc stescassti DECONTaastmatt0es FaciLITT test *0tc u0autog j
**0CEID TO O mages anta ,smaLL spises stWsossestL OCliestTRT gyy ygu.
ir S p eaf CYTt4 toe arao I DR SCRuS INTtei0e as NOTts: NEctfSART L poe arctwit0ss CENTritS Ont.T ae0vt Flow Diageam ap*Likt 70 tyte? 7twfu vtwiCLE tuct9T IF
Twtet ts pet 04 4taS0es TO BELitVE Tesat Test vtutCLE IS CONTaMihaTt0 mad AYiCae g ghettetes,CT pa,ioniy at vtMICLES mart DECONTamissatiON agg yeugg.
uomitos atac eso ieO Com Osisont
*
- L' "'""?
ns 7ts o mas can is vrai:Lt *e ett= sseavco tast=tiaL Myff no as vtwiCL pec ttD TO ptwson.t DCCV*aNTtsit
=tg OtComf amissations mats to it C0estausmatt3 pagigiTy gute0ENCT seest#8 pa==ims 60T saaLL emins esaso==tb oosimCT=T wiTM TeetM.
Et*fwit ws&& St CALLED us 70 OttonTaaseenait veniCLas wata possinut O REV. 0
FIGURE 4.3.2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION I I CONTAMINATED AREA AREA lCLE AN 0 l 1 ENTER l USE RADIATION MONITOR TO CHECK CONTAMINatt0N OF l CLDnES AND ENTIRE 80DY l I I DOES MONITOR READ I 60 CPM FOR CLOTMING l OR 100 CPM FOR M ANDS, $NIN, 1 AND MalR OR MORE A40VE BACN. GROUND TES PROCEED TO Pui DN _ DECONTAMINATION STATION CLEAN CLOTMING - h If Depo $if CONTAMINATED COMPLETE DOSE CLOTHING INTO PL ASTIC RECORDS BAGS AS DimtCTED wASM wiTM WARM adTER 6 ' l EXIT MILD SOAP WMERE NECESSARY O DOES MONITGR READ No ISO CPM FOR MANDS SKIN, AND MalR ASOVL3 BACKGROUND YES WASM wsTM MILD DETERGENT AND WATER, ME!.VY LATwCR, a6 AND SOFT ORUSM WHERE NtCESSARY DOES MONITOR READ g tro CPM FOR MANDS, SKIN. AND MAIR ASOVE SACNGROUND TES W4SM wiTM Lava SOAP AND d i m4TER wwCRE NECESSARY DOES MONITOR READ go ISO CPM FOR MANDS SulN AND Matt AGOVE 8 eAcmGROUND 1 i YES S.E1#e s #hi%b F ACILIT Y l I l CONTAMINATED!CLE AN
, ARE4, ARE A _ ggy, o
FIGURE 4.3.3 ENERAllZE FL R PLAN FOR A DECONTAMINATION CENTER O 1 WASH STATION , (SHOWERS) _ J k CLOTHING
% J POST- DECONUMINATION O---O l O sc^"
k i z O CCNTAMIN ATED CLOTHING O g l U SECURITY (SIGN IN)
... * . INITI AL MONITORING
*I k AREA I i I
..Y
- DECONTAMINATED CONTAMIN ATED PERSONNEL PERSONNEL Q EXIT ENTER REV. O i .
1 () 4.4 Equipment 1 2 A - Radiological Monitoring 3 4 The following major equipment is required for two 5 Downwind Survey teams and includes 50% spares on 6 selected items as per procedure 3.5.1. - Downwind 7 Surveying. 8 9 o RO2A RAD Monitors 10 11 o RM14 Radiation Monitors 12 13 o HP210 Probe (for RM14) 14 15 o HP270 Probe (for RM14) 16 17 o TCS Air Sampler EAS-1 w/lGM-1 Probe 18 19 , o SH4A Shield Assemply with Sample Holder 20 21 o TCS Cannisters 22 23 o Smears and envelopes 24 () o Ultraview Respirator with GMR Cartridge 6 27 B - Personal Dosimetry 28 29 Each emergency worker will receive: 30 31 o One personnel Thermo-luminescent dosimeter 32 (TLD) 33 34 o Two direct reading pocket dosimeters (0-200 35 MR and 0-5R) 36 37 o DRD Charger 38 , 39 There will be 1-Direct Reading Dosimeter Charger at 40 each emergency worker staging area. 41 42 C - Personal Protective Equipment 43 44 Protective Anti-Contamination Clothing: 45 46 o Coveralls 47 A V REV. O 4.4-1
_ _ _ . _ = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ O o Gloves with Liners, Pair 1 2 o Booties, Pair 3 4 o Hoods 5 6 Standard rain gear may be substituted for the 7 anti-contamination clothing. 8 9 D - Communications Equipment 10 11 Specific communications equipment is referenced in 12 Section 3.4 of this plan. 13 14 E - Personnel Monitoring Equipment 15 16 Personnel monitoring and decontamination kits are 17 detailed in Procedure 3.9.2, Radiological Monitoring 18 and Decontamination of Emergency Workers and 19 Evacuees. This includes Emergency Worker and Evacuee 20 Decontamination facility equipment. 21 22 F - Vehicles 23 24 Not all types will be discussed, however, the major 25 2 (]) vehicles and conditions will be explained. 26 27 o Transportation of Evacuees 28 29 Transportation of evacuees from affected 30 areas of the 10 mile Emergency Planning Zone 31 will be accomplished through the use of 32 buses. These vehicles will be equipped with 33 two-way radios. Drivers will be in 34 communication with the LERO Bus Coordinator 35 and the Transportation Support Coordinator 36 through the representative at the Bus Transer 37 Points. 38 39 o Emergency Vehicles 40 41 Ambulance Owners and Operators.(non-Fire 42 Department) will provide transportation and 43 emergency services for contaminated and/or 44 injured individuals. They will also provide ' 45 transportation services in support of 46 evacuating special medical cases. These 47 i REV. 0 l 4.4-2 l
O owners and operators will consist partly of: 1 Patriot Ambulette, Manorville Community 2 Ambulance, and certain volunteer or private 3 ambulance services within 20 miles of the 4 SNPS. 5 6 o LILCO Vehicles 7 8 Primary route alerting operations during an 9 emergency will be accomplished by LILCO owned 10 vehicles (vans, automobiles, etc.). This 11 will also include any special alerting or 12 handling of evacuees that is needed (door to 13 door) . 14 15 LILCO vehicles will also be used to 16 supplement Brookhaven National Laboratory 17 (BNL) survey team vehicles during field 18 sampling operations. 19 20 LILCO tow trucks and line trucks will be 21 utilized for removing road impediments and 22 for use in other emergency road services, as 23 needed. 24 25 fg) o Fire Department Vehicles 26 27 Local Fire Departments vehicles will be used 28 as a backup means for route alerting 29 operations within the 10 mile EPZ. Their 30 emergency vehicles will also be used to 31 assist in providing emergency services, fire 32 control capabilities and rescue. 33 34 o Tow Trucks and Road Equipment 35 36 Private tow trucks and road equipment owners 37 and operators will provide tow trucks and 38 other emergency road service equipment for 39 use during evacuation operations on an as 40 needed basis, at the request of the Traffic 41 Control Coordinator. These services will 42 encompass drivers, maintenance, fuel and 43 communications. 44 45 i d' REV. O 4.4-3 l i
I O o Fuel 1 2 Gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil, etc., will 3 be provided during emergency operations on an 4 as-needed basis, by Private Gasoline and 5 Diesel Fuel Companies. There will be depots 6 within 10 miles and a depot west of SNPS 7 approximately 15 miles. 8 9 G - Other Emergency Equipment 10 11
. Procedure 5.3.1 - Emergency Equipment Inventory 12 lists all other emergency response equipment which 13 will be needed. 14 C)
- 4.4-4
O CHAPTER 5 - MAINTENANCE OF THE PLANNING EFFORT 1 2 3 5.1 Training 4 5 A prompt and effective response to a radiological 6 emergency at the Shoreham plant is dependent on the 7 abilities of the individuals who have designated 8 response roles. Therefore, only by increasing the 9 knowledge and proficiency of each individual through 10 training can emergency workers achieve increased 11 effectiveness in emergency response. 12 13 Responsibility 14 15 Through the coordination and utilization of 16 available resources, the Long Island Lighting 17 Company is responsible for ensuring that the 18 training needs of the Local Emergency Response 19 Organization and supporting organizations - as 20 indicated within this document - are met. This 21 training program will consist of FEMA and LILCO 22 provided training courses and will provide for 23 peciodic retraining on, at least, an annual basis. 24 ']) ( Scope of Emergency Training 25 26 27 A - Federal 28 29 At the Federal level, a number of training courses 30 for persons responsible for radiological emergency 31 planning are available, or under development, 32 primarily through the Federal Emergency Management 33 Agency (FEMA). Courses presently offered include: 34 35 o Radiological Emergency Planning 36 37 o Radiological Accident Assessment 38 39 o Radiological Emergency Operations 40 41 o Radiological Emergency Response Operations 42 Training Course 43 44 These courses are described in Table 5.1.1. 45 5.1-1 REV. O
O B - Long Island Lighting Company (LILCO) 1 2 The Long Island Lighting Company maintains an 3 on-going comprehensive training program for all 4 Local Emargency Response Organization personnel. 5 6 The primary objective of the program is to 7 provide both general and site specific emergency 8 preparedness training to the Local Emergency 9 Response Organization (LERO). This is 10 accomplished by providing the LERO with: 11 12
- 1. An understanding of: 13 14
- a. Radiological Emergency Preparedness 15 including its history since TM1, the 16 emergency planning basis and emergency 17 classification system. 18 19
- b. All related emergency plans including 20 the LERO Plan, State Radiological 21 Emergency Preparedness Plan and LILCO 22 Emergency Plan. 23 24 c.
(]) Radiation Protection including basic principals of radiation, health effects 25 26 and exposure control. 27 28
- d. Specific Organizational Tasks as per 29 LERO Implementing Procedures. 30 31
- 2. Practical Demonstrations which include 32 hands-on experience with equipment, where 33 practical (both in the field and the 34 classroom) and video / slide sessions as well 35 as table-top exercises. 36 37
- 3. FEMA Graded Exercise Preparation which 38 includes the implementation of the Drill 39 program outlined in Section 5.2 as well as 40 the conduct of practice or mini-exercises. 41 42 The training program is organized into four 43 basic courses as presented below: 44
-45 l
C) 5.1-2 REV. O j l i i
r
- O ~
) LESSON PLAN NO. 1 l 2 Emergency Preparedness Overview 3 4 General Knowledge 5 4 6 o History of Emergency Preparedness since Three Mile 7
- Island 8 9
o Emergency Planning Basis - Emergency Planning Zones 10 11 o Emergency Classification System 12 13 o Emergency Preparedness in New York State, Suffolk 14 County and SNPS 15 16 o The Federal Role 17 18 Site Specific 19 20 Overview of the Local Emergency Response Organization 21 Plan 22 23 o Organization: including lines of direction and 24 O """ - '"** ' " ==""'"*'t " n o Concept of Operations: How the plan works, how 27 emergencies are managed, including continuity of 28 emergency management 29 30 o Notification and Mobilization: How personnel will 31
' be notified and mobilized for an effective response. 32 '
' 33 o EOC Operations: Coordination of all emergency 34 < activities 35 36 o Implementing Procedures - general overview 37 38 LESSON PLAN NO. 2 39 40
- Specific Organization Tasks 41 42 This lesson plan consists of several training modules which 43 are geared toward specific emergency activities and 44 presented to limited populations as indicated on the LERO -45
- Training Matrix Figure 5.1.1. 46 3
O 1 5.1-3 1 REV. O l
l l l () These modules include: 1 2 l 2.1 Command and Control 3 2.2 LERO Activation and Mobilization 4 2.3 Public Notification Methods and Procedures 5 2.4 Evacuation Operations 6 7 General Population 8 Special Population 9 10
- 2.5 Relocation Center Operations 11 2.6 Emergency Communications 12 2.7 Radiological Health Operations 13 2.8 Public Health (Sanitary) Operations 14 2.9 Fire and Rescue Operations 15 2.10 Emergency Medical Services Operations 16 2.11 Traffic Control Operations 17 18 Traffic Control Points 19 Road Logistics 20 Route Coordination 21 22 2.12 Transportation Operations 23 24 O -
Vehicle Mobilization and Logistics Coordination 25 26 27 2.13 Accident Assessment Methodology 28 2.14 Protective Action Evaluation (Decision Process) 29 2.15 Public Information 30 31 Coordination 32 Rumor Control 33 34 2.16 Security Operations 35 2.17 Administration 36 37 LESSON PLAN No. 3 38 39 Radiation Protection 40 41
- This lesson provides all members of the LERO with an 42 understanding of: 43 44 o Basic radiation physics 45 o Biological health effects 46 o Common sources of radiation 47 o How to control exposure to radiation 48 o Personnel Dosimetry 49 ,
O 5.1-4 REV.' O
O LESSON PLAN NO. 4 1 2 Practical Demonstration 3 4 Many of the modules contained in Lesson Plan No. 2 have an 5 associated practical demonstration. Practical 6 demonstrations consist of one or more of the following: 7 8 o Procedure walk-throughs 9 o Table-Top exercises 10 o Equipment demonstrations (classroom and/or field) 11 o Video or slide presentation 12 o Pen and paper exercise 13 14 ! Practical Demonstrations include: 15 16 4.1 EOC Activation 17 4.2 LERO Notification 18 4.3 Public Notification 19 20 Prompt Notification System (simulated) 21 Route Alerting 22 23 4.4 Relocation Center Activation 24 I 4.5 Communicating Equipment 25 1 4.6 Personnel Dosimetry 26 4.7 Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 27 4.8 Contaminated Injured Personnel 28 4.9 Traffic Control 29 4.10 Evacuation Route Coordination 30 4.11 Transportation Coordination 31 4.12 Dose Projections 32 4.13 Security 33 34 To facilitate the conduct of the training program, the LERO 35 is broken down into specialized groups which have common 36 training requirements. 37 38 Group 1 - Local Emergency Response Organization Management 39 40 Director Local Response 41 Manager Local Response 42 Health Services Coordinator 43 Evacuation Coordinator 44 Support Services Coordinator 45 Coordinator of Public Information 46 O 5.1-5 REV. O
O Group 2 - Emergency Medical Personnel 1 2 Emergency Medical /Public Services 3 Coordinator 4 Public Services Liaison 5 Ambulance Coordinator 6 Ambulance Personnel 7 8 Group 3 - Radiological Personnel 9 10 Dosimetry Coordinator 11 Decontamination Coordinator 12 Environmental Assessment Coordinator 13 Monitoring Personnel 14 Decontamination Personnel 15 Decontamination of Emergency Worker 16 Personnel 17 Dose Assessment Staff 18 Environmental Survey Coordinator 19 Survey Teams 20 21 Group 4 - Sanitary Support Personnel 22 23 Sanitary Support Coordinator 24 (]} Field Sanitary Support Personnel Group 5 - Traffic Control Personnel 27 28 Staging Area Coordinators 29 Traffic Control Coordinator 30 Traffic Control Point Coordinator 31 Traffic Guides 32 Road Logistics Coordinator 33 Road Crews 34 Evacuation Route Coordinator 35 Evacuation Route Spotters 36 37 Group 6 - Special Evacuation Personnel 38 39 Special Evacuation Coordinator 40 Public Schools 41 Private Schools 42 Health Facilities Coordinator 43 Home Coordinator 44 Route Alerting Drivers 45 46 i O 5.1-6 REV. O
i 4 V Group 7 - Transportation Support Personnel 1 2 Transportation Support Coordinator 3 Bus Coordinator 4 Drivers 5 6 Group 8 - Relocation Center Personnel 7 8 Relocation Center Coordinators 9 Nursing Support 10 Counselling Coordinator 11 12 Group 9 - Logistics Support Personnel 13 14 Logistics Support Coordinator 15 Administration Support 16 Purchasing 17 Maintenance 18 NY Telephone Representative 19 20 Group 10 - Security Personnel 21 22 Security Coordinator 23 Security Personnel 24 () V 25 Group 11 - Public Information Personnel 26 27 Coordinator of Public Information 28 Public Information Support Staff 29 Communicator 30 31 Group 12 - Communications Personnel 32 33 Lead Communicator 34 Communicators 35 36 Group 13 - Miscellaneous Personnel 37 38 A matrix is provided as Figure 5.1.1 which relates the 39 above groups to the training program lesson plan 40 presentations. 41 42 Emergency workers assigned with first aid tasks are 43 required to take a course equivalent to the Red Cross 44 Multi-Media course. Attachment 5.1.1 presents the training 45 courses offered by the American Red Cross. 46 O 5.1-7 REV. O I
() ' Scheduling 1 2 Due to a turnover in personnel, improvements in 3 technology, and the lack of real situations with 4 which to gain learning experience, it is necessary 5 I to continually upgrade capabilities and retrain 6 personnel. Therefore, personnel will be retrained 7 annually in order to maintain a level of competence 8 during an emergency situation. 9 10 Those personnel who are scheduled to be trained 11 shall be notified of the location and time course is 12 offered. 13 14 Record Keeping 15 16 Records will be maintained by LILCO, reflecting the 17 type of training given, the number of personnel that 18 attend the course, copies and results of 19 examinacions given (if any). The records will also 20 contain copies of lesson plans and student 21 evaluation critique sheets. 22 O C) 5.1-8 REV. O 1 l I
I Figure 5.1.1 p LERO Training wa trix U
. k .
1 3 i E 1 J
}3 Illj" f
8 1 s
] j j "1 klju]I 1,Ji f3I!
3 J g N< <I~ ! !N .ja dl i i 11 il I i Osd':D
- l=l==
1.ESSON PLAN MODULE 1.0 Emergency Preparedness Overview x x s x x x x x x x x x x 2.1 Comand & Control x x 2.2 LERO Activation & Hobilisation x x 2.3 Public Notification Methods and x x x Procedures 2.4 Evacuation Operations x x x x x x x 2.5 Relocation Center Operations x x 2.6 Emergency Comunications x x x x x x x x x 2.7 Radiological Health Operations x x 2.8 Public Health Operations x 2.9 Fire & Rescue Operationa x 2.10 Emergency Medical Services x 2.11 Traffic Control Operations x 2.12 Transportation Operations x y 2.13 Accident Assessment x 2.14 Protective Action Evaluation x 2.15 Public Information x 2.16 Security Operations x 2.17 Administration x 3.0 Radiation Protection x x x x x x x xx x x x x 4.1 EOC Activation x x x x 4.2 LERO Notification x x 4.3 Public Notification xl x x 4.4 Relocation Center Activation x x x 4.5 Communication Equipment x x x x x x x x x x x 4.6 Personnel Dosimetry x x x x x x x 4.7 Personnel Monitoring & Decontamination x x 4.8 Contaminated / Injured Personnel X 4.9 Traffic Control x 4.10 Evacuation Route Coordination x 4.11 Transportation Coordination x 4.12 Dose Projectiona x 4.13 Security l x A REV. 0
o O O Table 5.1.1 Page 1 of 2 COURSES AVAIIABLE FOR RADIO 1DCICAL EMERCENCY RESPONSE TRAININC FEDERALLY SPONSORED TRAINING COURSES Time Course Title Required Prerequisites Taught #v Training Site Radiological Monitoring 16 hours A. 15 students, no previous (Basic) As arranged As arranged training (Refresher for above) 4 hours B. Monitoring assignment Radiological Derense 32.5 hours A. RDO Assignment Officer - (R.D.O.) As arranged As arranged
- 3. Completion of Basic 16-hour Monitor course C. 15 students Radiological Emergency le days A. Radiblogical Monitoring Resource Operations (80 hours) NRC and N.T.S., Las Vegas, Course (16 hours) Contractor Nevada B. R.D.O. Course C. Emergency management Assignment Category 6 Coordinator 36 hours A. Assionment in Radio- NBC and Site to be announced Course IDose Assessment) logical Analysis U.S. E.P.A.
Nuclear Planning Course 36 hours A. Assignment in Nuclear FEMA-NRC Site to be announced Planning and Emergency Management Basic, Advanced, R.D.O. 32.5 hours A. Assignment in Analysis
& Radiological Monitor FEMA Site to be announced Monitoring, or R.D.O.
Instructor Morkshop 22 hours 3. Completion of Basic 16 Hour Monitoring Course O
! O O O l l Table 5.1.1 i Page 2 of 2 i COURSES AVAILABLE FOR RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE TRAINING FEDERALLY SPONSORED TRAINING COITRSES Time Course Title Required Prerequisites Taught By Cther Radiological Energency Students selected by Planning DON and ODP Radiological Accident Students selected by DON and OOP Assessment Radiological sumergency Studente selected by Operations DON and ODP Medical Plannlag and Os e For Physicians in Radiation Accidente Radiological Emergency UNDER DEVEIDPMENT
Response
Transportation Bemergencies UNDER DEVELOPMENT for First at Scene Radiological Emergency UNDER DEVEIDPMENT
Response
PNF Emergencies for First UNDER DEVEIDPMEwr at Scene Emergency Care of Radiation Casualties Course UNDER DEVEIDPMENT of Emergency Room Physiciano, Supervisors, and Noepital Administrators Orientation for Emergency Care of Radiation UNDER DEVEIDPMENT Casualties - Short Course for Physicians, Nurses, y and Technicians O
*l
(:) i Attachment 5.1.1 Red Cross: Course offerings Red Cross Training Procedures are set up in classroom form. Lesson plans are arranged as follows:
- 1. Subject
- 2. Purpose and Prerequisites
- 3. Content
- 4. Suggested Method and Trainer Notes
- 5. Course Outline and Timetable i
- 6. Exams or Practical Tests (If Applicable)
Specific procedures developed by the American Red. Cross which the CAD 0D may find useful in Emergency Planning
; (} Training are:
- 1. Shelter Managers ARC 3074
- 2. Disaster Training ARC 3002
- 3. Emergency Services-Mass Feeding ARC 3030
- 4. Emergency Services-Communications ARC 3034 l 5. Disaster Health Services ARC 3050
- 6. Public Relations-Public Information ARC 3057 i
O REV. 0 1
l (2) , 5.2 Drills and Excercises 1 2 Responsibilities 3 4 The LILCO Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) is 5 responsible for ensuring that drills and exercises 6 are conducted at the required intervals. The LILCO 7 EPC is also responsible for ensuring the full 8 participation of all local emergency response 9 organization personnel in periodic exercises and 10 drills designed to test response capabilities in 11 support of a potential emergency at SNPS. 12 13 The drills and exercises will test the plan, 14 provide the basis for identifying procedural and 15 equipment deficiencies, determine areas that need 16 improvement and familiarize key personnel with their 17 emergency roles. 18 19 Scenarios 20 21 All scenarios used in exercises and drills include 22 but are not limited to the following: 23 24 o the basic objective (s) of each exercise and 25 drill 26 27 o the date(s), time period, place (s), and 28 participating organizations 29 30 o the simulated events 31 32 o a time schedule of real and simulated 33 initiated events 34 35 o a narrative summary describing the conduct 36 of the exercises or drills to include such 37 things as communications tests, off-site fire 38 department assistance, rescue of personnel, 39' medical, deployment of radiological 40 monitoring teams, and public information 41 activities 42 43 o evaluation criteria 44 45 o arrangements for qualified observers 46 47 The scenario material will be distributed to 48 official observers prior to a drill or exercise. 49 REV. 0 5.2-1
O Scenarios for the annual exercises will be developed I by LILCO. Details of the scenarios will not be 2 discussed with exercise participants prior to the 3 exercise. The objectives for the exercise will be 4 submitted for FEMA /NRC review 75 days prior to the 5 conduct of the exercise. The exercise scenario will 6 be developed based on the FEMA /NRC approved 7 objectives. Draft scenarios will be submitted to 8 FEMA /NRC 45 days prior to the exercise. 9 10 A - Drills
- 11.
12 Drills are supervised instruction periods designed 13 to test develop, and maintain skills in a particular 14 response function, and to provide maintenance checks 15 of emergency response equipment. Drills are often 16 components of exercises and are evaluated by 17 designated observers. The type and frequency of the 18 drills that local emergency response personnel will 19 participate in is indicated in Figure 5.1.1. The 20 following drills will be conducted: 21 22 Communication Drills will be conducted by LILCO. 23 Communications will be tested monthly. 24 Communications between SNPS, the Local EOC and field 25 O- monitoring teams will be tested annually. 26 27 Radiological Monitoring Drills will be coordinated 28 by BNL. These drills shall include collection and 29 analysis of all sample media and provisions for 30 communications and record keeping. These drills 31 will be conducted annually as part of the annual 32 exercise and will involve site, FEMA and the local 33 radiological monitoring team and radiological 34 assessment personnel. 35 36 Medical Emergency Drills will involve a simulated 37 contaminated individual and participation from 38 ambulance services, off-site medical treatment 39 facility and other support services as necessary. 40 This off-site portion of the medical drill will be 41 conducted annually and may be performed as part of 42 the required annual exercise. 43 44 Health Physics Drills will be conducted 45 semi-annually with one conducted as part of the 46 annual exercise. This drill involves response to, 47 and analysis of, simulated airborne and liquid 48 samples and direct radiation measurements in the 49 i environment. These drills will involve BNL and LERO 50 l personnel. 51 ! p/ l s- REV. 0 l I . l 5.2-2
l l l l () B - Exercises 1 2 An exercise is an event that tests the integrated 3 capability and a major portion of the basic elements 4 existing within emergency plans and organizations. .5 An emergency response exercise will be conducted 6 prior to adoption of this plan and at least once 7 every 12 months (plus or minus three months) 8 thereafter. Each exercise will test the current 9 overall emergency response capabilities of SNPS, 10 FEMA and the local emergency response organization 11 to respond to an emergency at SNPS that results in 12 off-site radiological releases. 13 14 The exercises shall test the following emergency 15 response capabilities as a minimum: 16 , 17 o Command and control 18 19 o Communications 20 21 o Radiological assessment 22 23 o Protective action responses 24 () o Public information activities 6 27 o Fire, Medical, Security, and Traffic Control 28 29 o Initial Notifications 30 31 o Recovery and Reentry 32 33 The exercise scenario will be varied from year to 34 year so that all major elements of the Plan and all 35 preparedness organizations are tested within a 36 five-year period. Once every six years, provisions 37 will be made to start an exercise between 6:00 p.m. 38 and midnight, and another between midnight and 6:00 30 a.m. Exercises will be conducted under various 40 weather conditions, and some will be unannounced. 41 Exercise results will be publicized in order to 42 develop and maintain public coniidence in the 43 completeness of the RERP effectiveness. 44 45 Critique 46 47 Observers from SNPS and participating LERO and 48 Federal agencies will be on hand to evaluate and 49 REV. 0 5.2-3
O critique the annual exercise. Exercise comments I will be recorded on the Controller / Observer Comment 2 Form. A critique will be held as soon as practical 3 after the exercise with a formal written critique 4 provided within four weeks of the exercise which 5 will be the basis for review and improvement of the 6 Local Offaite Radiological Emergency Response Plan. 7 Changes and revisions of the RERP will be 8 coordinated by the LILCO EPC. 9 () ; REV. O t i 5.2-4 l l
{ 5.3 Equipment 1 2 At least once each calendar quarter and after each 3 use, LILCO will inspect, inventory, and 4 operationally check emergency response equipment. 5
- Calibration of equipment is done at intervals 6 i
recommended by the supplier of the equipment. 7 Sufficient reserves of equipment will be made 8 available by LILCO to replace those which are 9 i removed.for calibration or reaair. Downwind survey 10 kits provided by LILCO shall ie inventoried and 11 maintained by LILCO consistent with their inventory 12 and check schedules. These items will be addressed 13 in detail in Procedure 5.3.1, Emergency Equipment 14 Inventory. 15 16 Inventory and Maintenance 17 1 18 An Inventory and Maintenance Control Form will be 19 i filled out for all equipment. This form will 20 include the following data: 21 ' 22 o item description 23 () o identifying number (serial or other) 24 25 26 o location 27 28 i o quantity required 29 30 o quantity on hand 31 32 o condition 33 34 o maintenance check (acceptable, not 35 acceptable, repair required) 36 37 o disposition information 38 39. o recorders initials 40 41 o remarks 42 43 i O REV. 0 5.3-1
~ . - - - , , ,, , , - -
O Calibration 1 2 Each monitoring instrument shall be certified as 3 calibrated. 4 5 o upon receipt of new instrument 6 7 o after any repairs 8 9 o in accordance with national standards or the 10 manufacturer's recommendations 11 12 All monitoring instruments will be entered in a 13 Master Log which includes: 14 15 o equipment type 16 17 o calibration f requency 18 l O 1 4 O 5.3-2 t
*w i
0 () i 5.4 Plan And Procedures 1 1 2 The purpose of this section is to ensure the accuracy. 3 of the Local Offsite Radiological Emergency Response 4 . Plan and Procedures by controlling the distribution of 5 all copies and assuring that they are updated on a 6
- regular basis. This ensures uniformity with other 7 i plans so that they can bd implemented together. 8 1 9 At a minimum, an annual review and updating of 10 i emergency plans is made, preferably in conjunction _
11 ! with the annual exercise. The review of the plan 12 . j incorporates the changes indicated as a result of the 13 i drills and annual exercise critiques. 14 15 Responsibilities 16 17 i The LILCO Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) in the 18 { Emergency Planning and Regulatory Services Section of 19 ! Nuclear Operations Support Division (NOSD) is 20 s responsible for the administration et the Local 21 j Offsite Radiological Emergency Resp ~nse o Plan and 22 Procedures. These responsibilities' include: 23 24 1 ({]) i. 1-o Controlling the distribution of the Local Offsite Radiological Emergency Response Plan 25 26 i and Procedure copies 27 } 28 i o Incorporating plan and procedure changes 29-j resulting from the annual exercise and 30 i assigning responsibility for implementing 31
- corrective actions 32
{ 33 j o Providing the prompt distribucion of 34
- amendments and updates for the Local Offsite 35 i Radiological Emergency Response Plan and 36 i Procedures -
37 4 38 i o Maintaining compatability of the Local 39 j Offsite Radiological Emergency Response Plan 40 f and Procedures with other. emergency response 41 ] plans and procedures 42 43 i o Conducting on annual review and update of.the 44 Local Offsite Radiological Emergency Response 45 j Plan,-Procedures, and Letters of Agreement 46 l l 1 i 5.4-1 REV. 0
+
---_ . . . _ . . . . _ ._ _.. _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ . ~_ __
- (
Plan and Procedure 1 2 Revisions to the Local Offsite Radiological Emergency 3 Response Plan and Procedures will be made in 4 accordance with Procedure 5.4.1, Document Control. 5 Any plan and procedures changes will be sent to the 6 individual users of the Local Offsite Radiological 7 Emergency Response Plan and Procedures, and any formal 8 changes and revised pcges will be distributed as 9 necessary. Disclosure of noncompliance will result in 10 notification of the Coordinator involved. The LILCO 11 i EPC in the Emergency Planning and Regulatory Services 12 i Section of Nuclear Operations Support Division (NOSD) 13 will update and issue corrections to telephone number 14 , lists on a quarterly basis and letters of agreement on 15 an annual basis, and more frequently if necessary. 16 Procedure 5.4.1, Document Control, details the 17 implementation of this section. 18 19 J i O 1 ) a t O 5.4-2
- REV. O i
t
l l I
\
~
f k.
^
1 1 APPENDIX A , EVACUATION PLAN l 0 l /
/
(Bound Separately) 6 I -- >i , t 4
/ ." ;
l } i t1 , .* [ ._ F ' /. / ! '1 ,_ l .g . ,
} <
t / i ,
~, ,
,E <s f"
w!
.)
o', m ,t .f V ' e 4 y I / - ( = r
! , 1 Y '
( / '
. t
# F l
.,s *\
~
j , I
.# l 5
I e f) 1
/ .-
s
._. y_ . a- ,4 .,.,l
O 1 APPENDIX B LETTERS OF AGREEMENT i O
O APPENDIX C LIST OF IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Procedure 1.1.1 Offsite Preparedness Implementing Procedure Development Procedure 2.1.1 Organization Implementation Procedure 3.1.1 Command of Emergency Operations Procedure 3.3.1 Receipt and Verification of Messages Procedure 3.3.2 Notification of Emergency Response Personnel Procedure 3.3.3 Standby and Mobilization Procedure 3.3.4 Prompt Notification System Activation Procedure 3.4.1 Communications Testing Procedure 3.5.1 Downwind Surveying Procedure 3.5.2 Assessment and Dose Projection (airborne and waterborne) Procedure 3.5.3 Ingestion Pathway Assessment and Dose P roj ection Procedure 3.6.1 Plume Exposure Pathway Protective Action Recommendations (]') Procedure 3.6.2 Potassium Iodide Distribution Procedure 3.6.3 Traffic Control Procedure 3.6.4 Bus Routes Procedure 3.6.5 Special Evacuations Procedure 3.6.6 Ingestion Pathway Protective Actions Procedure 3.7.1 Public Health Support Procedure 3.8.1 Public Information Procedure 3.8.2 Emergency Broadcast System Activation Procedure 3.9.1 Dosimetry and Exposure Control Procedure 3.9.2 Radiological Monitoring / Decontamination of Emergency Workers and Evacuees Procedure 3.10.1 Recovery / Reentry Procedure 4.1.1 EOC Activation Procedure 4.1.2 EOC Documentation and Record Keeping Procedure 4.2.1 P.elocation Center Operations Procedure- 4.2.2 Handling and Transport of Contaminated and/or Injured Individuals to Medical Facilities Procedure 5.1.1 Training Procedure Procedure 5.3.1 Emergency Equipment Inventory Procedure 5.4.1 Document Control ' O REV. O APP-C-1 l
KLD TR-126 O RADIOLGICAL' EMERGENCY EV ACU ATION' Pl.AN' FOR THE O SHOREH AM NUCLE AR' . POWER STATION' Prepared for Long Island Lighting Company Hicksville, New York by ___ KLD Associates, Inc. 300 Broadway Huntington Station, N.Y. j f August 27, 1982
//
Approved: Daniel Ma us Presiden
TABLE OF CONTENTS i Section Title Page I PREFACE I-l II FOUNDATION INFORMATION II-l III PLAN DEVELOPMENT III-l IV EVACUATION PROCEDURES IV-1 V TIME ESTIMATES V-1 Appendix A Glossary of Terms A-1 B Traffic Assignment Model B-1 C Traffic Simulation Model: DYNEV C-1 , D Detailed Description of Study Procedure D-1 E Detailed Results of Case Studies E-1 1 o l l i
p LIST OF FIGURES
\_/
No. Title Page 1 General Location Map After I-2 2 Average Prevailing Wind Directions After II-l 3 Evacuation Area by Zones and Zone Designations After II-5
-4 Educational Facilities After II-10 5 Medical Facilities After II-12 6 Major Employers & Recreational ~
Facilities After II-14 7 Emergency Services After II-16 8 Traffic Control Posts IV-52 8.1 Patrol Routes IV-80 8.2 Controlled Access Facility - Special Control Strategy After IV-83 9 Zone A After IV-88 10 Zone B After IV-92 11 Zone C After IV-95 12 Zone D After IV-99 13 Zone E After IV-103 O 14 15 Zone F Zone G After After IV-112 IV-ll8 16 Zone H After IV-122 17 Zone I After IV-127 18 Zone J After IV-132 19 Zone K After IV-140 20 Zone L After IV-144 21 Zone M 'After IV-149 22 Zone N After IV-153 23 Zone O After IV-158 24 Zone P After IV-163 25 Zone Q After IV-168 26 Zone R After IV-172 27 Zone S After IV-176 1 O-ii I
4 ' A
- LIST OF TABLES No. Title Page I llistorical Wind Direction II-3 II Evacuation Scenarios II-8 III Population III-2 IV Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network III-17 V Concurrent Continuous Flow Treatments IV-10 VI Modifications of SCPD Trip Table IV-15 VII Introduce Additional Links into Evacuation Network IV-16 VIII Conversion of Roadway Sections to One-Way Flow IV-18 IX Channelization Treatments on Selected Roadway Sections IV-20 X Number of Trips Generated at Each Source Node during Each Indicated Time Interval IV-24 XI Allocation of Service Time for Approaches to Intersections (Percent) IV-26 XII Prescribed Turn Movements IV-29 XIII Additional Traffic Control Posts IV-79
() XIV Evacuation Time Estimates V-3 LIST OF EXHIBITS 1 Link-node Representation of Evacuation Network After III-8 2 Evacuation Network Showing Desire Lines of Travel After III-8 3 Histogram of the Number of Trips Generated at Centroid 2001 III-9 4 Fundamental Relationship between Volume and Density III-15 5 Aggregated Speed vs. Elapsed Time V-6 s i iii
s-A- AA s ---a-- Aw s E a_. s ,_ _, , , 4 a-1 l l l [ l l i i l l i i l t t I ! 4 9 I l l )
+
1 i { t i SECTION I Preface + i - l i I I I e e d ? I 4
. _ _ . -. -- , - ,-- - - - - - -- - - ,-e, -- --- - - - -- --- - ,- - , , -- ,, - - w- , . - , - - - - - -- - ----,--- - - - - = - - - -- - - - - - - _ _ _ - - - - - - .--,------m-~
)
(G SECTION I - PREFACE INTRODUCTION This operational evacuation plan has been prepared as the outcome of two separate studies: e A study performed by the County of Suffolk as part of a contractual agreement on emergency response planning executed on September 21, 1981, with the Long Island Lighting Company (LILCO). e A study performed by KLD Associates, Inc. (KLD) under a contractual agreement to develop an evacuation plan, executed on December 30, 1981 with LILCO. This plan is a detailed strategy for the organization, admini-stration, and implementation of the transportational elements involved in a controlled evacuation. It will become operational in the event of a potential or actual release of unacceptable levels of radiation into the environment from the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station,
~ and a subsequent determination is made warranting an evacuation from a
(gj As such, it will provide the - public health and safety standpoint. means by which a controlled evacuation can be successfully achieved for the entire 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), or any portion contained therein. The Suffolk County Planning Department (SCPD) published a Final Report describing its Suffolk County Radiological Emergency Response Plans (SCRERP) for the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station (SNPS) in May 1982. This report was presented in two sections: o Main Report consisting of five sections:
- General
- Communications
- Response Agencies
- Emergency Operations Center
- Preparedness e Appendix A entitled, " Evacuation Plan," consisting of a five sections:
- Preface 1
- Foundation Information
- Plan Development
(~T, - Evacuation Procedures (,) - Time Estimates I-l l
The independent study performed by KLD enployed data provided
.(') by the SCPD and was undertaken with the following objectives:
e To assess the characteristics of the traffic evacuation procens within the EPZ of the LILCO Nuclear Power Plant located at Shoreham, New York; e To perform the necessary engineering analyses to develop control treatments and routing patterns designed to expedite the movement of traffic so as to minimize evacuation times; e To test and evaluate all viable alternative configura-tions of routing and control to identify the most effective design; e To provide detailed estimates of evacuation times corresponding to the most effective design configura-tion for severalt evacuation scenarios. To avoid the difficulties associated with having two-reports addressing the same issues, it was decided to integrate the results g- of the KLD study with the text of Appendix A of the SCPD report. ' This single report, then, is organized as follows: e Those sections of the SCPD Appendix A which were acceptable to KLD were retained and are reproduced, in-tact, in this report. e Other sections are either revised, in part, or replaced with results and designs developed by KLD. This approach was designed to expedite the delivery of an Evacuation Plan for the SNPS. LOCATION The LILCO site on which the'SNPS is constructed consists of 499 acres located on the north shore of Long Island in the hamlet of Shoreham, Town of Brookhaven, Suffolk County, New York. The site is approximately 60 miles east of Manhattan and is i situated some 20 miles south of New Haven, Connecticut, across the Long Island Sound. Figure 1 indicates the relationship of the site to Long Island. .' s_ , I-2 k
l LONG ISLAND SOUND J { a
< f ffTh
~
j
,- ~ ,. & W Q - A',l~ . . ,
y# ~
., g~'
{ * / M , ] q .1 n l . , h
.-; , ax ,y e.pp:
gj m;.~, . 4;s e.e:x;y. xs
'N l a * '/ i.m, e.h jI R's ',...'.._];N. L* '
'y c-
~
.. 'g = n ~*-
---(j L .
l .y N' '-
^
%n~ i
,,l # , ,?lh ?\. ,i y, y . q'x c-4 1
~;'
t . e M s. X- Qia s
. ,, 4, ; ~ ~ M \/
.s j<yy g<
't ! :/
. 7N
-- u # .' ,
.s g$. [x\
~
.\
y { d rf - , _. c > % .k
- . v, ,~- --e, ,
7t,,
\
.~
/ .-. .-
j ,. .. ( k 's r n , ,
- h -
k .! s' i
.,Y c
' GREAT SOUTH 9AY N
'Y;+
\ $
4 e 6 i ==
~~
=
ig%g
'3g -
2 M _
.gIw'- ] r) fT "i _m y a..
pg V
=_7 2 _M
- 6. 2 .f,
'] [L_Ci 1T { l Ci\
W
, l ..
r s.*
- CARD s 5
wo = 3.5% Y Y
- i. LEGEND
=
w$ Z 8-
-m
--- ZONE BOUNDARIES
, , wa -
w LtLCO PLANT PROPERTY u e m,A , - [
. . R,,
. t &.. M _
5
*N
.s. s* __ E y 'N* /A ._
3,- - .\q .. .. . . . 31 g' . , x .i j' D P' \ '
-N c
s yL s - \, -
% Lg ;. a grw, .\ - ~ v p \ ;Y/a, 4}d ',
z ,,
'448 V \
!m
/
/
q-3
, m..
4,
/
b
~
t ao 4f
,N s
h.( [f _ !
' .. . f 1>
\- g .
x (qs w ' _z o 7 g</ 7, ,-
.)
w a, a. j~ a .f- Qy - A s -j / @$ s.c', k.,M
*. =
=
F,.
.- sE o,. O , -i e,_. 7,W ' , , ,
't,.
! \;
h-b - t T M -
- ~% -
e l,
/
-n a y q ,
L, j !
$ .? f s $t&r ~t WK A
=
1 a g '.. . . . , - . . lY y1 .l s 3 \ v ~
, x.
x
! :l 1 f 2__ e
_hJmN'[ f 'x y
.T \ ,
// j, 11so Xvallable da
" Aperture Card e
u-
, l . . ,
V. 9 wF a, L FIG. 2 e i Average Prevailing Wind Directions _J_ M su u, o %" . _ _ . _n
rT GOALS AND OBJECTIVES (v) The ultimate goal of this plan is to provide the transportation data and analysis necessary to achieve a safe, efficient, and expeditious evacuation of the 160 square miles which constitute the EPZ, an area encompassed within the 10-mile EPZ which approximates a 10-mile radius. In an effort to secure this goal, the plan had to conform to current federal regulations for emergency planning;3 be flexible enough to be commensurate with the magnitude of an incident; and to be adaptable to changing meteorological conditions. As such, this plan was designed to respond to the possibility of shifting wind direction and the occurrence of adverse weather during an evacuation. In addition to accommodating meteorological variations and their effects on evacuation, a primary objective of this plan was to insure operability under a given number of community situations as well. In this respect, seasonal fluctuations in population were accounted for, as were major employment facilities in the EPZ; school children; adult / nursing homes; hospitals; handicaoped I individuals; and that segment of the population residing in the area who would not have access to private automobiles in an evacua-('Ng tion situation. ,
'U' As a result, this plan has the capability of evacuating the 160,000 residents anticipated for this area by the summer of 1985 -- or any portion of that populace -- under varying conditions and circumstances.
PRELIMINARY DISCUSSION In the event a physical evacuation becomes necessary, it is imperative that local officials have reasonable control of the situation to the greatest extent possible. This plan will provide the basis for effecting such a controlled evacuation. Essentially, the overall concept is a systematic arca-by-area evacuation downwind of the reactor. It is acknowledged within the context of this report that absolute control of an evacuation is not attainable and cannot be presumed. As such, in the event of an actual evacuation, some residents who are not requested to evacuate j will decide to leave the area regardless of any protestations l assuring their safety. Conversely, it is accepted that some [) IMUREG 0654/FEt1A REP 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of j
\' Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support !
of Nuclear Power Plants, January 1980. I-4 l j
i i l i l l O residents who are prevailed upon to evacuate will elect not to do so irrespective of the possible risks to their health and safety.2 It is believed, however, that a successful evacuation can be accomplished -- perhaps not expressly with the smoothness we would like to envision, but certainly not with the utter chaos that some would anticipate. It is reasonable to assume that a plan which is - carefully designed, well researched, and effectively implemented can minimize latent operational problems. Fundamentally, any operational plan such as this must'be relatively concise; yet it must possess an innate flexibility t enabling it to be responsive to varying conditions. It is impera-tive that this plan be continually updated to maintain currency and operability. It is equally essential that this document, and any subsequent revisions, be well publicized on an ongoing basis so that residents will never be in a position of unawareness or have obsolete and inadequate information at their disposal. i ? 4 i I 2 Department of Defense, Information Bulletin 6305, April 1979, p. 7. i l O ' l l l 1 I-5 )
- - - - , , - - , , - - . - - - - ,,r-- , - . , ,-., , - . , .- - - - - , , , , .
. . . ~ . - . . . . _ - - = . . - . - ~ . _ . _ - -
1 i f 1 il i, j 4 l i 4 4 l i I F i l SECTION II r i i Foundation Information f i I
,l t
4 i h O .
'e '
. - - . , - - . . - . . - - . . . - - - - - - - . . . - - - - . - - - - . _ - - - - - - . - ---- - --.--- - . . . . . - - - - - . . - - - - - - - - - _ , - - ~ -
( SECTION II - FOUNDATION INFORMATION METEOROLOGICAL INFLUENCE Two of the fundamental properties considered in the development of this plan were wind direction and stability, since these conditions will determine the order in which zones will be requested to evacuate at the time of an incident. As a result, this plan is predicated on wind direction at tha LILCO site and is designed, via the zone concept, to be responsive to shifting winds. For planning purposes, an historical summary detailing wind direction recorded at the site over the last three years was procured from the utility. The results, noted in percent by compass orientation at the site, are displayed in Table I and depict 1978,1979, and 1980 directional wind data. On the basis of these figure,s, a three year average was computed to compensate for any yearly variations. Figure 2 graphically illustrates the average wind direction for the EPZ. Consequently, it was determined that the wind is of fshore over 30% of the time. From a land evacuation viewpoint, such a wind direction is considered f avorable since available response time is increased and the risk of exposure decreased. An examination of the predominant wind directions affecting the land mass (specifically the east, east-southeast, southeast, and south-southeast sectors) reveals that the wind is toward these comparatively low population density sectors approximately 35% of the time. While these sectors encompass 10 of the 19 zones, they represent only 24% of the total EPZ population involved (27% seasonal). Subsequently, should an evacuation be required, II-l
o I- !. 3 i a p .- . _ . . 49 ,, N
\=c* voax
'< 'g yG N
~, f
\, .
T_
'P R '
4 w Munhagw hY N w i y
.- 4, "'
$ ohemwm W '
{ *l ,,.. e,,,,,,
, - ,~,ssu
** C l
'* f y SOUW booklyn .A D
\ ___ m -
A- f
~~. .
4 0 $ ar-mig l l k ( i
- 1D**** f e goon.g ,
o
, , , , , , i i ch~
A ( eaoca I5L AND SOUND 9 s0 0" => 0~ s K; O S LpN ~L 1 s 1 g- - WI r
~
, "L7' l -
tti es y ~. = N A
"Y 3}Q _
A?ER~iR3 ocee" am,.0A D .. - L A N TIC Also Xvailable On Aperture Card
' %%Q(o\L,o\tb ow FIG.1 GENERAL LOCATION r MAP ,
l , , , , , i
HISTORICAL WIND DIRECTION (IN PERCENT)
- I WIND TOWARD YEARS 3 YEAR l DEGREES ** SECTOR 1978 1979 1980 AVG.
3 4 8.7 5 * - l 1. 2 5' N 5.6 8.2 4.8 6.2 l 1.2 5' - 33.75* NNE 8.8 11.4 I I.2 10.5 33.75* -56.25' NE 9.0 7.7 9.0 8.4 I 56.25' - 78.75* ENE 5.8 5.6 6.2 5.9 78.75* -101.25' E 8.2 8.4 7.9 8.2 101.25' -123.75* ESE 12.1 11.1 12.5 11.8 . 123.75* -146.25* SE 9.7 11.3 12.7 11.3 146.25' -168.75* SSE 8.4 6.6 8.4 7.8 f 5.6 168.75* -191.25' S 5.2 5.5 6.1 191.2 5' - 213.75* SSW 4.8 4.2 3.8 4.3 213.75* - 236.25' SW 5.5 3.3 4.3 14 236.25' -258.75* WSW 4.6 4.1 3.7 4.1 258.75* - 281.25' W 4.0 3.5 2.8 3.4 281.25' - 303.75* WNW 2.5 1.8 1.9 2.1 303.75* -326.25' NW 2.7 2.6 2.1 2.5 326.25* - 348.75* NNW 3.1 4.7 2.6 3.5 TABLE I
- Data Source: Shoreham Meteorological Tower (400 foot level) i it
- Each 221/2' sector is centered on one of the sixteen cordinal compass points; north is at O*, east at 90*,
south at 180* ond west at 270' 'O II-3
these zones can be accommodated with relative speed. In conjunction with the offshore wind percentage, this means that 65% of the time the wind will affect a maximum of only 27% of the public residing in the 10 mile EPZ. This plan has additionally anticipated the occurrence of adverse weather conditions and has calculated the resultant impact it would have on effecting an evacuation. In this' regard, time estimates have been adjusted accordingly to reflect the additional time which would be required to clear the EPZ under less than ideal conditions (see Section V). The advent of a severe snow or ice storm just prior to, or during < notification to evacuate, represents the most rigorous challenge to the operability of this plan since it would effectively diminish the ability to actuate and achieve a successful evacuation. Af ter carefully evaluating the site-specific problems that could materialize in regard to Shoreham should an evacuation be mandated under snow . or ice conditions, it became obvious that such an occurrence would severely undermine any mobilization effort. Even if the roadways could be cleared with relative speed, individual residents may not be able to extricate their vehicles from their driveways. Consequently, we recommend selective or general sheltering (depending on the situation) until such time as the threat of exposure is mitigated, or until an evacuation becomes a safe and feasible alt ernative . MONITORING While radiation monitoring is not an element of the evacuation plan per se, it is a determining f actor in whether or not an evacuation is mandated. As such, the subject is addressed (albeit briefly) in this section. O) ( From an evacuation standpoint, it is desirable to utilize a monitoring II-4
strategy which will best ensure that maximum response time and mobilization time is available. In this regard, it is more advantageous to initially monitor onsite releases through the use of a stack monitor than it is to rely on fixed offsite monitors. Since the technology exists to project of fsite impacts, accident assessment could be done inmediately upon knowing what was teleased through the plant stack and by knowing the meteorological conditions at the time of a release. This would allow the earliest possible recommendation to evacuate, the earliest deployment of emergency personnel, and the earliest mobilization of the affected public. These offsite projections would, of course, be verified through the use of fixed offsite monitors and mobile field survey teams. A complete description of the monitoring system and equipment to be employed by Suffolk County for accident assessment is contained in the Health - Services section of the Suffolk County Radiological Emergency Response Plan. ZONE CONCEPT In the event an incident occurred at the plant which necessitated evacuation, potential evacuees cannot be told to evacuate by compass direction. Therefore, areas with easily identifiable physical boundaries, to which affected individuals could relate, had to be established. For the purposes of this plan, major roadways which are f amiliar to the general public were chosen as boundaries. Three areas -- defined radially as two-miles, five-miles, and 10-miles -- have been reshaped into Emergency Response Planning Areas (ERPAs) for evacuation purposes. Figure 3 outlines these 19 established zones (ERPAs) which comprise the EPZ, each of which has been assigned an alphabetical U designation to facilitate discussion. i II-5
s
\ ,s ogG 9
y 8 I
~ $
MAlag i I
# as4.9"~' v ' 2
< og x
/ t[
s z '
- s. g k
\
1 9y . l:e s : Mg, y, ~ y :p
, se' " ,
%; a
/
\
g m s 0 a
%'\ E 'i Le
> 6'""
8
'. ( t*
n\ E t.e p % WM ' g g ** , ; s' ,
,. a g I 4
, :\
/
1
,, ,,,c
..- t' h Y gg OUI
\ .
) 9 O
~
T
'i ,
,t
- oo-
~
y
.- Qb
L = 6OUND ~ LEGEND
--- ZONE BOUNDARIES LILCO PLANT PROPERTY o -
- _t s
'p ET 'c n-,
l l 9 s NONTwyrttr 0 l u,ve
~
\
l A (A$TPORT ! I g ,4p a W
/ \ l .
I M O RIC H E S o BAY g%Q b\QD\DDD FIG. 3 EVACUATION AREA BY ZONES : AND ZONE DESIGNATIONS
l l l l The integrity of the 2-mile and 5-mile areas has been main- i () tained in formulating the zones; however, the physical limits of the 10-mile area have been adjusted to include special facilities such as hospitals or to incorporate the nearest identifiable roadway. Basically, the zone concept entails a systematic zone-by-zone evaluation of protective actions for those zones downwind of the no action, reactor. Protective actions include recommendations for: sheltering, evacuation or combinations thereof. In these ways, the zone concept lends itself well to resolution of complications caused by shifting winds or changing conditions during an evacuation. Another valuable attribute of the zone concept, as detailed subsequently, is the ability to develop one or more efficient evacuation routes for each zone. Such an approach not only aids the planning process, but it also provides the evacuating populace with the assurance the each evacuating family is likely to travel along the same route to the same destination as its neighbors. The zone concept permits the planner to identify " Evacuation Scenarios" which are responsive to the requirements of NUREG 0654. The scenarios, in aggregate, constitute the many ways in which the evacuation process can be implemented, depending on changing condi- ' gs tions of the incident and of the weather. Each such scenario, ( ,) shown in Table II, is defined in terms of the zones affected. If an incident occurs, authorities will be able to determine which evacuation scenario, if any, should be implemented. On the basis of this decision, the populace within the affected zones will be alerted and instructions given to evacuate along the routes already defined for each zone.* It is also possible to " stage" the evacuation process by initiating one scenario, then subsequently initiating another, if wind direction changes in the interim. It is also possible to develop a staging strategy if it is clear that population exposure to radiation could thereby be minimized. O) (,
- Evacuation routes defined for each zone do not vary with scenario.
II-7 5 ,- r
I t i O Table II. Evacuation Scenarios Evacuation Scenario Description Radius Zones Affected Normal Weather 1 East 90 deg. quadrant 2 miles ACDE ACDEHIJ l 2 5 miles 3 10 miles ACDEHIJNOPS 4 West 90 deg. quadrant 2 miles ABC 5 5 miles ABCFG 6 10 miles ABCFGHKLMQR 7 Cent. 90 deg. quadrant 2 miles ABCD 8 5 miles ABCDGHI 3 9 10 miles ABCDGHILMNOR 10 Entire 2-mile region ABCDE 11 Entire 5-mile region A through J 12 Entire 10-mile region A through S O- Adverse Weather Season 13 East 90 deg. quadrant Winter ACDEHIJNOPS (10-mile) 14 Summer 15 West 90 deg. quadrant Winter ABCFGHKLMQR (10-mile) 16 Summer 17 Cent. 90 deg. quadrant Winter ABCDGHILMNOR 18 (10-mile) Summer 19 Entire 10-mile region Winter A through S
; 20 (i.e., EPZ) Summer k Extended Loading Period (Sensitivity Test) 21 Entire 10-mile region Normal A through S 1
O i- , II-8 y- - e- -w - y * -aW- r+Ar -r - s- e- v+vs e
INVENTORY As part of the overall plan development process, it was necessary to undertake a major inventory of land use, development, and services within the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone. The inventory consisted of an examination of the following categories and items: educational facilities (public, private, parochial, and nursery schools); medical facilities; adult homes; nursing homes; homes for handicapped persons; recreational facilities; major employers (arbitrarily defined as having 50 or more esployees); emergency services (police and fire departments, ambulance companies); and high-occupancy vehicle (bus and rail) l l locations. Figures 4, 5, 6, and 7 depict most of the inventoried data. Figure 4 indicates the location of educational facilities. Figure 5 illustrates hospitals, adult homes, and nursing homes. Figure 6 represents major employment facilities and recreation areas. Figure 7 identifies emergency services in the area. t s
. II-9
t . . Educational Facilities Key f A 3LIC/ PRIVATE SCHOOLS
> v $sreham-Wading River Central School District Middle Country Central School District
- 1. Briarcliff Road School 34. New Lane Elementary School i 2. Miller Avenue School
! 3. Shoreham-Wading River Middle School Patchogue-Medford Union Free School District l 4. Shoreham-Wading River High School 35. Eagle Drive Elementary School i 5. Wading River School 36. Tremont Avenue Elementary School i
I Little Flower Union Free School District South Country Central School District j 6. Little Flower Elementary School 37. Hampton Avenue School f Racky Point Union Free School District South Haven Union Free School District 1 7. Joseph A. Edgar School 38. South Haven Elementary School
- 8. Rocky Point Junior-Senior High School
- 9. Rocky Point Elementary School South Manor Union Free School District
- 39. Dayton Avenue School Middle
- Island Central School District 40. South Hanor Ziementary School j 10. Ridge Elementary School j 11. West Middle Island Elementary School Eastport Union Free School District
- 12. Coram Elementary School 41. Eastport Elementary School
- 13. Middle Island Middle School
- j. 14. Longwood High School Riverhead Central School District j 15. Charles E. Walters Elementary School 42. Riley Avenue School i 43. Mercy High School
! Y'.ler Place Union Free School District 44. Riverhead High School l h. North Country Road School '45. Riverhead Junior High School
! 27. Miller Place Primary School 46. St. Isidore School i d18. Sound Beach School 47. Pulaski Street Elementary School l 19. Miller Place High School 48. St. David School
- 49. Roanoke Avenue Elementary School l Mount Sinai Union Free School District 50. St. John School
; 20. Mount Sinai Middle Junior High School l
- 21. Mount Sinai School BOCES Supervisory Districts I and II i Port Jefferson Union Free School District 51. Harry B.' Ward Occupational Center j 22. Earl L. Vandermeulen High School 32. Mid-Island Arena
- 23. Port Jefferson Montessori School 53. North Brookhaven Center
{
- 24. Port Jefferson Junior High School 54. St. Charles Learning Center
- 25. Infant Jesus School
- 26. Maryhaven Conter NURSERY SCHOOLS
- 27. Port Jefferson Elementary School 1. Wading River Cooperative Play School
- 2. St. John's Nursery School Consevogue Union Free School District 3. St. Anselm's Nursery School
- 28. Consevogue Secondary School 4. Trinity Nursery School l 29. John F. Kennedy Junior High School 5. Sound Beach Pre-School Co-op l 30. Terryville Elernentary School 6. Step by Step Early Learning Center j 31. Clinton Avenue Elenentary School 7. Alphabetland
- 32. Consewogue Senior High School 8. Upton Nursery School
- 9. Coran Childcare Center ree Village Central School District 10. Children's World Nurserv 3chool Ward Melville High School 11. Ivy League Nursery School
- 12. Central Brookhaven Head Start
- 13. Middle Island Nursery School
- 14. Port Jefferson Pre-K
- 15. North Shore Christian School l
- 16. Brookhaven Country Day School II-10 l
I i LONG ISLAND S
/ f.
( . ~p (' r*: /
'~ q,
,gg '
1 c' ( 3' . - 1 < g
) ,e , . , . . . F f i b*7,t y .
l > , , 27
? *
, yy y: > , , , , c
*~*' u.
.- - s 24' 2 l -* . w 5 *
'~
/
[ e
,p 4
(x ,e v> c , 2
\70,ia
";s{,
u, 0,,G s. ~ < % -Q g ,,,. p\ x t
---{ .;I 'b g %q
- 'F h.Q * e > "
W"/[ 1 ., I --
"*"d 28C 4 21 , s QQ '-
* " ~ '
33C "."" .- T ' 90 ,
]# - -
nq t/ /1'bg a' y,1p s%(=\sy& 11 K' l.;
'V
'Y
/c
\j G-
)/' 'j o n t
'.N. k, .a ,
l g s ( a, / ,l .
/,4 6c ,
$' n" " ., ,_ . w - ~ \ 9;n } %f Oli 010 <j i
j "
~
p m/r ? : ,
/
y
%< ' L ~a e
'8 *
.' 0:2 Oii I<l "7'/^ }N * '
r . / < , y y,sr ~"34b ), ,%.
~
<Q,~. - -= = ~ , j.
,p
. '~. ~ 2 a~a-i Oi3 *
, ~ '
.%.wK. ( l .
, ,, f ,y 2 fJ '*' / '. , 47 / / H' (w
~ ' * * '
'm: s* E ,,. . g - .q,[ . .* M{oi,a$x n .D g @l l '/v e
,?' ** . , .
5 ; w
- 35 4 QS2 y , \ 8:
-~
_ % ss,: l t
^} Y ,
5 gg \'~ ~ p j @ go g '~ : 7 7 m m ,- }J : On- .
,' 4
~.
i . , n
- gr . $ .
o-i N l , 7 c w., j . s s : ,
# N f_
> / ,
==rs a
.[ +
& M
=-
$ (,, 6* y f- s se / 0 37 n '115 p
. s r ;
03s .; _
/ 1
,e ,
g . 7 , p v. : y , _
/ J 3 <-,.e ,
. J
- s t y ~.
,.L vs , h c
- f. .
,\
- d'
.R ~ Q. . } e
~ --
g e'
, ~d -~__{j y, ' - -
4 / M twAA.I'~ [ GREAT S OU TH BAY QU f p
.g ) Jg, _
r . t
} g,, ,.
v c_g _ . . .. -- z; 3
.,, ,- w Nl '
SOUND-
~
~ '
P 3-?RC ( -- - L LEGEND
~
. ZONE BOL'ADAR ES Lh.CO *LANT PROPERTY
* , .. p
. 4 ;, _ , =)
O scHoo's O nuastr y s:noots - E
. eceu , , ,
x. d'g-g'g; __ AraHaMe gg K \;J y ..
~
Aperture Card -
,4 r _ E , = ,e .
' ~
5
>~-
- g } ,
.P x, y.
y : g, - - , -
%..',\./',,s o . ;;
s 4 ..
,~ N _ '
,i s s 4 5
t ;s a-
.m ,
q gi 6 D- xs
'. P- s .
g g ex r, , r .- { '
, y , s
]:'l m n , -
a -i,'* Nz ru y<> u, e i.s !
-Y, , ; ' ,, g,.9, -
.h)\
\ -
h , , ,
. 1 ~!
~ '
l fillh /e/ [ h(')j&?qYhf. l .
~
I 2 '
."' 9 ,O 50 I . .
Ao j~1 f . a .:(' 34 '
":7.,
i' g ; (V y '
'{ \
^
< ;' , / / , 2 g, Mg'[; ju . p 'x /us}~ j t
,..' ,,' O -y # 0 ih,'(Fz,
.v. Y j p y .. ;
c.,x .
% {t g i 4 040'. \MA , j' r
' 03,4 i .
; s
~y + /4 ( -.y, .
f
.x y
~
s 4 j [ s .- + ) 3
-.ggd '
, )
1
.f !
. sa y
't.
/ ', .,
~ , : .
^
, ,, J, ~ ;- '/ %'O
; V4i -
/
c p.cyN i ,-
- T, "
- g ,-
/, )s
.,,,,,, ,i
.D -(, y -' N b {, , .' a ,
? -
Q f s. t i WQl px. _,, ? ,'
, o \
, ( '.'( y,
.1 F- &
%? =:
c ll - ? '~q_ O \
%%4 J3 (c
'N }'
_ d[!
., s' TW ' _',N ('
(
/,
(
,.)
,s <,
.4f -- -
' 4( <
s.:- t, . ,
',; _cQgA
$ rs j.
fi O 91 C H E S n 813 /,g w =--- /(,s g M" e s , l\.~ .o--- el ' *,: ..e ,
; s. 3 . . _ . - - -
,. J * , , I ;, s - k. _,_ 4 * - -', __
.v' _}I -;- , '
_ 3 ,: _ ; - ,1 i w., .,
<-- a g ,/ ti +
, t fi ,,. FIG. 4
.t.
,4 y;j, v ,
EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES
/ /
, / ^ %%%o\og-cS ,
i l l l l O Medical Facilities Key l HOSPITALS ;
- 1. St. Charles Hospital
- 2. John T. Mather Memorial Hospital
- 3. Brookhaven Memorial Hospital
- 4. Brookhaven National Laboratory Medical Research Center
- 5. Central Suffolk Hospital ADULT / NURSING HOMES i 1. Ridge Rest Home
- 2. Country Life Rest Home 1
- 3. Woodhaven Manor Nursing Home
- 4. Woodhaven Home for Adults ,
- 5. Constance Moore Bcee -
- 6. Oak Hollow Nursing Center
- 7. Crest Hall Health Related Facility
- 8. Lane Home
- 9. Crimes Home
- 10. Millcrest Rest Home
- 11. Suffolk Home and Infirmary
- 12. Riverhead Nursing Home & Health Related Facility O 13. Sunrest Nursing Home & Health Related Facility
- 14. Lincoln Rest Home 4
1 l l l l II-12
i LONG ISLAND L 2 2
\
- s 's
~ ["
{%,yg i , n , . :
.Lj K ,
# ,'( , ~ ..
[
.- q r *% 3 , o, . . i ,-
df w . ct,- 1
.,, g. ,
'N s x ,
i., S; 2.-@ rL\y "ch,. . V. [; x - s
/ g,
~.
; <y*V4itP .
wp q'\ * ,,,,,
~ _M s
- g ~
/ a y } <\. g .+. r,c-
**ar-.r- J' .-
S
' ~ = <.,, ',w ,. xy 13 ! ,
M'M % K(_ s_ . _
'b Il c
v ,A) ' N I,
,4' % h,It f ;
**'% Q % b '[
's.;
3, _
.:~ _, ,
e ,
.* y, ,
e' ,
.^ s 3 $ S. j g /
# ^
/ < ' ,, y 70 2 i r
/j' i -l %D'Q g', '; v; a,
' % p 4'/
s .-
^ '
4 ,- @
,f Q( ll3fo5: y
'+, , g s -
f l' ;
~ ~c
'..i \ , D ,/ ; u i
- 7 vmt ,e n .y : -
y / 7 o7 *
<,.;,4 y y c
a s,, }i 4
*7s,,,,
< n_ ,-
~ . , , a p,[ '^~~
h* g, L: , / y
^/f,a'
- s i #
kl&
.s, , w C]Io..yh3 W\l D\ "*%
,m.
r *.' y ,
; ~ ,s<,
@,1
~ b. .
- j. <
Ag 4 r r , m: .,si f+ r no: u, t_ _jw.f.,~k t e, . c
- ay ,, ; g pj q; 5 w n os ce d *c I $ *,
%I 3 Yg % *f '
! g
\
[# 3 0 jf $
~
sI,)>> e
/ t _.s, :
~ ,
mA+ " . Lp _ . y
. h 3 . 7.9-- ->c- v q %
- ,; Y ussr c t '
'*' )
fl '
^
w va . 5 g[ [
)<
v [ a.>
\
('. rs
,)
a n X'/
'* bQLJ g '(
u{ co ~ ll
/ \ '/
N %; a
'R-J l
\ ; 9
! t
' +d k'
( GREAT SOUTH BAY D a O'kAs .Mgr-s n s., w-PL-3-272~ 'c
%A ./ ,-
6 _ . . _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _
1 BOUND ~ LEGEND 4
--- ZONE BOUNDARIES
- LILCO PLANT PROPERTY 9 __._P
'5 C HOSPITALS U ADULT / NURSING HOMES D 3
~
7
~,.
g
.?*" \
.x p g gj,;t y.
, , y
^
m
.;. 0 A RL m
,syp,_.s x __
g, .~.a g_3 - r s ,i - 4s - x Ne's w3 t _ @y. ,
- s.
e 3l y % . ,___ ,x , a I t. *
- V \R H E A %0l 3\
4y b, h 2 _ n I/
\ . :
N, , ', 4
- /.\ N'ce '
\s
~ t -
V (
.W - s; (-?. A .c V t
, 1 s
n ge , .3 e .., ,, ; h li c,\ y-c, .1 l O--V;'o p;/ .8 \ p . , y .n .
'" y ~ " 'M >. 8 ,
*9
.' no 4
%l y ?:
- Lyv .
.,, ,%c + ,,
- x hj Qv
_ $P.?, q).[>},st ,.> p L F,. cy'n(2/ i
' .y. g-) 3 s (g, \ p.,f ^ .
! p /y , D 's b sg,
,- g d.. .m,; .,* 6) .
, ys -
.. g . 4
\,>?s. } l ..
\
1f '(.' ,,\ / t j y
' 's \ e p '%* f n" % '% y 1 l..I e l
\ / ..s v - u' ,,,,
/, ! 3 M
~
_7 ,, na ( n c t lY '% $ f
,\ - zs J Yr,,, - .. .- .
! yg ff 5
. . r ,. ?
% ~
J
.~ L/ =
.*
- s ,, ' a /
)< A >'* *
- 6
( ,L ,{ , . , 1
. ; v y c..,
[ (g/r,, t n ( \G \ . J, / , v, M-\ (3 I {b\, ?j 3 Ik jos V N 03 (' , 7
"~
31-M O RIC H E S o BAY 6dd
,. R x =< ,n g w z " Av s1]y C,_..i c
- 1. - ~~~~~~
h u.i u ,,
'^
re Car FIG. 5 MEDICAL FACILITIES h%%oNS:F<.-cs'o -
l l Major Employers and Raerestional Facilities Key MAJOR EMPLOYMENT FACILITIES le Peerless Photo Products, Inc. < 2. Brookhaven National Laboratory
- 3. Crumman Aerospace Corporation
- 4. Thomas Wilson and Co., Inc.
l 5. Coram Bus Service
- 6. Crest Hall Health Related Facility i 7. Coram Rug Works
- 8. Coram Service Center
- 9. Wallmates Vinyls , Inc.
- 10. Hazeltine Corporation
- 11. ,Riverhead Ccunty Center ,
RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
- 1. Babylon Rod and Gun Club l
- 2. Calverton Shooting Range
- 3. Camp Baiting Hollow
- 4. Camp Barstow
- 5. Camp DeWolfe
- 6. Camp Wauwepex O. 7. Cathedral Pines Park
- 8. Cranberry Bog County Park
- 9. Daniel R. Davis Sanctuary
- 10. Dorothy P. Flint 4-H Club
- 11. Flagg Country Club i 12. Harbor Hills Country Club
- 13. H.M. Reeves Park
- 14. Long Island Game Fars
- 15. Middle Island Country Club ,
- 16. Middle Island Game Farm
- 17. New York National Speedway
- 18. New York State Research Fara
- 19. Parr Meadows
- 20. Peconic River County Park
- 21. Peconic River. Sportsmen Club
- 22. Pine Hills Country Club I 23. Riverhead Raceway
(
- 24. Rock Hill Country Club
- 25. Sandy Pond Golf Course
- 26. Shoreham Country Club
- 27. Southaven park
- 28. Spring Lake Golf Course
- 29. Swan Lake Golf Course
- 30. Tall Tree Golf Course
,s 31. Wildwood State Park II-14
r 1 l LONG ISLAND J P hw /*
\5 j/( '
/~h .
v , / 'j ' Q c . t
.raaa eraCH c f
j {y pdm , e / > h>
/y ,,,5 f .., ,,
12 ro0 W' y . ffg .,, .
- A ' ' #
w s, , g e.'*a/. &, , . ., g , ,. , \ g+. s s 2c- / f J
't k j'% k \,;{ ~x - s ? ' ^ , 4 : .,3 ++ $I".i . 2.
A) ;. N S
.p s
~~ w -
, j"" A a - Q J.n1 K __ U
. . , . : , .;r 1
.'.s e . ~ i
.p,V y g-
- 4,
,p ,;
y
;: \i s #.
,g j y ,, \[ t. t w V C R *. STATE .
tri ;, , # i 4 '
/'" *A u *
.a .
1,1 K1
.. .r (s ' . l f .
e"I ,i t
^
3 4 . -
/
/ r 7 7. $,.,- [q'g , / 7~ ^d f <e . .s < ..
\. d ,-
,/' 5 m"
uj a6 4 T; 4 2
- 6 m**
['/"c riu n . u(
'
- fi -
IE
~9 . u A, r,- ~
._ e e
ame av. M/ '
"v '{
y ,,p . ~~A ~ e. 7 2B . Y
~nj; y/
// r 'H)
(J w a I .[ c -,
; l w4, e1p _"n.lQol Y(?h % %^
< s iV U 2E
,u. . ~
, ,:/
Y
.v h " .- M
% L. ' .,
E ,y)R /. f' ' va
,1 . < '
- f. ;
5 o% i, i t
---.=
1, * - *i~ f @* ' N p g 2 , q, . y - Q <N N , , ,
.M
- a.r ' f4
, ./ - =
,f ! !
, '* % l
* ;' + 9
' "~~
V M,
+r
'it 4 ,g x l
6r e, *. , p
~'
\ n
+ %
+
g'
).;
A' m r/* ' r
] 27 i
s~ I? t$ b
- g. E
.Y u. u ,
srett e /A a
*V" r
~
?
j,i, $ e ; S 1o , , , j ,,,s,,
<1 ...i e- . -
A
, np
/
," '/x c
6p ,.
- l k fy 5L,w
~- 3, a (r
~
J, x, - n_ 1,. rd ~ -))> K e
\ a w J'
.f \ ' us. *'
GREAT SOUTH BAY q'. [f3_- _-
,-- _, p* "* _
v- __ _ -" ~ - g,w- -- 3 ,f"
p L3OUND ~ t LEGEND
'(
?
-- ZONE BOUNDARIES i LILCO PLANT PROPERTY
-,2-=',, _?
' MAJOR EMPLOYER wa s.sc m n,.
c.-
- t.'l 5 C L A N T :N G 7/,/,/~//s RECRE ATIONAL FACILITIES
.t
/ f, j aac- : ,
f\ y : - y a /- , A3ERT RE 7wghn 3p m y mg 1, CAU NI M p,7,, ,y' 3 q,,w~ ~ ~ ' a ' . ,, f,:UEqx ' ' xp kr i . n < a
\ $>e
- e ly '
'( , @h ..
(
); %p
"\ - -
s\ e l
/
R li ' ?
, '\ R H
, s - ,
(, e E A \0 l \
. ; !? / N, ,%
* /x'^ / q[, N Q ,.
' \ ,
2e
~'
t to ]s 25'pg'y y
, "' }
, 1
{ g / 3 , s % c.a w
I
/
- c- ,0<,,,,,,,, ', ar '
4 ao * '- ff N' 'T ' 327 'g
=
ygf E k,'ikka:l@gj,nlh'N0f{ s w,
'l b
~
NA N. +'/,/ xm',1
-3,73-/ 'u,
,[ w ?p]J
. g _. _ *p
/Ny ,
' ?
W -y;, ,nf N W2 u a '#
- 32 ~
\'
e, J^t, '- j_ ,'
/q-~ n S') [ {n -
-s y / s, f {# k, j .. _ ,.
D) I [c9, b v 3 y 7
y '"." f p q
. IL '-s '- ,
" - {,;4 " ';t. ')y \ A, ,
k 9 t g) 1 - gi zNs ! 7 o N 22 24
\ , / ', I i> _
4 j
=_ - _
~
1 Sw, 7"'- n., aa j. , ,a a . s v. a . J h
,lf)rsSL \ ,% 1 t
\ ; %
n '.- .- \ m[ p ,, y ~- i h[, S _
*l* 4j' % J s' .,
,x, s' f u,.
' *= . J _
I [ (' / \ ) Q , ,' ". q ifL- 'm j s o. [, e i f JJJff cf N- ' t% s g J, f3 \ , -
/
i/
~ N { ~\ k># -
' y,Qf' i /q y
P.
\'J
%J --
-=
VO RIC H E S 8AY - , .u w ]3 l_ ~ ,p.g Q- ; m;, ,, w,\,/ h/w/IC -- s _s w - : _ _, i .s 3 - J~ q~~_ _ _16 ~ Aho Av lable Dil Aperture Card FIG. 6 , - MAJOR EMPLOYERS a - RECREATIONAL FACILITIES t ----Q%%Lx_ _/=,Accen AO - - 2
1 O
- Emergency Services Key i
POLICE
- 1. Suffolk County Police Department
- 2. SCPD 6th Precinct
- 3. SCPD Marine Unit
~ 4. Parkway Police l S. Sheriff
- 6. Riverhead Town Police and Ambulance 4
i PRIVATE AMBULANCE COMPANIES
- 1. Patriot Ambulette
- 2. Manorville Community Ambulance e
FIRE
- 1. Rocky Point Fire Dept. Substation
- 2. Wading River Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 3. Ridge Fire Dept. Substation
- 4. Rocky Point Fire Dept. Substation
- 5. Rocky Point Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 6. Sound Beach Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
O 7. Miller Place Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 8. Ridge Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 9. Mount Sinai Fire Depatment
- 10. Coram Fire Dept. Substation i, 11. Coram Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 12. Middle Island Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 13. Gordon Heights Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 14. Yaphank Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
- 15. Ridge Fire Dept. Substation
- 16. Manorville Fire Department
- 17. Port Jefferson Fire Department
- 18. Terryville Fire Dept. & Ambulance Co.
~
- 19. Terryville Fire Dept. Substation
- 20. Riverhead Fire Dept. Substation
- 21. Riverhead Fire Department II-lb
<,,e ,~,,~~w ew, m,- , ,,w,,,,- ----n-- - - - - . - - , - <.--+ . - w-,- o- -,e- , * , +,n--sw,- ,e---
--eem um -
n , LONG ISLAND i v g
\ Ph s i
;g' #'eMq a t
C
/ nk [ .
f,tsid ,,,.
~.
ir *
*\
Y ..., b' '
%. . # n'-
~
~'.
- .,O~ * \ . , v_..;.,. : -
- l
<(:. w., s., w' ' ' ' ,;;. x' l ,s )
z { \g ~ ^ ' N.
=- w}~,L , 'e gl,L';V 4 ;ay (
, 7
- v. . 4/ ,,,. q f g .=
7 a '.- e', m . : -- g ,
---~
;r + ' e
, W ,
,: 9., . ;.
t I '
, [,' / . . ./ ,. ;\r, .i .
%y't , l
, e
*5 t V l
j l l s ',;. ' n' .g. kt tj k'1 i j/
;g ,
V, ' G' J4 l/ g i . . 4 s 4,. j/ jpg
,, ,y -
' g(y
' /g t
7 t
~
t l
!\
/ O N; -
i :
/_j e
'%r ! hj:
\q { .3
, f,p o
s s,m., 1 = u - g<3 -. oae i l
.. ,, %% am. j JW ' t ' ,
,. ' / . */' '
%; ~
~
g-4Qlll{?,t0hh;m%%f: a s , p. su ' '_y
-v
~
*g j , , , & d * **~' s.
f N 6 , g e 1s 7 6r 7 N ut : < on, 1
. J' k s s 7{ ,e,,
ig ' *% [
"g h N1 'N ', '
+>
e: m ., slf \ x',9) o' . j sa
; ,g ryf ~;- ..
L.:
- s. .
.,e :
, ... A_ c ~ . s.:
( )L n
. ,u ,
- -- aq- 9
, f, 5 4 ; ,;;
[ f ,'
*$ 4'~ wasnc h i
fu
~~
A
," u m r. . y s a
p J n J j y[,Nu'\ g p/ H(}i 5
, z-af -u f j"- ,} ; <=>
v<' , i
\~-j /
N
,e as GREAT SOUTH DAY k M i
I N/s 5 A ) Bs f v w w ,- V:_/.d. ^^'~~ -
~~
s 4
- w: V ~
n /s . ,#' ,~
BOUND ~ - I LEGEND
--- ZONE BOUNDARIES i LfLCO PLANT PROgYg
~~"T.......,. Aperture Card ,
-o;;
6:kE
, ' F, WAT : 4 Y ^
] O9 E 6g; r -
n# ... x ~ %}? i
' ?
A3 - Rv a: . g'Sgefg s {QL a
- - - ~ '
1 Call.. a
-7 3
N 'i g{- gr w .. " ' . ( ...[h C, c N y O ) 1- I e)
- t. S,
's D.'U, '
\
p g/*t s t . t . g4};" p -,
~ '
= R I H E 4 \ h
,N /
,*g ,v J w\ R . .* . t , as -.t
.:*.,,,'i
- - x t
"s< cane m hf ?_, s y ,
. c t \ \ ,,. ' er.- i<.
a 3 ,3 - g ; 3
# *\1 ,0 G
1 i j ') ks ' 4 f .**%UA**"' ,s $ 2 3
' /*
I. cI f b ,f
- k* N h}- -
h y~ ., k2 ' no - .Y e 'I - gC" 3 ,-
, _ - - . . 4
*^ - g . d-(
\
t A. Jo,d q , p'-f x,/ y:V 4 ' '2.,, w u
'** , 21 s ,
Q ;
, c, s D m(, -# -
%# y?
+fs f
/(s)
)}~LL_:} d /pj% f, -
t - y~~a.q:
~-
"4, o
a
.?
9, m. p /
* ^
ig g .n. ? .; "'. % ~ ( ? f L* \ t q e,,%
- e %, gg r
7 sv-h ; - j, lr .. E Js X, " I ASTWW7 -
? < "** .,t ! f p h J,r sst A~
\
,,# < ,,. .o kv -,
z
! '5 w y % d %
v/ % ,*:. o. J p
)I '
, 3.< 7 -
\] Kf M ORIC H E S n' BAY \M -s A
a r%W ;-- - g g J, -~ ,_, 'p
~ g .. --~' '
a (v
- , jr,. ..
___. a e!G. 7 EMERGENCY SERVICES D C A % G c R.- cfa. ,
O
\ SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS In addition to the challenges posed by developing an evacuation plan for the general public, there are distinct groups which require specialized attention and an individualized approach in regard to evacuation planning.
These groups represent a nunber of unique evacuation problems, and as such, are addressed below. Handicapped Individuals Because of special transportation or notification requirements, we recommend that all handicapped individuals residing in the Emergency Planning Zone pre-register with the County. This advanced registration is particularly advocated for the deaf and hearing-impaired since the primary method of notification will be audible -- sirens, tone alerts, and radio broadcasts -- and it is essential to provide alternate means of contacting these people in i an emergency. Registration and maintenance of this list is the responsibility of the Suffolk County Department of Fire Safety. In addition to the individualized handicapped residents within the EPZ, there are a number of organized group homes for handicapped and retarded persons. These f acilities are operated by four basic groups and represent 1 close to 200 handicapped children and adults. They are: the Association for the Help of Retarded Children (AHRC), the Maryhaven Center of Hope United Cerebral Palsy, and Mr. Valter Stockton. Only two of these organizations (AHRC and United Cerebral Palsy) feel that the handicaps of their residents are severe enough to warrant specialized relocation centers. As such, these two groups will be addressed in detail in the Evacuation Procedures section of this Appendix. The other groups feel they do not require special accommodations. Therefore, Mr. Stockton will
' transfer his students to one of his other facilities s.hich is located beyond II-18
_ _ ~ . ~ -_ _ - _- _ _ .-. - _. . .
10 miles; and Maryhaven will transport its residents to the designated public relocation center for their area. However, Maryhaven will require an
)
additional bus to transport residents which will be provided. Schools One of the most complex issues to be resolved in the planning process was the best way in which to handle the student population of the plume exposure EPZ in the event that school was in session at the time an incident occurred or at the time an evacuation was mandated. The possibility of this occurring presented a number of emotional as well as technical obstacles which had to be considered and discussed with the 16 school districts and the parochial schools involved before finalizing any type of contingency measures for the evacuation of schools. Available Alternatives I () Recognizing that the immediate goal is the safe and expedient transfer of the student population, there were only two reasonable alternatives to pursue in securing that goal. The first alternative was an emergency dismissal, whereby all students would be returned to their homes; and the second was an emergency relocation of all students to a sheltered location outside the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). The respective merits and deficiencies inherent in each of these options will presently be discussed. 2 Alternative One Emergency Dismissal Conceptually, this alternative would entail the institution of procedures similar to those enacted under a declared snow emergency; when conditions l warrant immediate responsive actions on the part of school administrators, l i faculty, students, and transportation personnel. This type of coordinated effort could be revised and expanded so as to include adeqaate provisions for II-19
handling the possibility of a nuclear incident as routinely and efficiently as snow emergency operations are currently conducted. In the event an incident did occur which required response actions by the affected schools and/or districts, the emergency dismissal alternative would provide the mechanism for a relatively routine -- albeit unscheduled - dismissal of all students. Students would return home as expeditiously as possible by their customary mode of transportation. While the dismissal method has been proven effective for clearing school f acilities during snow with a minimal amount of delay, there are a number of consequences that must be considared in evaluating its feasibility as a response action in the event of a nuclear incident. Specifically, the uniqueness of such an occurrence as well as the unusual problems it represents must be recognized and weighed. The Advantages , The most obvious advantage to an emergency dismissal is the fact that the students will be returned home and, in most cases, will then be under the supervision of one or both parents. This is additionally advantageous to parents with more than one chid in more than one school. These parents can be secure in the knowledge that all their children, regardless of what school they attend, will arrive home thereby eliminating the need for parents to travel from school to school picking up their children. Once at home, the family can remain together as a unit, which in itself can alleviate a major portion of the apprehension that normally accompanies an unfamiliar situation. Equally as important, should the zone in which the family resides be requested to evacuate, they could do so collectively. Furthermore, parents can take I comfort in the fact that although the school may be endangered by exposure to i ^ radiation, their homes may not, and students will be transported home as II-20
.. . - - . - _ = . , . _
i expeditiously as possible.
- In regard to working parents, arrangements could be made in advance with reliable neighbors who agree to assume responsibility for the children in the 4
event of an emergency. In this way, a person whom the parents trust and with whom the children are familiar would be looking af ter the children; providing the proper supervision, especially in the case of elementary school age ; children; and in the event of an evacuation, would automatically take the
- children to a safe location. This would eliminate the need for working parents to return home, thereby reducing unnecessary traffic through the area ,
and lessening the risk of exposure and eliminating additional confusion. An emergency dismissal would allow the faculty members to return home as well, where they can provide for their own families; await further instructions; or make preparations to leave the area if necessary. And lastly, an emergency dismissal allows for the quickest transfer of the student , population from the school, since the buses are making short trips and being utilized by several schools in the dismissal process. The Disadvantages By taking the identical situation but examining it from a slightly different perspective, a number of flaws become apparent in attempting to apply the emergency dismissal theory to a nuclear incident. For example, it is entirely conceivable that a school may elect to initiate a dismissal on the basis of " probable cause", even though the school itself is not in immediate dange r. In this instance, it is reasonable to assume that a percentage of the students transported home will actually be transferred from what was
- essentially a safe shelter (the school) to a potentially hazardous area, should their homes be located in the exposure pathway. What was heretofore seen only as an advantage, the return of students to their residences, may II-21 I =
.. , - . - - - . , . . . . - - _ , . . - . . . , ,, . , _ - , , - . ~ , - - . - - - _ . , .
well be a latent risk depending on the location of the school; where the students live; and the meteorological conditions in existence at the time of an incident. Also to be considered in proposing an emargency dismissal as a response action is the fact that students will be returned home by their regular mode of transportation. This means that those students who normally walk home would be required to do so in this situation as well. Should their school be in danger of exposure, those students who walk would run an increased risk of [ exposure, too. In the event that working parents neglect to make prior arrangements with neighbors or friends, there is an increased possibility of having unsupervised 1 children home alone who wouldn't have the knowledge or understanding of what safety precautions must be taken. This is especially true in the case of the younger, elementary school age children. t It is equally foreseeable that the opposite situation could occur where neighbors, without parental consent, elect to assume responsibility for these otherwise unsupervised children on their own accord. Their rationale for this would be that the parents trust them to provide for the children and would anticipate the enact.nent of this type of " good-neighbor" policy in an emergency. However, such actions could conceivably result in chaos and conf usion. Simply stated, parents, unaware that their children have already been provided for, may attempt to return home, increcsing traffic, exposure, and risk. Furthermore, it would be extremely difficult to trace the children if that zone had already been asked to evacuate. The parents may not have any idea where their neighbors chose to relocate, if they relocated, or how to get O II-22 V
in touch. In the same vein, while a neighbor may be amenable to looking after the . children, personally, he may be unable to take them with him to friends or relatives. This neighbor may simply see to it that the children board one of the buses destined for a relocation center. Once again, parents would have no way of knowing exactly' where their children are. Alternative Two Emergency Relocation Essentially, this alternative would involve devising a functional plan which would enable all students to be transported from their schools directly to a relocation center beyond the 10-mile Enargency Planning Zone (EPZ). Parents could elect to meet their children there and subsequently take them to alternate lodgings with friends or relatives; or the entire family could remain at the relocation center for the duration of the incident, until such , time as it is declared safe for residents to return home. As with an emergency dismissal, a massive relocation effort presents a number of distinct concerns that demand close consideration before determining the practicality of this measure as a response action for schools. The ensuing portion of this text will address these issues and their implications. The Advantages The most patent advantage emergency relocation has to offer is the fact that regardless of the type or magnitude of an incident or the location of a school, all students will be removed from the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) without hesitation. Therefore, this method is capable of circumventing several of the obetacles presented by an emergency dismissal. By relocating all students immediately upon notification, their chances of O II-23
exposure are reduced to a minimum - especially since everyone, including walkers. will be placed on buses and transported out of the EP7.. In addition, working parents will know in advance that the schools will automatically assume responsibility for their children in such a situation and will see to it that they are transferred to safety. This eliminates ,the need for parents to make prior arrangements with friends or neighbors (who, although willing to help, may not be available at the exact time an incident necurs -- conceivably any time during the estimated 35 year life expectancy of the plant); and it safeguards those children whose parents neglected to make arrangements on their behalf. For parents, the question of where to locate their children also becomes obsolete; every parent will know the exact location of the relocation center their children will be taken to in the event of an emergency. Since the relocation centers are beyond the 10-mile radius, parents will have no imperative need to return to the EPZ. A further advantage to relocating students is the time element involved, an issue of particular interest to the schools located nearest the site. If the schools and their respective zones were to simultaneously receive notification to evacuate, each could begin to evacuate independently of the other. There would be no need for parents to wait for students to return home, instead they could collect whatever possessions they wish to take along and begin exiting the zone at the same time their children are being transported from school. Realistically, parents and children could arrive at the designated relocation center concurrently, with a minimal waste of time in the process. Once at the center, the family could remain there or proceed to alternate lodgings. O ! V II-24 , l l l 1 l
I l The Disadvantages The most blatantly negative aspect to a relocation effort is that a 1 j everyone, including those children whose homes are in no danger of exposure , I (by nature of their location), will also be among the students transported beyond the 10-mile perimeter. A major contention will be that these children would be much better off in the comfort and familiarity of'their own homes, I especially if they are under no threat of exposure there. Parents would also be at ease if their children were with them at home. In addition, if these homes are not threatened by exposure to radiation, then they will not be required to evacuate. As such, parents will probably attempt to leave the zone, traverse the 10-mile EPZ, arrive at the relocation center to pick up their children, and return home. The contributory effects on traffic and confusion, both on the road and at the relocation center, are obvious. People who otherwise would have no cause to be on the road, will be traveling in and around the emergency area to everyone's detriment.
' With respect to those students who are being relocated and whose homes are also being requested to evacuate, had these students been returned home prior to their f amilies' departure there would have been a percentage of f amilies who would have by-passed the relocation centers in favor of proceeding directly to a friend's or relative's house. Since these people must now detour to pick up their children, this percentage creates additional trafficking through the relocation centers and compounds any accommodation problems that may arise. '
t The most obvious drawback to total relocation is the enornous amount of time required to complete such a task. Unlike school dismissals, the option O . i II-25
of reusing buses is practically non-existent since it will take several hours 3 , for a bus to transport a load of students 20 miles to a relocation center in heavy traffic, and then return 20 miles to the school for more children. A school district which requires two hours to dismiss may require four hours or i more to relocate depending on traffic. An additional consideration in instituting a relocation of students is one 4 of supervision. Realistically, the children cannot be allowed to. leave the school without proper supervision, particularly the younger students. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that the fa;ulty, or some portion thereof, would be required to travel with the students to the relocation center to provide the necessary supervision. In the case of several school 1 districts, it was felt that the teachers' union would be a problem in that teachers cot.1d not be told to accompany students to a relocation center under p the terms of their contracts. Therefore, any such duties would have to be on . a voluntary basis, and it was felt the majority of teachers would elect to leave and take care of their otin f amilies. i Additional Considerations
~
Aside from the debates which could take place and the argunents which could support or refute either of these alternatives, there were basically three issues which required further thought and discussion. One was the question of whether parents and/or neighbors should be i permitted to pick children up at school. Legitimately, this would reduce the risk of exposure for walkers and possibly eliminate the tendency they would have to dawdle or delay on the way home. However, if the opportunity is presented openly to all parents, there will be mass confusion and congestion at the schools; all of which will severely hamper or delay any semblance of a O II-26 i l
l
. - .. . - l l
l dismissal . Additionally, the same drawbacks exist regarding the tendency of i O people to attempt picking up neighbors' or friends' children with their own. Similarly, high school students with their own vehicles sust be accounted for in developing a contingency plan for schools. The second consideration was the order in which the students or the schools should be picked up and returned home or relocated. Logic dictates i that the younger students, therefore the elementary schools, be serviced first. However, it is equally reasonable to prioritize the dismissal or relocation schedule according to the location of a school, so that the school most endangered by exposure would be vacated first. Unfortunately, this determination is contingent on the meteorological conditions present at the 4 time of an incident, making it difficult to pre plan with any degree of accuracy. ( The third contention dealt with relocation and the question of supe rvi sion. A determination regarding which faculty members (if any), or how many, should accompany students to the relocation centers had to be resolved as well as the manner in which this determination was to be made. Conclusion Having examined each of these alternatives with respect to the overall plan for evacuating the entire 10-mile EPZ, there appeared to be only one logical approach to pursue. Before deciding which action would be the most prudent response, it was necessary to determine the acceptability of each of these measures to both school administrators and school boards, and to consider their feasibility from a planning and implementation perspective. Subsequent to discussions held with each of the districts involved, tentative plans were formulated which the superintendents presented to their school O
- II-27 .
i m . _ _ - - - _ . _ , -- - - . . - __m , _m-- _ - z -.,._ - _ -
4 . . . . . boards for approval. Following mutual agreement by all parties, contingency O measures for evacuating schools were finalized and appear in the Evacuation i Procedures section of this Appendix. , Hospitals l Three of the County's hospitals are involved in this evacuation plan for j the EPZ; they are: the John T. Mather Memorial Hospital, St. Charles Hospital, i and Central Suffolk Hospital. Only one of these facilities, the John T. i Mather Memorial Hospital, is actually located within the 10-mile planning . radius. However, the proximity of the other two hospitals, both of which are within a quarter-mile of the designated boundary, necessitated their inclusion as a judicious measure of safety. l l Af ter conferring 'dth the administrations of each of these hospitals, it was possible to assess the problems inherent in an evacuation of their facilities and to discuss the reasonable alternatives available. Quite l O obviously, the resolution of problems and the implementation of alternatives depended in large part on the cooperation and assistance of the remaining Suffolk County hospitals and their staffs. i In the event an evacuation of any or all of these f acilities becomes , necessary, the basic assumption used in designing an emergency evacuation contingency plan was that every patient -- regardless of the acuity of illness j or injury -- would be removed from these institutions. The methodology for l achieving this is outlined in the Evacuation Procedures section of this Appe ndix. l Nursing Homes i There are ten major nursing and adult homes within the 10-mile EPZ for Shoreham which account for more than 1,200 residents. These facilities are: l the Riverhead Nursing Home and the Riverhead Health Related Facilty; the (} II-28 l l
. - - , _ , - ~ . . - - . - , . . - . . . . , - - - . . - - - - _ - - - - , - - - - . - - - _ - - - . _ , _ - . . . ,
Suffolk Home and Infirmary in Taphank; the Sunrest Nursing Home and Sunrest Manor Health Related Facility in Port Jefferson; the Woodhaven Nursing Home and Woodhaven Home for Adults in Port Jefferson Station; the Oak Hollow Nursing Center and Cresthall Health Related Facility in Middle Island; and the Ridge Rest Home in Ridge. In addition, there is the M111 crest Rest Home with 15 residents and four "f amily-type" homes which are private residences housing l no more than four adults. For a complete summary of each facility, its patient load, transportation requirements, and relocation plans refer to the Evacuation Procedures section of this Appendix. Correctional Facilities Two correctional facilities, the Suffolk County Honor Farm in Taphank and i the Suffolk County Jail in Riverhead, had to be considered in the development of this plan because of their location and the special, arrangements an , evacuation of these institutions would entail. In the case of the Honor Farm, the working agricultural areas are approximately nine siles from the plant, placing them within the Shoreham EPZ. However, the housing facilities are located outside the 10-mile radius. The Suffolk County Jail is located just beyond the designated radius; nevertheless, it is incorporated within the boundaries of one of the EPZ zones and had to be considered for evacuation as well. Af ter conferring with the Suf folk County Sheriff's Office, under whose auspices these two facilities operate, it was decided that inmates would be l relocated to designated civil defense shelters in lieu of an evacuation with the general public. This decision by the Sheriff's Office was predicated on the supervisory and transportational require:ents which would be necessary to evacuate the inmates, as well as the relative distances these facili:ies are
- II-29
~ . - -- .- . . . . ~ _ , - . - - . - - - . .-- -._ . - - -. .__ _ ..--__-
from the plant and the unlikely possibility of an incident occurring which would mandate an evacuation out to 10 miles because of unacceptable radiation i doses. For residents of the Suffolk County Honor Farm, a relocation simply entails temporarily housing the inmates in the basement of their present !
; dormitory facility under the supervisica of the Department of Corrections.
l { This building is beyond the prescribed 10-mile radius and is a certified civil j
; defense shelter. Similarly, inmates of the Suffolk County Jail will be i
escorted to the adjacent Criminal Courts Building which is located beyond the l l 10-mile radius and whose basement is also designated as a civil defense t . shelter. This eliminates the need for special transporation arrangements for . either facility and frees the personnel of the Sheriff's Office to assist in I
! the overall evacuation effort.
i
- O -
J 4 [ 1 5
- II-30 5 ,y . - - - - -- ,,-.,,w,,,.,. - - . - --g.-,,,y-- , ,r..-v,----w,,-.---w,.,,y._ , - , ,-.y,y -, - ~.- ,,._
l l
- i i
l l t I i 1 4 i J ! I 1. i
, i
., . i l t I i i SECTION III Plan Development I f f i i __..._r .., --__ ._.,.. .. . _, .__.-. - . _ . . .-, _,_-.__.,7--_.m.,___,_. ,m..-. , _ _.. _ , . . , . .. . . . . , . , _ .._,. ,_. . . . . . -._rw_._, , _ . , _ , _ _ . . -,4
l () SECTION III - PLAN DEVELOPMENT DEMOGRAPHY The need for accurate population projections was essential to the preparation of this plan. A design year had to be selected which would be a realistic representation of the resident popula-tion at the time the power plant becomes operational, currently scheduled for 1983. The year 1985 was selected as reasonable in that it provided a time interval during which the plan could be considered viable, and yet was not too distant a projection so as to preclude any major alterations in population concentrations which could develop. In addition, the 1985 population estimates had to be adjusted to reflect seasonal variations, since the summer population is considerably higher than the year-round population. It is this seasonally adjusted 1985 population on which this evacuation plan is predicated. Population data, summarized by zone in Table III, was orovided by the Long Island Lighting Company. For comparative purposes, 7-(j 1980 figures are included as well.
- STUDY PROCEDURE Before presenting the results obtained to date, it is necessary to describe the procedural steps leading to these results. In this section we also present an overview of the entire analytical process and compare the approach -- and tools -- used here, with that employed by SCPD.
The Planning Process The conventional planning process usually consists of the following activities: e Trip Generation. This activity attempts to accurately estimate the rate at which trips are generated. These , estimates can be undertaken at a very detailed level l (i.e., individual households) or on a more macroscopic level (e.g., by neighborhood), depending on the purpose of the study.- Such factors as land use, demographics, economic activity, auto ownershio, avai' ability of mass transit, etc., are considered in arriving at the (~)N 5- estimates. III-l l
Table III. Population Projected 1980 Population 1985 Population Evacuation Area Winter Summer Winter Summer A 3,209 4,409 4,219 5,419 ! B 2,854 2,854 3,750 3,750 C 2,649 4,499 3,446 5,296 D 325 575 359 609 , E 2,915 4,315 3,495 4,895 F1 2,463 3,263 2,717 3,517 F2 4,930 6,330 5,333 6,733 F3 4,273 4,773 5,047 5,547 i F4 4,206 4,406 5,236 5,436 F5 2,665 7,285 3,181 7,801 G 6,1.35 6,635 7,843 8,343 H 1,271 1,896 1,514 2,139 I 1,270 1,470 1,448 1,648 i J 1,764 4,214 2,165 4,615 K1 13,541 13,641 17,269 17,369. O K2 K3 6,202 8,073 6,202 8,073 8,146 8,944 8,146 8,944 K4 2,148 2,148 2,762 2,762 2,049 K5 2,649 2,784 3,384 L 5,023 5,673 6,573 7,223 M 5,339 5,939 , 6,993 7,593 N 8,746 8,846 11,443 11,543 0 3,546 4.246 4.337 5,037 l_ P 2.990 5,190 3,312 5,512 Q - 7,458 7,783 7,605 7,930 1 5,998 5,998 6,905 6,905 S 1,578 1,728 1,713 1,863 Total: 113,620 135,040 '138,539 159,959 0 III-2
e Trip Distribution. This activity estimates the
" attraction" at certain locations for trips and thereby estimates the pattern of trips over a specified a re a . . This attraction depends on the distance of a (destination) location from the trip-generation points (called origins), the type of activity at the location, its accessibility, and other factors. The output of the Trip Generating Process is needed as input data.
The end-result of this activity is one or more trip tables, possibly broken down by travel mode and by trip purpose. e Trip Assignment. This activity estimates the traffic volumes on the components of the current or planned transportation system, broken down by mode. Considering the roadway system as a network, the assignment process estimates the volume on each link (i.e. urban street or-highway section) and also estimates the turn movements at each network node. Another form of the output is a tabulation of paths of travel from each origin to each destination and the associated volumes. The trip table j and the configuration and properties of the roadway gs network are needed as input data. (_)
~
e Traffic Control. This activity is designed to provide the best service possible, subject to budgetary con-straints, for the estimated traffic volumes. Control treatments include optimization of signal systems, channelization of traffic, turn controls and the build-l ing or upgrading of roadway facilities. The evacuation planning process differs from the conventional planning process in the following ways: l l e Trip generation is motivated by an entirely different l factor: Trips are mandated by a condition which can occur randomly in time and is not under the control of the traveler, e Trip distribution is not dictated by " attraction" per se, but rather by geographical considerations, i.e. the need for trips to travel a certain distance away from a known point. Another factor is the orientation of the plume. III-3
i t e Trip Assignment procedures are the same as for con-l ventional cases except that the tool used must be able to accommodate heavy and extended congested conditions i over a large portion of the analysis network. l e Traffic Control policies must be designed for short-term, active application. That is, procedures which are decidedly unsuitable for long-term use (e.g. man-dated turn restrictions at many intersections, unusual
; channelization assignments, and imposition of roadway barriers) may be necessary for the evacuation process.
Furthermore, implementation techniques which are not ! economically viable for the long term (e.g. police control at all heavily travelled intersections), are , absolutely essential during evacuation. 1 It must be emphasized that in the real world, a " feedback"
< process exists. For example, if the roadway system is incapable of servicing the potential demand for trip-making, then the l number of trips actually generated can be substantially lower i
than that estimated. In the evacuation process, such roadway limitations do not
- O inhibit trip generation--the trips are mandated by the situation and nust be made. Consequently, the demand on the roadway system will substantially exceed " normal" peak travel conditions. As a result, special short-term treatments may be necessary to manage the evacuation process effectively.
These short-term management techniques can increase the service capacity of a roadway network in a manner which is highly responsive to the traffic patterns associated with the evacuation process. In order to identify the management techniques, it is necessary to exploit the intrinsic " feedback" effect between traffic assignment and traffic control, described below. r It'is well-established that changes in traffic control treat- , ments influence the selection of routes by_ motorists as
' they attempt to minimize their travel time to their respective destinations. ,0f course, such adjustments take place over a long time frame.
In the evncuation scenario, the planner can prescribe the
- routes to be tiken by the traveler and he can also prescribe the
- (short-tern) traffic control treatments. -Thus, the planner can
' :( ) . d l:' , III-4 f I_ _-.___._._____'im. ._..,--._._---_,..,,_.m- - , , . , ,. .-, . . - . _ . , , , . . ,,%, -_, ,. ..- vn-r --
/
() fully exploit the interaction between route assignment (and guidance) and traffic control, by prescribing both forms of manage-I
-ment. As a' result, a viable effective evacuation plan can be
, developed eren in the presence of unusually high traffic demand
,' conditions.,; .
~> ,
To accomplish this objective, the planner must have the
. proper tools.available. For larger systems there are thousands
< of data items that must be processed. While it is possible --
albeit costly a,nd time-consuming -- to prepare an evacuation plan by employing "m,anual",. calculation techniques, it is highly desirable to have; tools available which take the form of computer programs. s
/,~ ,
The application' o'f control treatments must be undertaken by skil:ed professionals who base their design decisions on data which.de' scribe the performance of,, traffic operations over the ron,dway network. /
+
f Qverview of' Procedure Used l'n this Study
!l 'The. procedure used in this study, and described subse-9 goently,- can be outlined as follows:
O l .l ' Given the roadway network configuratione the evacuation Trip Table, and the existing control syst p.!
- 2. Execute the Traffic Assignment program (see Appendix B) to compute the traffic routing over the network and the turn movementslof traffic dis-charging each network link.
y
- 3. Examine the results and modify the control treatments -
and/or the Trip Table if it appears that an ' improvement in traffic performance (i.e. lower travel times) would - result. If .so, repeat steps 2 and 7luntil results are satisfactory.
,4. Execute the DYNEV' Traf fic Simulation Model (Appendix C) s to compute,the description Ofa traffic operations over the network. (This description is far more accurate and ,
detailed tilan is obtainable from the Traffic Assignment model. ) These results reflect the routing produced by l(^ . the "best" Traffic Assignment output from Step 3. l; 3 < l , Specifically, the turn movements exiting each network L. // ,' link, as estimated by the Traffic Assignment model, are a , input to the Traffic Simulation Model. }< - g % s
-f .
.f' III-S e
0
O
- 5. Examine the results and modify the control treatments and/or the Trip Table if it appears that an improvement in traffic performance would result. If so, repeat steps 4 and 5 until results are satisfactory.
6 (a) . If it was necessary to modify the input data in step 5 in order to improve the performance of traffic operations, then it is possible that the Previous optimum routing patterns will be affected due to the " feed-back" effect explained earlier. In this event, it will be necessary to return to step 2, with the modi-fied input stream and repeat the entire process. 6(b). If the first execution of the Traffic simulation Model in step 4 produced satisfactory results, then these results are compatible with the Traffic Assign-ment Model output of step 3, and the procedure is
; complete.
A more detailed description of the procedure executed in this study is presented in Appendix D.
! Comparison of the KLD and SCPD Procedures A careful review of the SCPD documentation by KLD personnel led to the following conclusions:
- 1. The SCPD study was carried out with considerable care and reflected a high level of technical competence. The
~
2 results obtained were of a particularly high quality, considering the manual methods employed. Specificallyi e We found that, with a limited number of exceptions, the matrix of origin-destination volumes (i.e. the Trip Table) was well designed. e The partitioning of the EPZ into zones was well-conceived and should serve as a basis for studying scenarios which require only a partial evacuation of the EPZ. J e The recommended control treatments were technically i sound; several were innovative and effective in re- , ducing congestion and were adopted for 'our study. O III-6
,e ; _
, _ - _ _ _ ._ .__. .,-. _ _ __m ,_ y --. ,.
l e The estimates of highway capacity reflected a conser-vative point of view which is understandable. i e The assignment of trips to routes was reasonable, given the limitations of a manual approach. I
- 2. The analytical procedures employed by SCPD are technically sound but exhibit some limitations:
o The evacuation process is characterized by the merging of traffic streams originating at different a locations within the EPZ. It is difficult to assess i the detailed effects of such merging operations using the SCPD procedures. 4 4 3 e The ability to optimize the evacuation plan depends largely on the ability to relate "cause-and-effect." That is, if a particular control treatment is applied at a location, it is highly desirable to be able to
, estimate the consequences of that treatment, as ex-1 pressed in terms of changes in traffic throughput and travel time. Since this process is dynamic in
(("')s _ nature, it is difficult for manual analytic techniques
- to provide accurate estimates of these cause-and-effect interactions.
e The level of detail at which the estimates of evacuation time are presented, is limited. o The SCPD techniques are time-consuming and labor intensive.
, The computerized tools used in this study generate detailed estimates of traffic performance, for each network link (sections of highway), at intervals of one-half hour, or less. These detailed , results, properly analyzed and interpreted by engineers, l make it possible to develop a more precise system of control treat-ments and to present the final results at the detailed level
! shown in Section 5. l In addition, it is possible to study many evacuation scenarios of interest, rapidly and at moderate cost. For example, alternative scenarios can be studied and effective plans designed for each, gs within several weeks after this initial scenario of simultaneous ( ,) ovacuation is completed. l III-7
I 1 l l l im ('~') In order to utilize these powerful tools, it is necessary to represent the physical highway system as a network of links (i.e., sections of roadway) and nodes (usually intersections of two roads). Exhibit 1 is the evacuation network within the EPZ. There are three classifications of nodes:
- 1. Origin nodes which represent areas where trips are being generated for purposes of evacuation. These nodes are assigned numbers of the form, 2XXX.
- 2. Internal nodes which usually denote intersections.
These nodes are assigned numbers less than 2000.
- 3. Destination or Entry nodes which are always located at the periphery of the EPZ. These nodes are assigned numbers of the form 8XXX.
Much of the subsequent text and tabular data will reference this network representation. A link is expressed as an " ordered tuple," (u,d), in terms of its upstream node, u, and its downstream node, d. Hence, link (5,10) services traffic moving from node 5 ("T towards node 10. We denote link (5,10) as an " approach" to node 10 (_,) which, in turn, represents an intersection. Trip Table The end-product of the Trip Distribution activity is the
" Trip Table." This Trip Table is a matrix which defines the pattern of travel within the EPZ. Each cell, (i,j), of the matrix, defined in terms of its row, i, and column, j, contains the number of trips which travel from origin location, i, to destination location, j. Here, i generally has a number of the form, 2XXX, while j has a number of the form, 8XXX.
It is possible to represent the Trip Table in the forn of
" Desire Lines" on the network representation of the roadway systen.
This is shown in Exhibit 2. Note that the trip-generation process is not uniforn. That is, trips are generated at the source nodes at rates which vary over the trip-generation period. As indicated in Exhibit 3, it was estimated that the evacua-
,-s tion of personnel from their homes would take place over a two-( l hour period. Table X details the number of trips generated at \ each source node over the estimated two-hour period.
III-8
s l % 4 g % s N~
\
,-~
N (
~
$7 *
, ,9
Wg,gy ,g ,uv ,01 3 'N - 3 ,. ,..
=
bom ,,, , '* h
,, 9 w, , * '
* 'O i' govu na c
C % g
~3 ' .
h ' 2 h,,4 4..
S i , ,,
; a '
a s2 1 u e 'tf
=
?a a g 's - ,.
s S :
.,,,,M W* 5
* \
e , D* N '-- n \ n ,,,' y;, p s. ,,
\n ,'
a ,,
"c ;.s,8'g g' ,
",,, ,'~ / _
"hso,13 c,,
o 63
' ,33
,,, D /j ,,
$N g>~u v
,09 1
,, ,20
.ns ,, gig
, ++p
, u ,
3 ,-
#3#" "
&-~ G a..
u.'* .
.s 3.
us ,, .." ,",
#7 90
,,, ~'
so* *
- ama s
\
i.
I h ORIGIN NODES h ENTRY / EXIT NODES h INTERNAL NODES
~>
-]
e; y sa qu .i h.
/7 1 g 32 64 .2 55 s ... . a sw g 3 3 g ; sr . -
/ / @% *y v "
~
lA3ER-L CARJ RE
=,- /
- p, , , ,
8
" .x,Wt
,., /
./ ,, ,.=
Aperture
, ,,b -,.
ni e g- /,9,*
,,O ,,
71 g gStAND IIS 41
/
h s, ,, . hDb\bO\Db l h or,Om r
=
1 ( o l r EXHIBIT 1 EVACU ATION NETWORK { I ,
9 Ih a 1
\
i e ,,;~w ~'r
-goan
-- 4 ,,o,0 Qn w,
, s **
.oo,
. ,, ?*; *'o
.a h[ - 9 ,
m_ m',_
- is p *-t' Y 1
, ,- /
t" j! n o / I [ '2 j' 1. / i,/, ,/ e ,,
= /
/ / I6 n
El y
/ .s
/
/ +/
/
/
/j3 /Y /
/ ! *
$ /
/ 4/
s# e / /,. u / s / ,3 I
,~
'8 8/ar~r~,#, .
4 4 .,./ l I,"<'C l lln,,, p*' i
~ /, /
"p'[,l/ . /;k 'L a'l%~,,,
/
y / ,,,-"g ,,[g/g = ..
/
i/
/
7 ~q. m,A
,j ,,,,.f,6
, ,/ .e/pe - ..;
so
/
3[y 'A ,,, / / 93'fI '
, ((
o
=
y .. p/ j,s,,u,eep,/Eh6'" a f/ I f (g#$x f/ -
/
S fe.y,d3g yn., c.
*-- m,
.ms, a z
@%g,W 3 ,u _
_ q V
., a ARTWR #
tAA,C,R-M,;'_ ne -O
~
u n'* /n ,,oo uAven AIRM t l'R /a /n n? :
- , ,,ss eni t
\
J; a f % 1 i o t
\ \
1 s
$ onaniNNoots O <araveixivaoors h INTERNALNODES
~ 'D ,q" a Nc'- /; (,/ h M:I
=-
g
^
,/ a ~ -
to - ' 30 8 7
/,
,, - Q ~
, o j .,
-' a sf' = -
j-9 52 9 ,,
/
/ ,, ,,
*M
/
/ ,,
'L -
~,y
# 9" - >
JqQ
'9~ j in p {
l',,g -ur,,,?,. s " ~ i s ,,
^
/'
iA3 z. R~ R =-- 11.
='""" hh:,. OA3J ..,
IIS ,2
/
C- >
a EIEIvallable On 4 Thperture Card g- . ?) t 6 Q Q\QQ\ ~\D
$UFFOLK uiEn*r f
i C _A 1 7 EXHIBIT 2 EVACUATION NETWORK j SHOWING DESIRE LINES
-- .~ .. . . _ - - . - - - - - - . _ . - - _ _ . __- .. . - . . .- ..
4 4 4 LO i J t.
- 794 i
668 - s 226 -
- 176 l l t i I O 0:30 1:00 1:30 2:00 Time, Hours
[ Exhibit 3. Histogram of the Number of Trips Generated at Centroid 2001 1 f III-9
- - . . . - .,-- .. - . - .~.,,i.,.--...,,.--.--
+-------,r,-- - - . - , - , - . - - - - - , . . , - - , , - - - . . . ..A.,...-, -,-,-,-,----,_.n.- -.---
d
.( '" CAPACITY l
The ability of the road network to accommodate demand is the controlling factor as to how rapidly an evacuation can be effected. It is, therefore, necessary to know the capacity of the available roadways. By definition, " Capacity is the maximum number of vehicles which has a reasonable expectation of passing over a given section of a lane or roadway in one direction (or in both directions for a two-lane or a three-lane highway) during a given time period under prevailing roadway and traffic conditions ... In the absence of a time modifier, capacity is an hourly volume."4 In discussing capacity, different operating conditions have been assigned alphabetical designations, A through F, to generally reflect varying traffic operational characteristics. These desig-nations have been termed " Levels of Service." For example, Level A connotes free-flow and high-speed operating conditions; Level F represents a forced flow condition. Level E describes traffic operating at capacity. Because of the effect of weather on the capacity of a roadway - and the fact that capacity is a controlling factor in deriving evacuation times, it is necessary to adjust capacity figures to represent estimated road conditions during adverse weather. Based on limited empirical data, weather conditions such as heavy rain reduce the values of capacity for the highways utilized as evacua-tion routes by approximately 17 percent. For adverse conditions during the winter months, we have ?stimated capacity reductions and free flow speed reductions of approximately 30 percent each, relative to normal weather conditions. In the congested traf fic environment which is characteristic of an evacuation process, travel time on a roadway section is, to a large extent, determined by the capacity of that section. For that reason, estimates of roadway capacity must be determined with great care. Because of its importance, a brief discussion of the major factors < which influence capacity, is presented in this-section. The major factors which control capacity include: e At the entrance to intersections
- Saturation queue discharge headways
- Turning movements
(} N- - Competing traffic streams
- Control policy.
4 Highway Capacity Manual 1965, p. 5. III-10
__q e Along sections of roadway O - Roadway geometrics
- Traffic comoosition.
4 e General considerations ,
- Weather conditions l
- Pavement conditions
- Lighting.
At Entrance to Intersections At-grade intersections are apt to become the first bottle-neck locations under heavy traffic volume conditions. This characteristic reflects the need to allocate access time to the respective competing traffic streams by exerting some form of control. This control generally takes the form of traffic sig-nals or signs (STOP, YIELD). During evacuation, however, control at critical intersections will be provided by police personnel assigned for,that purpose, who will effectively over-ride the installed control device. All traffic signals will be placed on flashing YELLOW whenever manual control is applied. In any case, the capacity of an approach to an inter-
~
section can be expressed in the following form: . 4 3600 (G-L) 3600 p, g m ) cap,m h C h m - -m m where 4 0cap,m = capacity of traffic which executes turn move-ment, m, upon entering the inersection; vehicles per hour (vph) h = Mean queue discharge headway of vehicles exe-
" cuting turn movement, m; seconds per vehicle ;
, G
= The mean duration of GREEN . time for vehicles executing turn movement, m, for-each control cycle, seconds L = The mean " lost time" for each control cycle,
- seconds C = The mean duration of each control cycle, seconds
( ( Pm = The proportion of time allocate & for vehicles executing turn movement, m. This value is l specified as part of the control treatment. III-ll
'The turn-movemsnt-apacific macn discharga headway h , depends in a complex way upon many factors: roadway geomstrics," turn percentages, the extent of conflicting traffic streams, the
! control treatment, and others. A primary factor is the value of " saturation queue discharge headway", hsat, which is the rate Os of service for through vehicles which are not impeded by other conflicting traffic streams. This value, itself, depends upon , many factors including motorist behavior, but is relatively l straightforward to determine emprically in the field. Formally, I we can write, h, = f:,(h ,F,F 2'
***)
where h = Saturation discharge headway for through vehicles; seconds per vehicle F , F 2, ... = The various known factors influencing h to the known (or f,( i ) = Complex estimated)function relating values of h , h ,Fy , F *** 2' The estimation of h for specified values of h F ' ... is undertaken by a mEthematical model* which haE"be,en , F , programmed into the Traffic Assignment and Traffic Simulation software. The resulting values for h always satisfy the condition: . h ( h m sat. , That is, the turn-movement-specific discharge headways are al- { ways less than, or equal to, the saturation discharge headway for through vehicles. It is seen that, given the ability to determine h from h m sat, the determination of capacity of the approaches to intersections depends upon obtaining estimates of h . Such estimates were obtained empirically at representativ$" inter-sections throughout the EPZ. In all cases, the values of h ' sat used in developing the evacuation plan represent conservative
- estimates ** based on this empirical. data, j
! To summarize the foregoing discussion: e The saturation queue discharge headways h through vehicles reflect empirical observaE!on, for
^Lihnn, E.,"DeterniningIateralDeployment of Traffican an Aoproach to an Intersection" M hane 1 Approac .,f. & Liebennan, E., " Service Rates of Mixed Traffic on the Far Left Iane of an Both papers aopear in Transoortation Sanaarch Record 772, 1980.
** Interestingly, studies have shown that haat decreases'(i.e.
-capacity increases) during' periods of congestion relative to that during off-peak traffic conditions. This behavior re- l flects the fact that motorists are more attentive and are highly motivated to reduce their travel time, during congested conditions. Our estimates do not include this beneficial effect.
III-12
/~N e The turn-movement-specific headways, h , are then calcu-k ms l lated, taking into account the effects" of turn movement percentages, link geometry and other factors
- With the control treatment prescribed as part of the evacuation plan (see Section IV) , the value of Pd may be defined.
e The capacity for each turn movement is then formed from equation (1). Along Section of Roadway The capacity of roadway sections -- is distinct from locations such as intersections -- is a function of roadway geometrics, traffic composition (e.g. percent heavy trucks in traffic stream) and, of course, motorist behavior. There is a fundamental relationship which describes the dependency of service volume on the extent of congestion (which is expressed as traffic density). Exhibit 4 , describes this relationship. As indicated in the figure, the service volume increases () as density increases until it attains its maximum value which . is the capacity of the roadway section. Note that as density increases further, the rate at which traffic can be serviced (i.e. the service volume) declines below capacity. Therefore, in order to realistically represent traffic performance during congested conditions, it is necessary to estimate.the service volume under congested conditions, V . It is this value, V , which should be used for developing the evacuation plan and for estimating evacuation times, rather than the higher value of capacity, V ,p. The value of V can be expressed as: V =aV con cap where a < l.0, For our analysis, we employed a value of a = 0.85* I which is representative of empirical data collected on freeways.
*Many traffic engineers refer to Vcon as " Service Volume (or Capacity) al Level of Service D." Strictly speaking, this des-cription is not correct since congestion is defined as Level of
(-sg Service F. At any rate, it is recognized by all that service (_j volume under congested conditions is below capacity. III-12 ,
O O O service volume , , (veh/ hour) Free-flowing ' ' " ' IIncreased ' Inter-vehicle inter- Stop-and- Higher densities traffic; little interactions actions produce Go opera- possible but observed interaction among reduce speeds - disttirbances and in- tions with- very infrequently vehicles stable flow crease speed variance. in a queue Some stoppages and state
>L
- m wue formations Capacity
, Service Volume under congested Conditions -
H
\
\
i N
\
\
\
\
\
\
\ '
Traffic Density (veh/ mile) Exhibit 4. Fundamental Relationship between Volume and Density
() The estimated value of capacity, V ca is based primarily upon the type of facility (e.g. controlleb,accesssuchasthe Long Island Expressway; uncontrolled access such as Route 25A) and on roadway geometrics. Clearly, a winding narrow road such as North Country Road, has a significantly lower service volume than does the William Floyd Parkway. Sections of roadway with poor geometrics are characterized by: e Lower desired speeds than on highways with good geometrics
- Longer headways separating moving vehicles j Both factors contribute to lower service volumes.
The procedure used here was to estimate "section" capacity, Vcap, based on our observations traveling over each section of the evacuation network and by reference to the Highway Capacity Manual. We then determined, for each network link, whether its capacity would be limited by the "section-specific" service volume, vcon, or by the intersection-specific capacity, Ocap,m. For this study, we assigned the appropriate value of service volume.*
)
General Considerations Adverse weather conditions and/or lighting, and poor or wet pavement conditions reduce capacity by virtue of: e Lower free-flow speeds reflecting greater caution on the part of motorists e Longer discharge headways reflecting lower traction or more cautious behavior The decrease in service volume due to these factors can be estimated based on either direct observation or by referencing other studies in the literature. Table ,IV lists the estimated capacities for each section of roadway on the evacuation network. These capacities are calculated as:*
*In practice, we specify for each link, i, the value of headway,
(-] hi, using either hsat or 3600/Vcon, whichever is appropriate. The (_j program then computes the effective value,i h ,eff = hi /a; the computed values of hm are based on the [ conservative] values of hi ,eff* III-15
l l l (Capacity)1 = f00 x pi x (LN)i 1,eff where Pi is the proportion of time allocated to link, i, at its downstream node. (If no control is applied, then Pi = 1) (LN)i is the number of lanes on link, i (Capacity)i is the nominal capacity of link, i Note that the actual capacity for a portion of the traffic stream on link, i, could be less, if its movement-specific headway, hm<hsat, as discussed earlier. 4 O C:) III-16
() Table ID. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Romina( Congestion SCPD Sound Avenue, Westbound J (92,55) 1500 1275 - From Oak Drive To Hulse Landing Rd. Sound Avenue, Eastbound i 'E , J (54,55); 1500 1275 - From No. Country Rd. To (55,92); Edwards Ave., Then South- (92,70); bound on Edwards To (70,73) Rte. 25 Sound Avenue, Westbound E (55,54) 1100 925 - From Hulse Landing Rd. To No. Country Rd, Route 25A, Eastbound F,G (11,36) 1500 1275 750 From No. Rocky Point Landing Rd. To Randall Rd.
- Route 25A, Westbound ~F,G (11,10) 750 650 750 From No. Rocky Point Landing Rd. To Rocky Point Rd.
Route 25A, Westbound 'D (54,53) 1500 1275 750 From No. Country Poad To Wading River-Manorville Road Route 25A, Westbound F,G. (9,8) 1100 925 750 From Radio Ave. To - Miller Place Rd. Route 25A, Westbound 'F , K (8,7) 750 650 750 From Miller Place Rd. To Echo Ave. Route 25A, Westbound K (7,30) 3000 2550 750 From Echo Ave. To () Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. III-17,
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont)
. Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH)
Nominal Congestion SCPD Route 25A, Westbound K (30,6) 1500 1275 750 From Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. To Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. Route 26A, Westbound Q,K (6,12) 1200 1025 750 From Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. To Route 112 Route 25A, Eastbound K (6,30) 750 650 750 From Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. To Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. Route 25A, Westbound C (53,37) 1500 1275 750 From Wading River-Manorville Rd. To William Floyd Pkwy. ( . Rocky Point Rd. Southbound G (10,7 8) ; 1200 1025 750 From Route 25A to Yap- (78,16); hank Middle Island Rd. (16,19) . Lower Rocky Point Road, Westbound G (3,2) 750 650 600 From Sound Lower Rocky Point Rd., To No, Miller Place Road Lower Rocky Pt. Rd. No. Country Rd., Westbound F (2,102); 1500 1275 600 From No, Miller Place (102,1) Road to Old Post Rd./ Shore Road Old Post Rd./ Shore Rd., Westbound K,Q (1,35) , 750 650 - From No. Country Rd. To Puritan Path III-18
, - .-. -, ,,er ---n-,w--- , , , - - . - , - - - . . - , - , , , - ,,,_,,,,,,-,av . . , , ,
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on. Evacuation Network (Cont) l Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD No. Country Road, Westbound K (1,103) 750 650 600 From Old Post Rd./ Shore Rd. To Crystal Brook Hollow Road No. Country Road,
! Westbound Q (103,79) 500 425 600 From Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. to Main St.
No. Miller Place Rd., Southbound F (2,4) 750 650 750 , From Lower Rocky Point Rd. to Echo Ave. IO Echo Avenue, SW F (4,7) 600 500 750 From No. Miller Place Rd. to Rt. 25A New York Avenue, Westbound F (105,4) 750 650 ,- From Sound Lower Rocky Point Rd. to Echo Ave. No. Rocky Point Landing Rd., SE F. (104,5) 1000 850 - From Sound Lower Rocky Pt. Rd. to Hallock Landing Rd. Hallock Landing Rd., Southbound F (5,10) 725 625 - From No. Rocky Pt. Landing Rd. to ( Route 25A
' ~ -
- > ,w III-19 l
l ,_. -
l Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) O Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD No. Rocky Point Landing Rd., Southbound F (5,11) 1500 1275 From Hallock Landing Rd. to Route 25A Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd., Southbound K (30,13) ; 1500 1275 1800 From Route 25A to Canal Rd. 1 Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Rd., Southbound K (17,46) 2200 1850 1800 From Route 112 to Route 25 Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd., Southbound K (14,18) 750 650 750 .
.From Whiskey Rd.
to Pine Rd. - Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd., Southbound K (18,22) 500 425 750 From Pine Rd. to Route 25 Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd., Northbound K (22,18); 750 650 '750 From Route 25 to (18,14) Whiskey.Rd. Route 112, Southbound K (12,82) 750 650 750 From Hallock Ave. to Grove Street l Route 112, Southbound K (82,17) 900 775 , 750 ! From Grove Street to Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd, Route 112, Southbound K (17,21) 500 425 750 From Patchogue-Mt. O Sinal Rd. to Middle Country Rd. III-20 l i
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Route 112, Southbound R (21,68) 2000 1700 750 From Middle Country Rd. to Milton St. Route 112, Southbound R (68,47) 2000 1700 750 From Milton St. to Granny Rd. Route'll2, Northbound K (21,17) 900 775 750 From Middle Country Rd. to Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. Route 25A Northbound Q (12,79) 500 425 750 From Hallock Ave. to North Country Rd. Canal Road, Westbound () From Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. to Patchogue-K (14,13) 725 625 750 Mt. Sinai Rd. Canal Road, Westbound K (13,12) 300 250 750 From Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. to Hallock Ave. Canal Road, Eastbound K (12,13) 725 625 750 From Hallock Ave. to Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. Canal Road, Eastbound K (13,14) ' Stop sign 750 From Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Rd. to Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. Whiskey Rd., Westbound G (:38,16) from Hollow Rd. to 750 650 750 j Rocky Point Rd. j III-21'
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont)
. O Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH)
Nominal Congestion SCPD Whiskey Rd., Westbound G (16,15) Stop Sign 750 From Rocky Point Rd. to Miller Place-Yaphank Rd. Whiskey Rd., Westbound K. (15,14) Yield Sign 750 From Miller Place-Yaphank Rd. to Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. Whiskey Rd., Eastbound B,G (38,39) . 275 225 750 From Randall Rd. to William Floyd Pkwy. Radio Ave., Southbound G (9,83) Yield Sign 750 From Rt. 25A to Miller Place-Yaphank Rd, Miller Place-Yaphank Rd. , (' Southbound K,G (83,15) 750 , 650 750 From Radio Ave. to Whiskey Rd. Miller Place-Yaphank Rd. Southbound From Whiskey Rd. to , Rocky Point Rd. K,G (15,19) Stop sign 750 Yaphank-Middle Island Rd., Southbound K,G (19,24) 1500 1275 750 From Rocky Point Rd. to Route 25 Randall Rd., Southbound G,B (36,80) From Rt. 25A to 750 650 750 Antioch Dr. , Randall Rd., Southbound G (38,40)' 1600 , 1360 750 From Whiskey Rd. to Rt. 25 O l Iii-22 1 i _ . - _ - ._ _ .
. - _ .~, __ .,-
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) O Roadway Section Zone. Links _ Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Randall Rd., Northbound I From Route 25 to Whiskey Rd. G (40,38) Yield Sign 750 Old Country Rd., Westbound P,S,0 (77,76) 1000 850 800 From Osborn Ave. (76,75) to Rt. 25 Old Country Rd., Eastbound P,S,0 (75,76) From Route 25 (76,77) 1000 850 800 to Osborn Ave. Route 25, Westbound P,0 (75,73) 1500 1275 1200 From Old Country Rd. to Edwards . Ave.
) Route 25, Westbound D,I (58,93) 1500 1275 1200 From Rt. 25A to Line Rd.
Route 25, Westbound D,I (93,56). 300 250 1200 From Line Rd. to Wading River- ' Manorville Rd. Route 25, Westbound C,H (56,86) 1500 1275 1200 From Wading River-Manorville Rd. to Old Saddle Rd. Route 25, Eastbound C,H (86,56) 300 250 1200 From Old Saddle Rd. . to Wading River-Manorville Rd. Route 25, Eastbound D,I (56,93) 1500 1275 1200 From Wading River-Manorville Rd. to l () Line Rd. i III-23 ,
l Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network , (Cont) Roadway Section Zone Links _ Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Route 25, Eastbound DgJ,I (93,58) From Line'Rd. to (58,95) 1200 1025 1200 Fresh Pond Ave. Route 25, Eastbound J,I (95,73) 1500 1275 1200 i From Fresh Pond Ave. I to Edwards Ave. i' Route 25, Eastbound P,0 (73,75) 1200 1025 1200 From Edwards Ave. to Old Country Rd. Route 25, Westbound O,S (64,65) 1200 1025 1200 From Peconic Ave. (65,75) to L.I. Expressway Nugent Drive, Westbound O (66,128) 1500 1275 2200 I From ( to L.I. Expressway . Edwards Avenue, Southbound I,0 (73,128) 1500 1275 750 From Rt. 25 to L.I. Expressway L.I. Expressway, , Westbound O (75,74) 3600 3050 4500 From Rt. 25 to Edwards Ave. L.I. Expressway, I,0, (74,94); 5400 4600 4500 Westbound (94,98); From Edwards Ave. H,N, (98,96); to Mill Rd. (96,71); (71,8 8) ; M,L (88,122); l (122,44); I (44,4 8) ; (4 8,33) ; (33,3 2) ; (32,29) ; Os (29,62) III-24
, . - ~ . - , , , , ,-...m,
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) V Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) 4 Nominal Congestion SCPD Sunrise Highway, N,M (63,90) ; 3600' 3050 3000 Westbound (90,4 5) ; From Wading River (45,129) Rd. to Yaphank Rd. Route 25, Westbound C,G (86,101); 1200 1025 1200 From Old Saddle Rd. (101',9 9) ; to Randall Rd. (99,40) Route 25, Westbound C,M (81,24) 1500 1275 1200 From Hollow Rd. to Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. Route 25, Westbound K,L (23,22); 1000 850 1200 From East Bartlett (22,21) Rd. to Rt. 112 () Route 25, Westbound From Rt. 112 to (21,131) 1500 1275 1200 New Lane Route 25, Westbound G,M (40,81) 900 775 1200 From Randall Rd. to Hollow Rd. Route 25, Westbound K,L (24,23) 1500 1275 1200 From Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. to E. Bartlett Rd. Route 25, Eastbound K,L (21,22) 1000 850 1200 From Rt. 112 to Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. Route 25, Eastbound K,L (22,23) 1500 1275 1200 From Mt. Sinai-Coram (23,24) Rd. to Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. . O III-25
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) O Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Route 25, Eastbound G,M (24,81) 800 700 1200 From Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. to Hollow Rd. Route 25, Eastbound G,M (81,40) 1500 1275 1200 From Hollow Rd. to Randall Rd. Route 25, Eastbound G,H (40,113); 1200 1025 1200 From Randall Rd. to (113,111); Old Saddle Rd. (111,86) No. Wading River, Hulse E,J ( 91,52) ; 750 650 750 Landing Rd., East to (52,55) Southbound From Dogwood Lane to Sound Ave. No. Wading River Rd., Westbound E (52,91) 750 650 750 From Hulse Landing Rd. to Dogwood Lane No. Wading River Rd., E,C (91,51) ; 750 650 750 Westbound (51,53) From Dogwood Lane to Wading River-Manorville Rd., then southbound on Wading River-Manorville Rd. to Rt. 25A L.I. Expressway, L,M (31,126) 5400 4600 4500 Eastbound (126,124) From III-26, i ?
n .' Table -IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) Roadway Section . Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nor.tinal Congestion SCPD L.I. Expressway, Eastbound M,N (119,50) 5400 4600 4500 From , L.I. Expressyay, Eastbound s o (74,75) .s 5400 4600 4500 From Edwards AYe.~, ' to Rt. 25 ;. ' xi
~
William FlC'yd Pkwyi Southbound' 4B,C (37,84) 3000 2550 2200
~
From At. 25A co midwap'be' tween Rt. 25A and - Randall')Rdf s w O' William Floyd Pkwy, Southbound B,C (84,39) 2200 1850 2200 From, midway be-tween Rt. 25A and s , Randall Rd. to . Whiskey Rd. 't ' William'-Floyd Pkwy, - Southbound ' s G (39,121) 3000 ' 2550 2'200 From Whiskey Rd. to , s( s s\? " s - s s
,.NL ,
- t. "__ s William Floyd Pkwy, G,M '_ (121,110); 3000 2550 _ 2200' ;'
Southbound, L.I. Ex- (110,112); - '
. v "'*
y prcusway Entrance (112,87) ;y Q. y (U75.Snt )(110 D' Rampi68 (87,4 2) ; . r. , ,ang) Q , on%
.(_
\
s _ From []'( 41',44 ) \ - 4.'Q ' ramp) s_. yt - N
., A to L.I. Expressway I '
, .) % ',
.s li(. .] '
\\'
% ' ' ';4 "
. : \ ,l,
\ \
4.\ '
) i
\
% i i
Q \; 2 , III-27 ,~1 , ,; s ., j ,
-~
'qq j-6** y rg # % i r
% ,[* \- .i , r 3
s- ,,4 4Q s N _* _ _~, mm_ g f 5 ., t w .
& 'N _c.
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network l' (Cont) Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD 4 William Floyd Pkwy, M,N (43,118); 3000 2550 2200 Southbound (118,89)- From begin of (89,45) l westbound en-- trance ramp to L.I.E to Sunrise Hwy. William Flgyd Phwy, SoOthbound M (42,43) 1500 1275 2200
- ' From Longwood.Rd.
, t.o.begin of west-
' bound, entrance 1 ramp to L.I.E.
,a
< .,1.. Expressway, N,0 (114,116) 5400 4600 4500 Eastbound
]%d- -
From .
\
+
Hulse Landing, E,J (55,57) 750 650 750 Northbound From Sound Ave. g 3g to RP., 25A -
\ J.
Rt. 26Ai,Souhhbound. FI;om Hulst Landintf , D,J (57,58) 300 250 750
# 25 ;
y [s.; ' ' . k Rd ' to Rt. }' ',' . Rt1 25A, Northbound i D (58,57) 725 625 750 From Rt. 25 3 ' M ,J- . HulseLanding[Rd. t e M , 3 s., Rt. 25A, Northbound g; (D,.E,- . (57,54) 400 350 750
' s -
From Hulse Landing- s Rd. to Sound Ave. O
~
~ %'
III-28
'n a- _ . . - , .
- . . . , .- e . . . , - na
f 9- .; y ~ ^ * ^^ n* '
; ~- ~
(,. t '
, .s t ?- -
' _ i;z
'{ l .
x h./ , [ \ b' Tab'le IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network l}f e ' (Cont) { f y- ,, j ,s' '
. I. . l
. Roadway Section
~
Eona' ' Links - Capacity (VPH) ' Nominal Congestion SCPD
, g Wading River-Manor-ville Rd., South- a bound C,D # (53,56) 1203 1025 , 750 Fros Et. 25A'to . / ' "
Rt. 25'
; a , a l William Floyd Parkwiy, '
Northbound' , C, G,H',H. '(4 9,12 0) ; 3000', 2550 2200 i From L'.I.~ Expressway 'i i(120442); ' Eastbound Entra'ce n ,j , . (4 2,87) ; Ramp 68 to Rt. 25 - 3 ' ( 6 7,10 0 ) ; Exit Ramp ) 4 (100,41) - c Longwood Road, East- '[ . y bound M (25,132) 500 . 425 - From Yaphank-Middle ,b
- Island Rd. to Wading 'I River-Hollow Rd.
j . Longwood Road, East-bound
/lP. 3 .
(132,42) 1200 1025 - From Wading River- Hollow Rd. to William Floyd, Pkwy. f East., Bartlett Rd. , Northbopnd L (23,133) 900 775 - From Rt] 25 to Ashton Rd. Whton Rd. , Granny Rd. , ^ Westbound L (133,69) 800 675 - From E. Bartlett Rd. to Coram and Yaphank ' Rd. ., j - Granny Rd., Westbound R (69,130) 750 650 - From Coram and Yaphank Rd. to Middle Island u j Rd. . Coram and Yarhari Rd., Southbound L,R (21,69) 200 175 - l From Rt. 25 to s Granny Rd. . s
, III-29
l Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network
, (Cont)
' N-Roadway Section Zone Links _ Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Smith Rcad, Southbound G," ( 40,109) 900 690 - l From Route 25 to Longwood Road Wading River-liollow Rd., North-bound ~ M (132, 81) 400 340 - From Rt. 25 to Longwood Rd. North Country Rd., Westbound A (85,36) 1200 1025 600 From midway between Randall Rd. and Rt. 25A to Rt. 25A f Sound Beach Blvd.,
/~' Southbound F (105,9) 1050 900 - \ From New York Ave.
to Rt. 25A Miller Place Rd., l Southbound F (4,8) 300 275 750 From New York Ave. to Rt. 25A - Yaphank-Middle Island Rd., Sills Rd., Southbound L,M (24,25) ; 1000 850 750 From Rt. 25 to L.I. (25,26) ; Expressway, Westbound, (26,127); Exit 66 (127,29) Yaphank Rd., Southbound L,M (125,34); 1000 850 - 1 From L.I. Expressway (34,67) ; I to Sunrise Hwy. (67,129) l Yaphank-Middle Island Rd., Southbound L,M (26,125) 1000 850 - From Sills Rd. to L.I. (125,33)
/~ \
Expressway Westbound Exit 67 III-30
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) fm Roadway Section Eone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Main Street, N.W. L,M (28,26) Yield Sign - From Yaphank Rd. to Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. Main Street, S.E. M (28,48) 900 775 - Fro.m Yaphank Rd. to L.I. Expressway, , Eastbound Exit 67 Yaphank Rd., Northbound L,M (123,28) Yield Sign - From L.I.E. Ramp 67 to Main Street Sills Rd., Southbound L (127,31) 1000 850 750 From Long Island Ave. to L.I. Expressway Eastbound Entrance . Ramp 466 L,I. Expressway Ramp, Southbound M (124,123) 900 775 - From L.I. Expressway Exit 67 to Yaphank Rd. L.I. Expressway Exit Ramp 68, Southbound M (119,118) 1200 1020 - From L.I. Expressway to William Floyd Pkwy. L.I. Expressway Entrance Ramp 69, Westbound H (117,71) 1000 850 - { From Center Moriches Rd. to L.I. Express-way Wading River.-Manor-ville Rd., Southbound H,I (56,59) 1100 925 750 Prom Rt. 25 to ()N
- s. Schultz Rd.
III-31 ,
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network (Cont) Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Schultz Rd., Center Moriches Rd., South-bound H,I (59,107); 750 650 - From Wading River- (107,117) Manorville Rd. to L.I. Expressway Wading River Rd., Southbound H,N,0 (117,115); 1000 850 750 From L.I. Express- (115,97); way to Sunrise (97,63) Hwy. Center Moriches Rd., Northbound H,I,0 (72,60) 750 650 - From L.I. Expressway Eastbound Entrance s Ramp #69 to Schultz Rd. . Wading River-Manorville Rd., Northbound H,I (59,56) 1200 1020 750 From Schultz Rd. to Rt. 25 Wading River-Manorville Rd., Manor Rd., David Terry St., Southbound I (61,98) 750 650 - From Schultz Rd. to Lanes Rd. Lanes Rd., Southbound I (61,98) field Sign - From David Terry St. to L.I. Expressway David Terry St., Manor Rd., Northbound I (61,108) 750 650 - From Lanes Rd. to Wading River-Manor- ~ ville Rd. III-32
Table IV. Roadway Capacities on Evacuation Network
) (Cont)
Roadway Section Zone Links Capacity (VPH) Nominal Congestion SCPD Wading River-Manorville Rd., Northbound I (108,59) 400 350 75C From Manor Rd. to Schultz Rd. Rt. 25 Exit Ramp, Southbound G (113,112) 1000 850 1200 From Rt. 25 to William Floyd Pkwy. Rt. 25 Entrance Ramp, Eastbound H (100,111) 1000 850 1200 From William Floyd Pkwy. to Rt. 25 Rt. 25 Exit Ramp, Southbound H (111,100) 1200 1025 1200 From Rt. 25 to () William Floyd Pkwy. , Rt. 25 Entrance Ramp, Southbound G (110,99) 1000 850 1200 From William Floyd ' Pkwy. to Rt. 25 L.I. Expressway, Entrance Ramp 71, Westbound O (128,74) 1000 850 900 From Nugent Dr. to L.I. Expressway Rt. 25A, Eastbound A,B (36,37) 1500 1275 750
,From Randall Rd. to William Floyd Pkwy.
Rt. 25A, Eastbound C (37,53) 1500 1275 750 From William Floyd 1* Pkwy. to Wading River-Manorville Rd. \
. v III-33 4
.w , - , ..._..w .._ , ,
1
- i 1
O l j VEHICLE OCCUPANCY The population projections reflect the number of people who would be requested to exit a zone. The capacity analysis reflects the number of vehicles that can be accommodated by the road network hourly. The derivation 3 of expected vehicle demand for service results from dividing the anticipated number of passengers per vehicle (PPV) into the population. The demand is then compared to the capacity, based on assigned routes, and the length of time it will take to evacuate any zone can be quantified. 4 Under evacuation conditions, the PPV can be expected to be between three (3) and four (4) persons per vehicle.5 One document, pertaining to an analysis of the New York metropolitan area, indicates a PPV value of 3.9 for (} , Suffolk County under such conditions.6 However, predicated on the I demographic analysis provided for the County by LILCO, a PPV value of 3.1 persons has been utilized for the residential canzunity in this report. j The only exceptions to this figure will be: major retirement communities 1 such as Leisure Village and Leisure Knoll for which a figure of 1.5 PPV is i utilized, and major employment facilities which must be superimposed on residential trip generation to which a figure of 1.3 PPV was applied. This t figure (1.3) is indicative of the national average for passengers per vehicle for journey-to-work tt 'os according to studies conducted by the Federal Energy i S EPA 520/6-74-002, Evacuation Risks--An Evaluation, June 1974, p. 42. 6 Crisis Relocation of the Pooulation at Risk in the New York Metropolitan {'N Area, SRI International, p. 16. l III-34
. - - ~ . - . . .- .i
l Administration 7 and has been confirmed on a local basis by in-house County departmental studies. 4 i RIGH-0CCUPANCY VEHICLE TRANSPORTATION 4 Although personal vehicles are viewed as the primary mode of transportation in an evacuation, it must be recognized that there is a percentage of the population within the Emergency Planning Zone who will not have access to privately-owned vehicles. Typically, these are non-car-owning families. As a result, it will become necessary to provide transportation for , these individuals and the most logical method for accomplishing this is the establishment of bus service throughout the EPZ. The 1970 census figures for no-car f amilies in the vicinity of the Shoreham plant indicate that eight (8) percent of the households do not own automobiles. This figures has been confirmed and validated by 1980 vehicle , j registration data8 for the EPZ. This eight percent figure is indicative of the year-round population in residence. The degree of bus service to this segment of the population will very according to the specific zone under consideration. For individual zone service, short headways (average time between buses) are more important than maximum vehicle occupancy. This is due to the desirability of minimizing the potential exposure of people to cirborne radiation while they swait buses. Conversely, it is undesirable to operate a forty passenger bus, transporting only a handful of people to established relocation centers, all of which are beyond the 10-mile area; this is under-utilization of the 7 Van Pooling Commuter Program, Continental Oil Company, p. 1-2. 8 R .L. Polk and Company, Vehicle Registration by Zip Code, 1980. i III-35
,- , n ,-- n , - , - - - - . .- - - . e - n,-.. , , . , .,-n ~ a -w-.- , , .r-,- .---- - - ,.~u - - - ---
. . - - .- __ .. - - . . .-. _ _ . .- - ~ _ - _ _ _ _ - - . .-.. - - .. .- - -
vehicle. Therefore, a transfer operation has been developed to insure rapid O service' to individual zones and yet maintain a desirable level of full vehicle occupancy on the longer trips to relocation centers.
- YERICLE AVAILABILITY At the present time this section is under development. The Suffolk County Law Department is in the process of trying to secure agreements with several large school districts which own their own fleets of buses, in an attempt to secure their use during a radiological emergency.
Similarly, LILCO is pursuing the same course of action regarding the private bus contractors who own and operate school buses in the area. ! We hope to have the legalities resolved shortly at which time we will be in a position to list the number, source, and location of all high-occupancy () vehicles to be used'in this plan. , i DRIVER AVAILABILITY , Regardless of the ultimate source of high-occupancy vehicles, it is obvious that we cannot rely on the regular drivers of these vehicles to be willing to drive during a radiological emergency. While we may be able to
. obtain a small contingent of drivers from this source, it will not be sufficient staffing for the entire bus operation. We are currently pursuing several alternate sources for potential bus drivers; however, these have not
, been confirmed as yet. When our sources are determined and verified, they i will appear in this section of the plan. l 1 1 l l i O III-36 e
,,-,.....m,,y-,.w y.,-w,.w,---- , swe e n i -n,v- w -, ,-r.,- = = , y w e*ws'
,.- - . = .- - . . . .
- - = . . _ - . .-
l 1 AIR, SEA AND RAIL With the exception of the possible airlifting of critically ill patients from evacuating hospitals, there are no plans to provide airborne transporta-tion for the general public during an evacuation. Because of the possibility l i I of weather conditions occuring which would prohibit aircraf t usage and the lack of accessibility to Suffolk County airfields, air evacuation was considered impractical for the public at large. Similarly, because of poor access and parking facilities at the larger harbors, evacuation by water was considered impractical on a large scale. Adverse weather and the difficulties of providing relocation centers for such an evacuation were the major factors in determining its unacceptability as a good mode of transportation for the public. In addition, since the majority of people would have to drive to reach a suitable harbor, it was felt that better control could be maintained by keeping people in their vehicles and , routing them out of the area instead of redirecting them to various shore locations.
- In regard to the Long Island Railroad, we are not using it for general evacuation since there are severe access and parking problems at the majority of stations. However, with the cooperation of the Long Island Railroad, a specific use of its Port Jefferson branch was incorporated into this plan. In the event an incident occurs necessitating the evacuation of the John T.
i Mather Memorial Hospital and the St. Charles Hospital in Port Jefferson, the i LIRR will supply sufficient cars on that line to allow for the transport of those patients to the Northport V.A. Hospital. They will provide similar services on the Main Line if it becomes necessary to evacuate the Suffolk County Heme and Infirmary in Yaphank. e III-37
7 ? l i RELOCATION CENTERS It is anticipated that a majority of the people asked to evacuate their i i homes will seek tamporary lodging with friends or relatives, or stay at hotels 1 and motels for the duration of an incident, particularly since a large percentage of Suffolk County residents migrated from the New York metropolitan area and have relatives who still reside there. However, for those i i individuals with no such housing alternatives available, relocation centers have been established to serve as temporary shelters for evacuees. It is estimated that 20% of the seasonal population will require such housing. In establishing these relocation centers, it became more advantageous to I use several large facilities as opposed to numerous small locations such as
- local schools. In minimizing the number of locations, it became easier to 1 maintain control over evacuation routes and to provide supportive services
() (cots, blankets, food) for evacuees. " Missing" persons become easier to locate and the number of legal agreements which must be executed and a maintained throughout the life of the plant are minimized. The selection criteria used in linking a particular zone with an appropriate relocation center were as follows: ,
- adequate distance from the EPZ boundary
- reasonable highway access
- on-site security l
- on-site power generation capability
- adequate parking l
- adequate sanitary facilities l
- adequate cafeteria facilities
- logistically located to facilitate the continuity of routing out of the EPZ and to maxisize bus availability and utilization.
III-38
- uniform distribution of relocation center sites so that evacuation routes would not adversely impact one another. i Predicated on these criteria, the following locations were chosen as having satisfied the requirements and as being suitable relocation centers for evacuees:
- The State University of New York at Stony Brook
- The Suffolk County Community College, Selden Campus
- The BOCES Islip Occupational Center Complex Two alternate sites in the event the relocation effort must be expanded are:
- The New York State Office Building, Hauppauge 3
- The H. Lee Dennison Building, Hauppauge Each of these relocation centers has entered into agreements with the American Red Cross to serve as shelters. As such, all supportive services
() will be supplied and maintained by Red Cross personnel. Each center will have a County decontamination team to monitor residents entering the facility for i possible contamination. For a more detailed analysis of the operation of i these centers, refer to the Social Services section of the Suffolk County Radiological Emergency Response Plan. i i t O s . III-39
. ._- - .. . _. . . . . .. ..-_ . . . -. - . . - - ,, ~ .
4 1 4 1 i i ! I i t I i i ; i i f 1 i, i i i i l i s SECTION IV 4 Evacuation Procedures .q f l l i i 1 1
l SECTION IV - EVACUATION PROCEDURES C010fUNICATIONS , A critical component for achieving a successful evacuation is a l sophisticated and coordinated communication system. Such a system must possess the capability to:
- notify local and State authorities
- notify resident populations, schools, hospitals, nursing homes
,
- notify major employers and recreational facilities 4
- communicate with the site and emergency response personnel at all levels (on site or off)
- communicate between traffic control posts and police headquarters.
- establish a network to facilitate high occupancy vehicle service A detailed account of the equipment, departmental responsibilities, and.
- procedures for overall communications are contained in the appropriate sections of the Suf folk County Radiological Emergency Response Plan. Please refer to those sections for complete communications information.
This portion of Appendix A will deal with two facets of communication dealing specifically with the general public - notification and public information. Notification Procedures Current federal regulations require the licensee (LILCO) to have the capability of notifying the appropriate State and local authorities within 15 minutes of declaring an emergency. Similarly, State and local government agencies shall have the capability of notifying the public (residing in the EPZ) within the succeeding 15 minute interval. O . IV-1
~
- However, the Code of Federal Regulations stipulates that, "the use of this notification capability will range from immediate notification to the public (within 15 minutes of the time that State and local officials are notified that a situation exists requiring urgent action) to the more likely events where there is substantial time available for the State and local government officials to make a judgment whether or not to activate the public notification system. Where there is a decision to activate the notification system, the State and local officials will determine whether to activate the entire notification system simultaneously or in a graduated or staged manner."9 Public notification procedures will commence with the issuance of an audible advisory, a siren blast of an unusually long duration and of a B
cufficiently high decibel level so as to distinguish it from the typical fire alert. The emphasis of the siren system is to provide a trenchant measure for - effecting an initial sense of public awareness. The desired response is for l- people to obtain detailed information and instruction via local media i broadcas ts. It is from these subsequent broadcasts that the public will be informed as to what, if any, protective response should be taken. Were evacuation the reconmended response, the radio broadcasts would specify which zones or population groups should leave the area. The sirens themselves do not signal that an evacuation is necessary; their sole purpose is to make people aware that something has occurred at the plant and to get more l i information on the situation over the radio. As such, radio stations will be provided with complete, accurate and 910 CFR 50, Appendix E, as per Federal Register Vol. 45, No. 162, August 19,
- 1980.
l L l l IV-2 l l l
,___ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . .l
. . ._, . .. _ _ . - = _ _ _ _ . _ . _. . .. . .- ._
i l current information. Radio station WALK (97.5 FM,1370 AM) has agreed to be
- the County's lead radio station for disseminating information to the public.
They are the most powerful broadcasting station in the area and simultaneously i broadcast on AM and FM. The stations will have zone descriptive information ! so that in the event an evacuation is recommended, the information is already l st their disposal for'immediate dissemination to the public. In addition to these general population notification procedures, j supplemental systems are provided for special facilities with unique I
; evacuation problems, such as: schools, hospitals, nursing homes, handicapped I
i residences, and major employers. These facilities will be provided with a i j tone alert receiver. This receiver is automatically activated by a radio , 4 l l signal which would indicate an incident has occurred at the plant (in lieu of sirens). This will give these facilities the additional preparation time they require should an evacuation become necessary. (See Section IV, Special - f Facility Contingency Plans.) i Public Information i 1 Regardless of the detail that is incorporated into the development of an j i evacuation plan or the engineering excellence that goes into a notification i
!l system for alerting the public, neither of these provisions can be considered 4
l complete or sufficient unless the public is knowledgeable and supportive of l them. Each individual residence, work site, school, and institution must be made j aware of the meaning of the sirens / tone alerts and where to tune in to get ! additional information. They must be aware of the zone they are within, its I alphabetical designation, and its physical boundaries. They must know the-I i recommended route of egress from the zone and the location of temporary O i IV-3 i
)
secommodations (relocation centers) if they require such services. They must ale be aware of the location and means of alternate transportation out of the zone if personal transportation is unavailable. Most inportant, it is imperative that the public be rade aware of the overall plan concept and be convinced that, with their cooperation, the plan will work. This can only be accomplished through a massive continuing public education and awareness program on the part of the County and the utility throughout the design life of the plant. See the "Public Awareness through Education" section of the Suffolk county Radiological E:nergency Response Plan for details concerning this program. POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES WITH RESPECT TO EVACUATION One of the rudimentary components essential to effecting a successful
~x evacuatien is the role of the police agencies involved -- their
{O responsibilities, their capabilities and their preparedness. The emergency planning zone for evacuation encompasses the jurisdictions of the Suffolk County Police Department, the Riverhead Town Police Department, and the Southampton Town Police Department. Should the need arise, supportive assistance will be provided to the Riverhead Town Police by the Suffolk County Sheriff's Office, the Southampton Town Police, and the New York State Police. The Suffolk County Depart:nent of Correction's personnel will assist in the relocation of inmates from the Suf folk County Jail and the Honor Fars should such a relocation become necessary. The Soffolk County Police Marine Bureau will have the primary responsiblity for the notification and evacuation of marine craf t on the Long Island Sound in the vicinity of the plant. Assistance will be provided by the C)\ G l IV-4 l
United States Coast Guard New Haven Station, at the request of Suffolk County. Overall, the responsibilities of the police agencies involved in an evacuation focus on three basic categories: traffic control, surveillance, and security. Traf fic control and surveillance activities are designed to f acilitate vehicle movement out of the EPZ, and security is a post-evacuation responsibility to safeguard property within the evacuated areas and at relocation centers where nccessary. Traffic Control Police assignments have been established in regard to traffic control during an evacuation. Among these are the establishment of police posts and police roadblocks. Police posts are specified c itical locations where direct traffic control by an officer (s) is considered essential to expedite the safe movement of evacuating vehicles. Roadblocks are designated locations where extraneous traffic will be redirected or restricted in order to accommodate . the movement of vehicles out of the area or to keep evacuating vehicles on their prescribed routes. In conjunction with these police posts, =any of which are normally signalized intersections, the officers will be required to manually set these signals on flashing operation. In addition, a number of other signalized locations along the prescribed evacuation routes (which are not designated as police posts) will also require being manually set on flashing operation to facilitate the movement of vehicles. These signals will be set by the nearest police post. At all times, police posts will give precedence to emergency vehicles and school buses to expedite the movement of these vehicles duriig an evacuation. The nost critical area in terns of evacuation is the area within a two-IV-5
1 O mile radius of the plant, Zones A through E. This area requires the expedient movement of residents out of the area and also the preclusion of unnecessary traffic from entering the area immediately surrounding the plant. The locations chosen for roadblocks within this area would effectively result in almost a complete cordon of the area. Selective access will be allowed into the area but mostly through use of the northbound lanes of William Floyd Parkway (CR 46). Additional roadblocks are required throughout the 10-mile EPZ largely to preclude traffic from interfering with routes reserved for use by evacuating vehicles. Another integral part of the police traffic control responsibility involves patrolling the routes and removing any disabled vehicles which are impeding the movement of traffic on evacuation routes. Whether the breakdown g is the result of an accident or mechanical f ailure, it is essential that the roadway be cleared of these vehicles as quickly as possible. In the event a police car is unable to push a vehicle clear of the travel lane, tow trucks will be used. The Suffolk County Police Department has eight such vehicles which can be dispatched to respond to any disablements which may occur. Additional tow trucks can be obtained from the County Carage or possibly even commandeered. The Suf folk County Police Marine Bureau will be responsible for the evacuation and control of waterborne traffic during a radiological energency. They will issue warnings to any craft in the area, with possible assistance ( from the police Aviation Section, U.S. Coast Guard, and Coast Guard Auxiliary, and prevent entry into the potential contamination zone. The Marine Bureau will also check the beach .'reas along the Sound. j IV-6
The police will be required to implement special control strategies at selected problem locations to insure the safe and expeditious movement of evacuating vehicles along prescribed routes; in particular, instances where evacuating vehicles are required to merge into high volume, high speed roadways . ~ One such strategy will involve parking a police vehicle in the right through-lane of a controlled access highway, in advance of the point where an entrance ramp (being used by evacuees) merges with that highway. Flares will be placed in front of and behind the police vehicle so that westbound (and in one instance, northbound) traffic already on the freeway will have to merge left, leaving the right through-lane clear for use by evacuating vehicles. This will insure uninterrupted flow for traffic entering the freeway, increasing ramp capacity and minimizing delays. This strategy will be employed primarily on both the Long Island - Expressway and Sunrise Highway at selected locations (for a graphic illustration of this procedure, refer to Figure 8.2) and on Nicolls Road. In addition, because of the volu:ne of traffic generated by the Brookhaven National Laboratory day shift, this strategy will also be utilized on the north CD (collector distributor) of the Long Island Expressway, hereaf ter referred to as the North Service Road, in advance of the south-to-westbound ramp fro:n the William Floyd Parkway. l O ! IV-7
_ ._ = __ 4 Even with this treatment, it is highly probable that congestion () will occur at the gore area where the traffic entering the westbound LIE will merge with traffic already on the LIE. This problem could cause queues to extend along the southbound William Floyd Parkway to the extent that evacuation of the two-mile region could be slowed considerably. To avoid this possibility, the two right lanes of the LIE will be blocked by police vehicles in advance of the westbound entrance rang from the North Service Road /Uilliam Floyd Parkway. This will be to accommodate two lanes of traffic using the entrance ramp -- one lane on the ramp itself, the other utilizing t the shoulder of the ramp as a travel lane. This dual usage is precipitated by the heavy volume of traffic a simultaneous evacuation
; of the EPZ would generate. After 3-1/2 hours of evacuation, the middle lane on the LIE can be opened; after 4-1/2 hours, the right-hand lane can be opened.
J Brookhaven National Laboratory traffic will use the left lane of the North Service Road, proceed onto the travel lane of the entrance ramp, and then merge into the middle lane of the LIE. Hilliam Floyd Parkway traffic will use the right travel lane of the North Service Road, the entrance ramp
, shoulder, and subseouently merge into the right through-lane of the LIE. ,
A third type of control will be initiated to prevent trips originating east of the EPZ to enter the EPZ during evacuation. The police will establish roadblocks at Sound Avenue and CR 105 and at
, Old Country Road and CR 105 to prohibit westbound traffic from traveling west toward the Expressway and redirect traffic south toward Sunrise Highway. In addition, another roadblock will be established at Sunrise Highway and CR 111 to prevent traffic from ,
entering CR 111 northbound. This will keep the usual seasonal traffic on Sunrise Highway or on Montauk Highway, thus skirting the EPZ. Additional roadblocks may be necessary in the Riverhead area. i 4
- O l
l t IV-8 t l
( As discussed earlier, the iterative analysis-and-design procedure led to the development of control treatments and other design elements. This section details all such elements of the evacuation plan. - Some of these treatments may impede somewhat, the flow of non-evacuating vehicles, e.g., those vehicles carrying motorists home during the early stages of evacuation, to assemble their families for subsequent evacuation. It must be emphasized, how-ever, that these treatments have been carefully designed so that no motorist will be denied access to any location within the EPZ. All locations at which positive control is prescribed will be manned by police personnel who will be instructed to provide desired access to all motorists who are not yet members of the evacuating traffic stream. Concurrent Continuous Flow Treatments Intersections are usually characterized by " interrupted" flow conditions. That is, control devices allocate a portion of the available time to each competing traffic movement in order to termporally separate vehicles traveling on conflicting paths. I O Under evacuation conditions, where paths of travel are pre-scribed, it is possible--and in many cases, desirable--to mandate traffic movements through intersections so that they are non-con-flicting. When this treatment is applied, traffic movement may be continuous, rather than intermittent, with a commensurate in-crease in capacity and significant reductions in travel time. Table V identifies those intersections where this treatment has been applied. In all cases, personnel must be assigned to enforce the indicated movements for all evacuating vehicles. The application of this treatment, and the selection of intersections where this treatment is applied must be undertaken with considerable care. A proliferation of such treatments or the improper location of these treatments could violate the speci-fied origin-destination patterns and create confusion. This potential inconsistency is avoided by limiting the number of such
' treatments and by the careful selection of locations. Exc ution ,
of the Traffic Assignment program confirmed that all prescribed evacuation routes could be satisfied by at least one path from
- each origin to all associated destinations.
IV-9
.~ _ __ . _ . - _ _ - . . _
. - - _ =- _
Y Tablo V. Concurrent Continuou0 Flow TrOctm:nto Flow Pattern Description Landing
- a. Vehicles moving south on Landing Road will be Rd* routed west onto Route 25A 11/F
- b. No evacuation traffic along Rt. 25A at this
= l location Route 25A 23/K,L Middle Country Road, Rt. 25 a .' vehicles moving west on
, Route 25 will either
' continue west (50%) or .
f-] turn south onto East ( ,f Bartlett Road East b. No evacuation traffic Bartlett east along Route 25 nor Road north along East Bartlett Road 39/B,G
- a. Vehicles moving west along Ridge Whiskey Road turn south Road onto Ridge Ro'ad, left lane skey Rd. b. Vehicles moving south along Ridge Road continue gr south onto right lane
-- -' 's c. Very light traffic moving gy east along Whiskey Rd.
)
turn south onto Ridge Rd. p i l l IV-10 l
4 4 Yaphank- a. Vehicles moving south on Middle- Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. 24/K,G,L,M Island Rd. will be routed west onto Rt. 25. 4
- b. Vehicles moving west on Rt. 25 will be routed south Rt. 25 y onto Yaphank-Middle Island Rd.
- c. Positive control is. required i at node 24 to assure con-tinuous movements.
f North Country a. Vehicles moving east on Rt. 25A will be routed south Road 36/F,A,G,B onto Randall Rd.
,' b. Vehicles moving south on M [ if North Country Rd. will be routed east on Rt. 25A. -
O- ) \ -
- c. Positive control is required Rt. 25A at node 36 to assure continu-4 l --
ous movements. Ridge ! Road II
- d. No evacuation traffic west J Randall along Rt. 25A nor north Road along Randall Road or -
37/B,C along Ridge Road Rt. 25A
/ <
(
-C/ / / /J C/ / / /> a. Vehicles moving east on l
\.-
Y - - Rt. 25A will be routed south
- onto Lane 1 of Wm. Floyd Pkw;
] ei _
\
I f l b. Vehicles moving west on
. Rt. 25A will be routed soutn l onto Lane 2 of Wm. Floyd Pkwy.-
N l 3 c. Positive control is required
\
O I at node 37 to assure continu-l Wm. Floyd ous movement and proper lane
\ Pkwy. separation.
[ gNV I! d. No evacuation traffic' east-j yy_11 along Rt. 25A l
4 Wm. Floyd Pkwy.
/B,c,G l No entry to William Floyd a.
; Parkway from Whiskey Rd. is I I permitted. (There is no evacuation traffic east on If ! Whiskey Road).
- b. No left turns onto Whiskey g
Road from north-bound Wm. l Floyd Pkwy. will be permitted.
' Whiskey Rd.
I 42/G,H,M a. Utilize the shoulder on Wm. l Floyd Parkway south of Longwood
/// 1f l
H Longwood Road to service traffic from Longwood Road O l
- b. The middle lane on Wm. Floyd 1 ! F oyd Pkw'i can either enter the ramp feeding westbound LIE Road U y y or continue south on Wm.
Floyd.
- c. Ramp narrows to a single l
lane as it merges with the north LIE service road. I l t l i i l l
/
' /
i l !O 1 IV-12
i North a. Vehicles moving south on Country North Country Rd. will be i 53/C,D Road routed west onto Rt. 25A. Rt. 25A __ s/ b. Vehicles moving west on
~
d Rt. 25A will be routed south onto Wading River-Manorville . Rd.
* * # " # * '*9 i Wading River- N
' ' " ~
Manorville Rd. ous movement. I
- a. Vehicles moving south on u se Hulse Landing Rd. Will Landing 55/E,J continue south.
Road Sound Ave. b. No evacuation traffic along i Sound Avenue at this lo-N cation.
- c. Positive control is required at node 55 to assure continu-ous movement.
l 4
- a. Vehicles moving south on Edwards Ave, will be routed 73/I,O,P east onto Middle Country Rd.
Edwards Avenue Middle b. Vehicles moving east on Country Rd. Middle Country Rd. will be routed south onto Edwards (- -
~
Ave. 7 .
- c. Positive control is required at node 73 to assure continu-ous movement.
O IV-13 ( l
Modifications to the SCPD Trip Table I (/ (- T Table \E documents all modifications to the trip ,N table. The objectives of these modifications are: e To distribute the routing of traffic over the evacuation network in a manner which disperses demand. The effect of these changes is to reduce the demand: capacity ratios and the consequent extent ,- of congestion. e To reduce exposure levels of evacuating personnel b:y directing their paths away from the power plant. e To equilibrate the levels of congestion of all evacuation routes. As mentioned earlier, the trip table developed by SCPD was very well designed. Consequently, a very limited number of changes were considered advisable. Added lietwork Links ',
/ Table VII lists the network links which were added to .
the evacuation network defined by SCPD. All such additional roadway sections may be classified as collector-distributor roads--no local streets are included in the evacuation network. The objectives of these modifications are: s . T e To add capacity to the evacuation network and to provide - additional escape routes. T e To provide bypass routes around critical bottlenecks. e To disperse traffic demand and thereby reduce travel time. Our study has shown that these changes, while limited in number, were critical in reducing evacuation travel time. Again, this small number of additional routes reflects the care exercised by SCPD in defining their evacuation network. I Conversion of Roadway Sections to One-Way Flow i rable \nII lists the sections of roadway which are converted to one-way flow. The objective of this treatment is to provide ! g)s (, additional capacity by assigning two lanes to service evacuating l IV-14
c_ . ,
' y .y
(*~\
' s <
> n
- r, _.) ;
- .r, ,. #
,, g- ,
' , ' / ,i .
c,' f, *f -
' _ , ~
Table VI. Modifications of SCPD Trip' Ta61e , /- ,r -' )
,j J
;}
y ,.
, k; ,
i v - ~- Previous ,'Newy '[ ,
?'
Destination Destina' tion 1 _ origin ~ Node 26ne Node'
~
Nodb'#hp'Di~scussion , f ', j*- 6 l-. / .h. .!
/; -
//:. . ,
. s f <- / y'
,.' ,'New' path along Shore Road was created
-[f(
f 9300 s 2017 F 8001 -
! / '; J "s _
<Q ,t ' - , <. .' .
203'6 K 8003 ' 8004 All.flch routed to 8004 ins'tead of partial flow"i'
! ',, going to 80fd 7 j ' (f -
l,
/ ,
( \ All flow rodted to 8004
/ s' , 3 9 '-
2038 K 8003 8004, -' h, , ' ' s -
- ~, ? <
-{ , ',< " 7 ,
c 20.40j.,/L C ' 8006 8005' Avoid entering LIE before,, leaving EPZ. , Sufficient ; I w
.~ - ,'
. J
- I-e local road capacity exis,ts,to service traffic vi j 'f- demand .
e
'- s f .
7 r 2045 NM 8006 - 8007 Flow from William Floyd south of LIE should go'to ^ (! ' Sunrise Highway rather thanrnorth/toward the Plant
'I ,] ' .
-f[
8006 8007 Flowfrom.WadingRive'r-ManoIV.!11PRoad'southof 2047rf . Nj ?' } I~ LIE sh6uld go to Sunrise Highwayl rather than north
" ' / '- Sj -
a
. L 'l' , toward-yhe Plapt . , /- 9{'
,- ) . \ ( ,v , '-
2124 H 8006 8007 Flowf fr$m f sBrookhaver1 Lab heading west will proceed r f) .
-50.ath I on William /Flo$d,toSunriseHighwayandnot i' '-
k < load the LIE which,is more congested
','y,e ;-
^
\ ;
- s. J ,
r 7,
'2035- K e- 8002,8004 8002 f< 'Mnat, direct, rc.'utec/.out of[i El>Z ,
p :r-1
's . l1 , t r- . .
./
/ic 3 g f- 'l
'js- ,s
- ;f ,{e {
*_/
,;,/ - '
( 6 :[ ' A ! = t
, i f ", . . .
t -f,
', _ j (-
,- !, , ' ) f ! (;;
4
, [c
,V , .,
, ,' t ,
t t .. i rj 3 .. f c ( r .,
, -;,. ,s *
\' # f '
g s' 23,
r , , y -- ,
"b9*
39- _ ,9
.1-
~'
.fis'y
- -[ .-
i f)
- - s "; // 3 sy,' }. . r, ' . ~',y ,
, c n f c'
)][]:;
,.f];.-t'r A,
* ./ , .,(' j j ,) y. s' =
e t ff. e' , (; ,, 4, s 7,,, ' - c, p
, . ' g h. / '
~
.<<- lK .., > - ..' D. . - , s
_.V
\ {'-6 a d
Table VII.; Introduce Additi'o,nale Links'idro E acuat'icn Network
~
,) '
JP,
!'<:' , l. , ' ' '
~ ; ,J, ; ;'i '; , ', ,
i' ) -
^
p,f. ) ~ ,_ / , l
/
jf ,- [ i. i e - -} * .,_ ,
,. _ f s -, <
,7
/ [/-
t Path . Zone' Links Discussion- '
/
J ,
, f 1
A (1,35) , A new evacustiion route along Shore Road was <added . is1 i
-f ,o 4
2 F - (105,4) New York Avenue and Miller Place were,added -- ( 4 , 8 ) {'
'e, .6 to provide access7co[rosident'lal'hre~w . .. i
;^ ; ,
s ,- u 7-
, . -- .. i , g :,
Sound' Peach Boulevard, and Lower itocky Point koad 3 F,G (3,105) (105,9) were added to a'ccess '. uidentiai / den. , [, (9,83) Radio Avenue was adde 1 to provide alternative routing awav from Bot:.0 25A - l 4 K (14,13) Canal Road was added to relieve congestion on s (13,12) 25A
<s 5 K (30,106) Mount Sinai-Coram Road provides additonal paths to M
(106,20) destinations 6 L (23,133) East Bartlett Road, Ashton Road, and Granny Road (133,69) were added to relieve congestion at node 21 7 G,M (132,81) Wading River-Hollow Road was added on as an access road 8 F (104,5) North Rocky Point-Landing Road was added for (5,11) residential access , 9 A (85,36) North Country Road was added for residential access
O O O Table VII. Introduce Additional Links into Evacuation Network (cont.) Path Zone Links Discussion 10 E (51,91) North Wading River Road was added for (91,52) residential access 11 E,J (54,55) Sound Avenue was added for residential access (55,92) and eastbound routing (92,70) 12 I (59,108) Manor Road, David Terry Street & Lanes Road (108,61) were added for residential access (61,98) i 13 G,M (38,40) Ridge Rd., Medford Rd., Smith Rd., Longwood Rd. 1 (40,109) were added for additional southbound capacity (109,42) parellel to William Floyd Parkway. Ridge Rd. section was made two lanes southbound ! 5 1 l i
O O O J Table VIII. Conversion of Roadway Sections to One-Way Flow Number of Link Zone Lancs Heading Discussion A 2 West North Countiy Road is made (2,102) (102,1) A 2 West One-way westbound between Old Miller Place Road and I Shore Road to facilitate heavy flow (7,30) X 2 West Route 25A will be channelized into 3 lanes within this short section: two lanes westbound H and 1 lane eastbound. No
~' ~
I evacuation traffic travele east 5 on Rt. 25A in this section 2 South Additional capacity needed. (38,40) G Approximately 60% will turn west on Rt. 25; the remainder will continue south to Smith Rd. via Medford Rd. O
traffic at a limited number of locations. Since it is necessary to provide access to all locations for all non-evacuating vehicles, as discussed earlier, such treatments must be severely limited in number and extent. The treatments indicated in Table \D:IIvereconsidered necessary due to the high rate of trip generation in the area and the limited capacity of the attendant roadway system. , Channelization Treatments Table I:' describes the channelization treatments employed on selected sections of the evacuation network. The primary objec-tive of this treatment is to increase capacity at critical inter-sections where turn movements are significant and traffic demand is high. Such treatments take several forms: e Adding a lane by exploiting the shoulder e Channelizing existing lanes e Closing one or more existing lanes e Adding a lane as a " turn-pocket" to separabethrough movement traffic from one or both turning movements. Use of a shoulder may be involved. () It is essential that adequate preparation for such treatments be provided in the form of signing, barriers, cones and police vehicles (where required) and personnel. In some locations, such signing should be " active" (e.g., amber arrows) and, if at night, additional lighting should be provided. Access Links for All Generated Trips All generated trips must travel from their respective origins (e.g. , a home or apartment dwelling) along local, and possibly, " collector" streets to gain access to a link of the evacuation network. The precise route taken from the origin to the specified network link is left to the discretion of the motorist. It is essential, however, that each motorist enter the evacuation network on the specified lip (1, and on no other network link. If the motorist errs'in this respect, he may find it im-possible to travel toward his assigned destination without disrupting the flow of evacuating automobiles, increasing his own delay and that of many other evacuees. O V IV-19
() Table IX. Channelization Treatments on Selected Roadway Sections Approach Zone Description ( 6,12) Rt. 25A W.B. K,Q Establish a left-turn pocket for traffic turning south onto link (12,82), Rt. 112. l l ( 7,30) Rt. 25A W.B. K Establish 2 lanes, the inside lane is reserved for left-turning traffic onto link (30,13), Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Rd. (13,17) Patchogue-Mt. K Establish a left-turn pocket Sinai Rd. S.B. for traffic turning south onto link (17,21), Patchogue Road and a right-turn pocket for traffic turning north onto link (17,82), Route 112. The , O left-turn volume is substan-tiated, the right-turn volume is insignificant. Maintain 2 lanes for the dominant through movement. It will probably i be necessary to narrow link (17,13) northbound on Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Rd. which will. service no evacuating traffic. (22,21) Route 25, W.B. K,L Establish a left-turn pocket for traffic turning south onto link (21,68), Rt. 122, a right-turn pocket for traffic turn-ing north onto link (21,17), Rt. 112. Retain a lane for the through movement, west-bound, onto link (21,106), Rt. 25. (23,22) Route 25, W.B. K,L Establish a right-turn pocket for traffic turning north onto (~) link (22,18), Mt. Sinai-Coram L/ Rd. Iv-20
l Table IX. Channelization Treatments on (; Selected Roadway Sections (cont.) Approach Zone Description (24,23) Route 25, W.B. K,L Establish a left-turn pocket for traffic turning south onto link (23,133), E. Bartlett Rd. (24,25) Yaphank-Middle L,M Establish a left-turn pocket Island Rd., S.B. for traffic turning east onto link (25,132), Longwood Rd. (53,56) Wading River- C,D Establish a right-turn pocket Manorville Rd., S.B. for traffic turning west onto link (56,86), Rt. 25. (81,24) Route 25, W.B. G,M Establish a right-turn pocket for traffic turning north onto link (24,19), Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. () (82,17) Route 112, S.B. K Establish a right-turn pocket for traffic turning west onto link (17,46), Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Rd. (75,74) LIE, W.B. I,0 Reduce number of lanes from 3 to :2 by blocking outside lane upstream of the entry ramp at node 74, to permit a protected movement for traffic entering the expressway from the ramp link (128,74). I i O v IV-21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - . _ - - - . - _J
Table IX. Channelization Treatments on Selected Roadway Sections (concl.) Zone Description
) Approach
( 42,44) Wm. Floyd ( 42,43) Pkwy, S.B. H,M The right shoulder of south-bound Wm. Floyd Pkwy between Longwood Rd. and the entry ramp to the LIE, W.B. is fully utilized to accommodate traffic turning right from link (109,
- 42) Longwood Road. Thus, there are a total of 3 lanes in this section. The two outside lanes are channelized for a distance of 2000 feet upstream of this entry ramp, to feed traffic onto the entry ramp and thence onto the W.B. LIE, link (44, 8
44). The inside lane services through traffic south onto link (43,118), Wm. Floyd Pkwy. (122,44) LIE, W.B. H,M The outside 2 lanes are closed
h to permit the traffic on the entry ramp, (42,44), protected access onto the LIE, W.B. link (44,48). The inside lane ser-vices through traffic on the W.B. LIE to link (44,48). This lane closure is removed 3b hours after the start of the evacu-ating trip generation, provid-ing the full 2 lanes of capa-city for this section of the LIE. After 4 hours, all 3 lanes wi.ll be opened. At that time, the entering ramp traffic will merge with the LIE traffic.
10 i IV-22 x
C) ( Table X lists the specified links on the evacuation network for all trips generated within the EPZ. (Each such trip is associated with a specified origin node.) The total number of estimated trips generated during each 15- or 30-minute period after the start of evacuation is also indicated, as well as the associated destination nodes. Allocation of Service Times As noted earlier, it is not possible to eliminate conflicting vehicle movements at all intersections. It is therefore necessary to allocate a portion of the time for each of the conflicting movements, as is done by a traffic signal under normal conditions. Under evacuation conditions, however, the traffic demand patterns will differ substantially from those of normal condi-tions. To rely on existing traffic signal settings would assuredly allocate service improperly between competing traffic demands. Consequently, it is necessary to prescribe the al-locations of service time to the traffic demand on each approach to an intersection, as an applied control treatment. O Table X1 specifies the allocation of service time (equivalent to a traffic signal's GREEN: CYCLE (G/C) ratio) to each competing traffic movement on the approaches to the in-dicated intersections. Ef fectively, these allocations will be implemented where the traffic signals are set on YELLOW FLASH mode. It will be necessary to assign personnel at specified loca-tions throughout the evacuation network in order to guide and control evacuating vehicles, and to provide access to other vehic]es who have good reason to travel counter-flow within the EPZ. Table XII lists the vehicle movements at each network node (refer to Exhibit 1). Figure 8 and Table XIII identify the traffic control posts; Figure 3.1, the Patrol Routes. i
/^% !
( 1 Lj) IV-23
() Table X. Number of Trips Generated at each Source Node during Each Indicated Time Interval Z Destina- Time Intervals (min.) from Beginning of Evacuation
^
~5ource n tion' Accessed
, Mode C Node Link 0-15 15-30 30-60 60-90 90-105 105-120 Total 2001 A 8006 ( 85, 36) 57 170 668 794 132 44 1865 2004 B 8006 ( 36, 37) 10 29 136 175 29 10 389 2005 B 8006 ( 36, 80) 3 9 43 57 9 3 124 2006 B 8006 ( 38,109) 29 87 812 209 0 0 1137 2007 C 8006 ( 51, 53) 8 25 117 150 25 8 333 2008 c 8006 ( 53, 56) 23 68 313 402 68 23 897 2010 D 8006 ( 93, 56) 2 5 20 26 5 2 60 2011 E 8006 ( 91, 51) 20 59 276 355 59 20 789 2014 r 8005 (104, 5) 27 81 380 489 81 27 1085 2015 F 8002 (105, 9) 11 34 156 202 34 11 448 2016 r 8002 ( 4, 7) 22 66 307 395 66 22 878 2017 r 8000 ( 2,102) 63 189 881 1131 189 63 2516 2018 G- 8005 ( 9, 83) 21 63 294 378 63 21 840 2019 G 8006 ( 81, 24) 22 64 292 376 64 22 840 G 8006 ( 99,. 40) 6 16 76 97 16 6 217
)2021 8006 10 30 145 185 30 10 410 2022 G ( 40, 81) 2023 H 8006 ( 86,101) 8 23 109 141 23 8 312 2024 H 8006 ( 42, -44) 144 430 588 22 4 1 1189 2025 H 8006 (107,117) 3 8 36 48 8 3 106 2026- I 8006 ( 59,108) 3 10 47 60 10 3 133 2027 I 8006 ( 61,108) 3 10 47 60 10 3 133 2028 I 8006 ( 73,128) 7 20 93 119 20 7 266 2030 J 8006 ( 58, 95) 7 22 102 132 22 7 292,'
2031 J 8006 ( 55, 92) 6 18 164 48 0 0 - 236 2032 J 8006 ( 52, 55) 135 405 332 0 0 0 872 2034 K 8001 ( 1,103) 11 33 153 196 33 11 437 l 2035 K 8002 ( 30, 6) 20 60 281 360 60 20 801 l 2036 K 8004 ( 6, 30) 4 11 52 67 11 4 149 l 2038 K 8004 ( 13, 17) 71 212 988 1271 212 71 2825 2039 K 8004 ( 23, 22) 33 99 460 591 99 33 1315 2040 L 8005 ( 21, 69) 21 61 286 367 61 20 816 2041 L 8006 ( 26,127) 18 53 245 314 53 -18 701 2042 M 8007 ( 81,132) 23 70 325 418 70 23 929 2044 M 8007 ( 89, 45) 37 110 515 661 110 37 1470 2045 N 8007 (118, 89) 37 112 522 670 112 37 1490 l () , IV-24
4 l Table X. Number of Trips Generated at each Source Node during () Each Indicated Time Interval (concl.) Z Destina- Time Intervals (min.) from Beginning of Evacuation Source tion' Accessed Node
- Node Link 0-15 15-30 30-60 60-90 90-105 105-120 Total 2046 N 8007' ( 90, 45) 37 112 522 670 112 37 1490 2047 N 8007 (115, 97) 9 28 130 169 28 9 373 2048 N 8007 (.63, 90) 9 28 130 167 28 9 371 2049 0 8007 ( 97, 63) 20 61 284 366 61 20 812 2050 o 8007 ( 66,128) 20 61 284 366 61 20 812 2051 P 8006 ( 73, 75) 13 40. 187 241 40 13 534 2052 P 8007 ( 77, 76) 37 112 522 671 112 37 1491 2055 Q 8002 ( 6, 12) 16 73 224 288 .73 16 690 2058 S 8006 ( 64, 65) '87 260 519 0 0 0 866 2103 A 8006 ( 53, 37) 13 41 81 0 0 0 135 2106 B 8006 ( 38, 40) 7 21 195 50 0 0 273 2108 C 8006 ( 56, 86) 16 47 217 278 47 16 621 2112 E 8006 ( 91, 52) 20 60 277 355 60 20 792 2113 F 8006 ( 11, 36) 29 86 398 510 86 29 1138 2114 F 8005 ( 5, 11) 27 81 380 489 82 27 1086 F 8001 2) 22 68 315 403 68 22 898
()2115 2116 F 8001 ( 3, (102, 1) 22 66 307 395 66 22 878-2121 G 8006 ( 40,113) 6 16 76 97 16 6 217 2124 H 8007 ( 43,118) 50 150 300 0 0 0 500 2129 I 8011 ( 93, 58) 24 71 517 329 71 24 1036 2133 J 8006 ( 92, 70) 18 53 247 317 53 18 706 2136 K 8006 ( 12, 13) 15 45 209 269 45 15 598 2138 K 8004 ( 82, 17) 71 212 988 1271 212 71 2825 2139 K 8004 ( 18, 22) 33 99 460 591 99 33 1315 2140 L 8005 (133, 69) 21 61 286 367 61 20 , 816 2215 F 8002 ( 3, 4) 11 34 157 202 34 11 449 2224 H 8011 ( 42, 87) 17 51 102 0 0 0 170 2306 B 8006 ( 80, 38) 9 27 252 65 0 0 353 IV-25
Table XI. Allocation of Servi Time for Approades to Intersections (Per nt) l Node Zone Approaches Service Tine (%) l i 3 F (104,3 ) North Country Ibad,W.B. 67 (105,3 ) Sound-Iower Ibcky Point Road,N.B. 33 7 F,1< ( 4,7 ) 50 ( 30,7 ) Ibute 25A,E.B. 50 ( 8,7 ) Ibute 25A,W.B. 50 8 F,G,K ( 7,8 ) Route 25A,E.B. 73 ( 9,8 ) Ibute 25A,W.B. 73 ( 4,8 ) Miller Place Ibad,S.B. 27 9 F,G ( 8,9 ) Ibute 25A,E.B. 30 ( 10,9 ) Route 25A,W.B. 30 (105,9 ) Sound Beach Boulevard,S.B. 70 10 F,G ( 5,10 ) Hallock Landing Ibad,S.B. 50 . , Os ( 9,10 ) Ibute 25A,E.B. 50 ( 11,10 ) Ibute 25A,W.B. 50 12 K,0 ( 79,12 ) N.Y.S.112,S.B. 20 ( 13,12 ) Canal Ibad,N.B. 20 ( 6,12 ) Route 25A,W.B. 80 ( 82,12 ) Route 25A,E.B. 80 13 K ( 12,13 ) Canal Ibad,E.B. 50 l ( 14,13 ) Canal Road,E.B. 50 ( 30,13 ) Patchogue-Mount Sinai Ibad,S.B. 50 ( 17,13 ) Patchogue-Mount Sinai Road,N.B. 50 14 K ( 20,14 ) munt Sinai-Coram Ibad,S.B. Uncont. ( 18,14 ) munt Sinai-{bram Road,N.B. Uncont. ( 15,14 ) Whiskey Road,W.B. Yield ( 13,14 ) Canal Road,E.B. Stop 15 G,K ( 83,15 ) Miller Place-Yaphank Road,S.B. Uncont. ( 19,15 ) Miller Place-Yaphank Road,N.B. . Uncont. ( 16,15 ) Whiskey Road,W.B. Stop. 16 G ( 78,16 ) Rocky Point Ibad,S.B. Uncont.
. (109,16 ) Whiskey Road,W.B. Stop IV-26 l
l _. . . _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ . _ _ . _ . . . _ . . . _ .
Table XI. Allocation of Service Tine for Approaches to
% Intersections (Percent) Cbntinued Node Zone Approaches Service Time (%)
17 K ( 82,17 ) Route ll2,S.B. 60 ( 13,17 ) Patchogue-Mount Sinai Road,W.B. 40 ( 21,17 ) Boute ll2,N.B. 60 19 G,K ( 16,19 ) Rocky Point Road,S.B. Uncont. ( 24,19 ) Yaphank-Middle Island Ibad,S.B. Uncont. ( 15,19 ) Miller Place-Yaphank Road,S.B. Stop 20 K ( 8,20 ) Miller Place Ibad,S.B. Uncont. (106,20 ) Mount Sinai-(bram Road,S.B.
~
Stop 21 K,R ( 22,21 ) Boute 25,W.B. 67 ( 17,21 ) Route 112,S.B. 33 _ ( 69,21 ) Coram and Yaphank Ibad,N.B. 33 22 K,L ( 21,22 ) Boute 25,E.B. 67 ( 23,22 ) Boute 25,W.B. 67 , i Os ( 18,22 ) Mount Sinai-Cbram Road,S.B. 33 26 L,M ( 25,26 ) Yaphank-Middle Island Ibad,S.B. Uncont. ( 28,26 ) Main Street,N.B. Yield 28 M ( 48,28 ) Main Street, N.B. Uncont. (123,28 ) Yaphank Road,S.B. Yield 37 A,B,C ( 36,37 ) Boute 25A,E.B. thcont. ( 53,37 ) Boute 25A,W.B. Uncont. ( 84,37 ) William Floyd Parkway,N.B. Yield 38 B,G ( 80,38 ) Randall Poad,S.B. Uhcont. ( 40,38 ) Randall Road,N.B. Yield ( 39,38 ) Whiskey Road,W.B. Stop f 40 .G ( 81,40 ) Ibute 25,E.B. Uncont. ( 99,40 ) Route 25,W.B. thcont. i ( 38,40 ) Randall Road,S.B. Stop
,O) f v
IV - - - , . - , . . . .
l l (VD Table XI. Allocation of Servi Tine for Approaches to Intersections (Percent) Cbntinued Node Zone Approaches Service Time (%) 49 M,N ( 50,49 ) L.I.E. Off-Ranp,S.B. Uncont. ( 89,49 ) William Floyd Parkway,N.B. Yield D,E ( 53,54 ) Route 25A,E.B. 74 54 ( 55,54 ) Sound Avenue,W.B. 74 ( 51,54 ) North Cbuntry Ibad,S.B. 26 ( 57,54 ) Ibute 25A,N.B. 26 56 C,D,H,I ( 86,56 ) Ibute 25,E.B. 20 ( 93,56 ) Route 25,W.B. 20 ( 53,56 ) Wading Fiver-Mviorville Ibad,S.B. 80 ( 59,56 ) Wading River-Manorville Road,N.B. 80 ( 54,57 ) Route 25A,S.B. 49 57 D,E,J ( 58,57 ) Ibute 25A,N.B. 49 ( 55,57 ) Hulse Landing Ibad,S.B. 51 0 58 D,1,J ( 93,58 ) Route 25,E.B. ( 95,58 ) Ibute 25,W.B. 80 80 ( 57,58 ) Ibute 25A,S.B. 20 59 H,I ( 56,59 ) Wading River-Manorville Ibad,S.B. 74 (107,59 ) Schultz Road,N.B. 74 (108,59 ) Wading River-Manorville Road,N.B. 26 ( 21,69 ) Coram and Yaphank Road,S.B. 20 69 A,L (133,69 ) Ashton Ibad, Granny Road,W.B. 80 l 79 0 (103,79 ) North Cbuntry Ibad,W.B. 67 l ( 12,79 ) Ibute 25A,N.B. 33 l 81 G, M ( 24,81 ) route 25,E.B. 54 l l ( 40,81 ) Ibute 25,W.B. 54 (109,81 ) Hollow Ibad:S.B. 46 l l ! 83 G, K ( 8,83 ) Mille'. Place-Yaphank Ibad,S.B. thcont. ( 9,83 ) Radio Avenue,S.B. Yield I 132 M ( 81,132) Wading River-Hollow Ibad,S.B. 67 ( 25,132) Iongwood Ibad,E.B. 33 'd i IV-28 l
- . -. . . =,
O O O 4 j Table XT.I. Prescribed Turn Movements Turn Receiving Node : Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion i 1 (102, 1) F Through ( 1, 35) All vehicles moving west on i Diagonal ( 1,103) North Country Road may continue west onto Shore Rd. (70%) or turn southwest onto North Country Rd. (30%). ( 3, 2) y Left ( 2, 4) All vehicles moving west on Lower 2
. Through ( 2,102) Rocky Point Road may continue west on Lower Rocky Point Rd.
(30?,) or turn south onto North Miller Place Rd. ( 70%) . I
- 3) ( 3,105) All vehicles moving west on Sound-g 3 (104, F Left .
y Lower Rocky Point Road turn south l' ' onto Sound-Lower Rocky Point Rd. N (105, 3) F Diagonal ( 3, 2) .All vehicles moving north on Sound-Lower Rocky Point Road turn
; west onto Lower Rocky Point Road.
? 4 ( :2, 4) F Through ( 4, 7) All vehicles moving southwest on Diagonal ( 4, 8) Miller Place Road may continue southwest on Echo Ave. (55%) or turn south on Miller Place Rd. (45%). i (105, 4) F Through ( 4, 8) All vehicles moving west on New Diagonal ( 4, 7) York / Echo Ave. may move south onto
Miller Place Rd. (30%) or turn southwest onto Echo Ave. (70%).
J 4
Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cmt. ) Turn Receiving Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion Node Link ( 5, 10) All vehicles moving east on North 5 (104, 5) F Through Rocky Pt. Landing Road turn south onto Hallock Landing Rd. ( 11, 5) F Left ( 5, 10) All vehicles moving northwest on North Rocky Point Landing Road turn south onto Hallock Landing Rd. F Left ( 5,104) All vehicles moving north on Hallock i ( 10, 5) Landing Road turn northwest onto North Rocky Point Landing Rd. 7 K Through ( 7, 8) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A
, g ( 30, 7)
, f continue east on Route 25A.
$ 7, 30) All vehicles moving southwest on
( 4, 7) F Diagonal ( Echo Avenue conitnue west onto Route 25A. ( 8, 7) F,K Through ( 7, 30) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A continue west on Route 25A. 8 ( 7, 8) F,K Diagonal ( 8, 83) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A 4 turn south onto Miller Place Road. ( 4, 8) F Right ( 8, 7) All vehicles moving south on Miller
- Place Road turn west onto Route 25A.
f ( 9, 8) F,G Through ( 8, 7) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A continue west on Route 25A. 4
^
(h l' O u O-i Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cmnt. ) Turn Receiving Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion < Node Link ( 8, 9) F,G Through ( 9, 10) All vehicles moving east on 9 Route 25A continue east on Route 25A. (105, 9) F Diagonal ( 9. , 8) All vehicles moving south on Sound Beach Blvd. turn west onto Route 25A. F,G Through All vehicles moving west on Route 25A ( 10, 9) ( 9, 8) continue on Route 25A, F,G Right ( 10, 78) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A 10 ( 9, 10) turn south onto Rocky Point Road. f w ( 5, 10) F Through ( 10, 78) All vehicles moving south on Hallock Landing Rd. travel south through
" onto Rocky Point Road.
F,G Diagonal ( 10, 78) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A ( 11, 10) turn south onto Rocky Point Road. F Diagonal ( ll, 10) All vehicles moving south on North 11 ( 5, 11) Rocky Point Landing Road turn west onto Route 25A. F,G Through ( 11, 10) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A ( 36, 11) continue west on Route 25A. Diagonal- ( 12, 13) All vehicles moving south on Main 12 ( 79, 12) Q Street turn southeast onto Canal Rd. i 4
O O O Table XIL Prescribed Turn Movements (cxnt. ) Turn Receiving Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion Node Link Through ( 12,8002) All vehicles moving west on Route ( 6, 12) K,0 25A continue west on Route 25A. Diagonal ( 12,8002) All vehicles moving northwest on ( 13, 12) K Right ( 12, 79) Canal Street may turn west onto Nesconset Road (30%) or turn north onto Main Street (70%) ( 12,8002) All vehicles moving north on Port ( 82, 12) K Left Jefferson and Patchogue Road turn west onto Nesconset Rd. ( 13, 17) All vehicles moving southeast on 13 ( 12, 13) K Right g Canal Road turn south onto Patchogue-p Mt. Sinai Road.
'd
( 13, 17) All vehicles moving south on ( 30, 13). K Through Right ( 13, 12) Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Road continue south on Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Rd. (20%) or turn northwest on Canal Road (80%). ( 13, 17) All vehicles moving northwest on ( 14, 13) K Left Canal Road turn south on Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Road. ( 13, 12) All vehicles moving north on ( 17, 13) K Left Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Road turn northwest onto Canal Road. 3
O . O O Table XIL- Prescribed Turn Movements (cxnt.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion r 14 ( 13, 14) K Right ( 14, 18) All vehicles moving southeast on Canal Road turn south onto Mt. Sinai-Coram Road. 1 ( 20, 14) K Through ( 14, 18) All vehicles moving south on Mt. l Sinai-Coram Road continue south l on Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. l ( 15, 14) K Left ( 14, 18) All vehicles moving west on Whiskey Through ( 14, 13) Road / Canal Road turn south onto Mt. Sinai-Coram Road (20%) or con- l tinue northwest on Canal Road (80%). E ( 18, 14) K Left ( 14, 13) All vehicles moving north on Mt. b
" Sinai-Coram Road turn west onto Canal Road.
15 ( 83, 15) G,K Through ( 15, 19) All vehicles moving south on Miller Right ( 15, 14) Place-Yaphank Road continue south on Miller Place-Yaphank Road (20%) < 1 or turn west on Whiskey Road / Canal l Road (80%). l ( 16, 15) G Left ( 15, 19) All vehicles moving west on Whiskey Through ( 15, 14) Road turn southeast on Miller Place-Yaphank Road (30%) or continue west on Whiskey Road / Canal Rd. (70%). ( 19, 15) G,K Left ( 15. 14) All vehicles moving north on Miller l Place-Yaphank Rd. turn west onto l Whiskey Road-Canal Rd. l l
O O O Table XIh Prescribed Turn Movements (cInt.) Turn Receiving Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion Node Link G Through ( 16, 19) All vehicles moving south on Rocky 16 ( 78, 16) Right ( 16, 15) Point Road continue southwest on Rocky Point Road (70%) or turn west on Whiskey Road (30%). ( 17, 4f) All vehicles moving south on Port l 17 ( 82, 17) K Diaconal Jefferson and Patchogue Road turn southwest on Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Road. N, All vehicles moving south on Left ( 17, 21) y ( 13, 17) K Through ( 17, 46) Patchogue-Mt. Sinai Road turn south on Port Jefferson-Patchogue Road (20%) or continue south on Patchogue-Mt. Sinal Road (80%), Left ( 17, 46) All vehicles moving north on Port ( 21, 17) K Jefferson and Patchogue Road turn southwest onto Patchogue-Mt Sinal Road. Diagonal ( 19, 24) All vehicles moving southeast on 19 ( 15, 19) G,K Miller Place-Yaphank Rd. turn south onto Middle Island Road. % L
( /~ ~ p Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cmt.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link. Discussion ( 16,19 ) G Through ( 19,24 ) All vehicles moving south on Rocky Point Rd. continue south on Middle Island Rd. ( 24,19 ) G,K Left ( 19,15 ) All vehicles moving north on Middle Island Rd. turn north west onto Miller-Place-Yaphank Rd. 20 (106,20 ) K Diagonal ( 20,14 ) All vehicles moving southeast on Mount Sinai-Coram Rd. continue south on Mount Sinai-Coram Rd.
'g ( 8,20 ) K Through ( 20,14 ) All vehicles moving south on Miller < Place Rd. continue south onto Mount b Siani-Coram Rd.
lm 21 ( 17,21 ) K Through ( 21,68 ) All vehicles moving south on Port Jeffer-son-Patchogue Rd. continue south on Port
, Jefferson Patchogue Rd.
( 22,21 ) K,L Through ( 21,131) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Diagonal ( 21,68 ) Rd. continue west on Middle Country Rd. (70%) or turn south on Port Jefferson-Patchogue Rd. (30%). ( 69,21 ) L,R Diagonal ( 21,131) All vehicles moving northwest on Coram (Mill Rd.) and Yaphank Rd turn west onto Middle Country Rd. 22 ( 21,22 ) K,L Through ( 22,23 ) All vehicles moving east on Middle Country Rd. continue east on Middle Country Rd. e
.. . ... - - .- .. - . ,_~. . _ . - - _ . . . _ - - .
O O O Table XIk Prescribed Turn Movements (cznt.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion , ( 18,22 ) K Right ( 22,21 ) All vehicles moving south on' Mount Sinia-Coram Rd. turns west on Middle Country Rd. . ( 23,22 ) K,L Through ( 22,21 ) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Rd. continue west on Middle Country Rd. 23 ( 22,23 ) K,L Through ( 23,24 ) All vehicles moving east on Middle ! Country Rd. continue east on Middle Country Rd.
- g ( 24,23 ) K,L .Left ( 23,133) All vehicles moving west on Middle f Through ( 23,22 ) Country Rd. continue west on Middle w Country Rd. (45%) or turn south on ,
E. Bartlett Rd. (55%). l 24 ( 23,24') K,L Right ( 24,25 ) All vehicles moving east on Middle
- Country Rd. turn south onto Yaphank Middle Island Rd.
( 19,24 ) G,K Diagonal ( 24,23 ) All vehicles moving south on Middle Island Rd. turn west on Middle Country ! Rd. i ( 81,24 ) G,M Diagonal ( 24,25 ) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Rd. turn south onto Yaphank
- Middle Island Rd.
( 25,24 ) L,M Left ( 24,23 ) All vehicles moving north on Yaphank l t Middle Island Rd. turn west onto Middle Country Rd. l i
f3 O' d f' - V U Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (crot.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion L,M Through ( 25,26 ) All vehicles moving south Yaphank-25 ( 24,25 ) Middle Island Rd. continue south on Yaphank-Middle Island Rd. L,M Through ( 26,127) All vehicles moving south on Yaphank-26 ( 25,26 ) Diagonal ( 26,125) Middle Island Rd. continue south on Sills Rd. ( 55%) or turn southeast on Main Street (45%). ( 28,26 ) L,M Left ( 26,127) All vehicles moving northwest on Main Street turn southwest onto Sills Rd. K Right ( 30,13 ) All vehicles moving east on 25A turn s 30 ( 6,30 ) y south onto Patchogue-Mount Sinai Rd. U K Left ('30,13 ) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A ( 7,30 ) Through ( 30,6 ) turn south on Patchogue-Mount Sinai Rd. (40%) or continue west on route 25A (60%). (125,34 ) L,M Through ( 34,67 ) All vehicles moving south on Yaphank Rd. 34 continue south on Yaphank Rd. ( 11,36 ) F,G Diagonal ( 36,80 ) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A 36 turn south onto Randall Rd. ( 85,36 ) A Diagonal ( 36,37 ) All vehicles moving southwest on North Country Rd. turn east onto Route 25A. ( 37,36 ) A,B Left ( 36,80 ) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A. ( 80,36 ) B,G Right ( 36,37 ) All vehicles moving north on Randall Rd. turn east onto Route 25A.
_ . . . . . _ _ _ _ .._,. .._. _ __, ~ . . . . _ . . . _ _ O I Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. )
' Turn Receiving Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion Node Link
- b Diagonal ( 37,84 ) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A ,
l 37 ( 36,37 ) A,B turn south onto William Floyd Parkway ; l extension. All vehicles moving west on Route 25A 4 9 Left ( 37,84 ) i ( 53,37.) C turn south onto William Floyd Parkway extension.
- ( 37, 36) All vehicles moving north on William B,C Left -
( 84,37 ) Floyd Parkway extension turn west on i Route 25A. l i i H
'. .W 4i l 00 1
1 1 e i T t i.
.D- O U
Tabic)EI: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) i Turn Receivin(J Node Link Zone Movement (n) Link Discussion 1 B,G Throuah ( 38, 40) All vehicles moving south on Randall 38- (-80, 38) Right ( 38, 40) Rd. continue south on Ridge Rd. ( 16, 38) B,G ( 33, 40) All traffic on Uhiskey Rd. turns ( 31, 38) D,G Left south onto Ridge Rd. 1 ( 38, 39) B,G Right ( 39, 121) All vehicles moving east on Whiskey 39 Rd. turn south onto William Floyd Pkwy. Extension. a ( 84, 39) B,C Through ( 39, 121) All vehicles moving south on William , w Floyd Pkwy. Extension continue south i
- on William Floyd Pkwy. Extension.
( 41, 39)' C,G Through ( 39, 84) All vehicles moving north on William Floyd Pkwy. Extension continue north on William Floyd Pkwy. Extension. t (38, 40) G Through ( 40, 103) All vehicles moving south on Ridge 40 Diagonal ( 40, 81) Rd. may turn west on Middle Country Rd. (50%) or continue south on Smith Rd. (50%)
O o O Table >GI: Prescribed Turn Movements (cznt. ) Turn Rccciving Link Discussion Node Link Zone Movement (s) , ( 40, 81) All vehicles moving west on Middle G Through ( 99, 40) Country Rd. continue west on Middle Country Rd. i ( 42, 44) All vehicles moving east on Longwood 42 (109, 42) M Diagonal Rd. turn south on Hilliam Floyd Pkwy. (right lane and enter LIE west). E Through ( 42, 44) All vehicles moving south on William ( 87, 42) G,H Floyd Parkway may continue south i Diagonal ( 42, 43) o on William Floyd Pkwy or turn onto ramp to LIS west. ( 42, 87) All vehicles moving north on William H,M Through (120, 42) Floyd Pkwy. Extension continue north on William Floyd Pkwy. Extension, ( 43,118) All vehicles moving south on William Through j 43 ( 42, 43) M Floyd Pkwy. Extension left lane will l continue south on William Floyd Pkwy. ' Extension. Right hand lane (i.e., shoulder) will enter ramp onto LIE. Center lane traffic may either enter l rang or continue south. l
O O O Table NII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 44 (122, 44) H,M Through ( 44, 48) All vehicles moving west on the ( 42, 44) H,M Through ( 44, 48) Long Island Expressway continue west on the Long Island Express-way. All vehicles on Service Road use two lanes to enter LIE. 45 ( 89, 45) M,N Diagonal ( 45,129) All vehicles moving south on William Floyd Parkway Extension, turn west on Sunrise Highway. ( 90, 45) N Through ( 45,129) All vehicles moving west on Sunrise
- - Highway continue west on Sunrise g Highway.
1 H 51 ( 91, 51) E Through ( 51, 53) All vehicles moving southwest on North Wading River Road turn south onto North Country Road and Wading 4 River Manorville Road. i L l 53 ( 51, 53) C,D Through ( 53, 56) All vehicles moving south on North Country and Wading River Manorville Road continue south on Wading River Manorville Road. l - L_ __ m . _ --
_ - _ . = _. O O o Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) Receiving i Turn Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion ( 54, 53) D Left ( 53, 56) All vehicles moving west on Route 25A turn south onto Wading River-Manorville-Road. ( 56, 53) c,D Left ( 53, 37) All vehicles moving north on Wading River-Manorville Road turn west onto Route 25A. D Through ( 54, 55) All vehicles moving east on Route 25A 54 ( 53, 54) continue east on Route 25A. ( 51, 54) D, E Left ( 54, 55) All vehicles moving southeast on North Country Road turn east onto f Sound Avenue. e ( 55, 54) E Through ( 54, 53) All vehicles moving west on Sound Avenue continue west on Route 25A. ( 57, 54) D, E Left ( 54, 53) All vehicles moving northwest on Route 25A turn and continue west on Route 25A. E ( 55, 57) All vehicles moving east on Sound 55 ( 54, 55) Right Avenue turn south ontoHulse Landing Rd. E, J Through ( 55, 57) All vehicles moving south on Hulse ( 52, 55) Landing Road continue south on Hulse Landing Road. ( 92, 55) J Left ( 55, 57) All vehicles moving west on Sound Avenue turn south onto Hulse Landing Road.
O O O Tabic XIL- Prescribed Turn Movements (cont.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 56 ( 86, 56) C,H Right ( 56, 59) All vehicles moving east on Middle Country Road turn south on Hading River-Manorville Road. 1 1 ( 53, 56) C,D Throuah ( 56, 59) All vehicles moving south on Wading l River-Manorville Road continue south on Wading River 'fanorville Road. E i I
* ( 93, 56) D,I Left ( 56, 59) All vehicles moving west on Middle l Through ( 56, 86) Country Road turn south on Wading River-Manorville Road (60%) or continue west on Middle Country Road (40%) .
( 59, 56) H,I Left ( 56, 86) All vehicles moving north on Wading River-Manorville Road turn west onto Middle Country Road. I 57 ( 54, 57) D,E Through ( 57, 58) All vehicles moving southeast on Route 25A continue southeast on Route 25A. ( 55, 57) E,J Diagonal ( 57, 58) All vehicles moving south on Hulse Landing Rd. turn southeast onto Route 25A.
O O O Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) 4 i Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion ( 58, 57) D,J Through ( 57, 54) All vehicles moving northwest ~on Route 25A continue northwest on Route 25A. 58 ( 93, 58) D,I Through ( 58, 95) All vehicles moving east on Middle i Country Road continue cast on Middle Country Road. i ( 57, 58) D,J Diagonal ( 58, 95) All vehicles moving southeast on Route 25A turn east on Middle Country l Road. 'NI b i 59 ( 56, 59) H,I Through ( 59,107) All vehicles moving south on Wading River-Manorville Road continue south on Schultz Road. i l i
O O O Table ICII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) Turn lieceiViny Noile 1..i n l; Zone Movemen L (n) 1. i n k 1)incunnion 60 ( 72, 60) I,0 Diagonal ( 60, 96) All vehicles moving north on Wading River Road turns on the ramp to go west on the Long Island Expressway. 61 (108, 61) I Through ( 61, 98) All vehicles moving south on Manor Road / David Terry Street continue on the ramp of the Long Island Express-way West. 63 ( 97, 63) N,0 Right ( 63,8009) All vehicles moving south on Wading Diagonal ( 63, 90) River Road /Chichester Avenue turn west on Sunrise Highway (90%) or east y on Sunrise Highway (10%). < 7 ( 64,3010) All vehicles moving east on Nugent 64 ( 66, 64) S Through
$ Drive continue east on Flanders Rd.
( 65, 64) S Through (64,8010) All vehicles moving east on Route 25 and West Main Street continue east , onto Flanders 67 ( 34, 67) L,M Through ( 67,129) All vehicles moving south on Yaphank l Road continue south on Yaphank Road. 69 ( 21, 69) L Right ( 69,130) All vehicles moving south-southeast turn west onto Granny Road. j (133, 69) L Through ( 69,130) All vehicles moving west on Ashton Road-Granny Road continue west on Granny Road. 6
,O '
NJ' NJ Table XII. Prescribed Turn Movements (cont. ) Turn ' Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 71 ( 96, 71) H,I Through ( 71, 88) All vehicles moving west on the LIE Right ( 71,117) continue west on the LIE (95%) or turn off ramp and move south on Wading River Road (5%). 72 ( 95, 72) N,0 Diagonal ( 72,116) All vehicle moving north on Wading River Road turn on the ramp to move east on the LIE. 73 ( 95, 73) I,J Diagonal. ( 73,128) All vehicles moving east on Middle Country Road turn south onto Edward Avenue. ( 70, 73) J,P Diagonal ( 73, 75) All vehicles moving south on Edwards Ave. turn east onto Middle Country Road. ( 75, 73) 0,P Left ( 73,128) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country i Road turn south onto Edwards Avenue. 74 (128, 74) .I,0 Right ( 74, 75) All vehicles moving west on Edwards Ave. S. Diagonal ( 74, 94) turn onto the LIE east (20%) or west on the LIE (80%). 75 ( 73, 75) O,P Right ( 75, 74) All vehicles moving east on Middle Country Road turn west onto the LIE. ( 74, 75) I,0 Left ( 75, 73) All vehicles moving east on the LIE turn Diagonal ( 75, 76) west onto Middle Country Road (40%) or turn east on Old Country Road (60%).
_= 0 0 0 Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont.) Turn Rocciving i Nodo Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion ( 76, 75) O,P Diagonal ( 75, 73) All vehicles moving west on Old Country Road continue west on tiiddle Country Road. j ( 65, 75) O Diagonal ' ( 75, 74) All vehicles moving west on Route 25 turn west onto the Long Island Expressway. , 77 ( 76, 77) P,S Through (77,8011) All vehicles moving east on Old Country Road continue east on Old g Country Road. ' 1 79 ( 12, 79) Q Left (79,8001) All vehicles moving north on Port Jefferson-Patchogue Road turn west onto Sheep Pasture Road. 1 ( 40, 81) G,M Through ( 81, 24) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Road continue west on Middle Country Road. (132, 81) Diagonal '3 M ( 81, 24) All vehicles moving north on Wading River Hollow Road turn west onto
?tiddle Countrr Road.
a
T O O O Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (crot. ) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link . Discussion 83 ( 8, 83) G,K Through ( 83, 15) All vehicles moving south on Miller Place Yaphank Road con-tinue south on Miller Place Yap-hank Road. ( 9, 83) G Diagonal ( 83, 15) All vehicles moving south-south-west turn south onto Miller Place Yaphank Road. 89 (118, 89) M,N Through ( 89, 45) All vehicles moving south on William Floyd Parkway continue south on William Floyd Parkway. H y ( 45, 89) M,N Through ( 89, 49) All vehicles moving north on a William Floyd Parkway continue m north on William Floyd Parkway. 97 (115, 97) 11 Through ( 97, 63) All vehicles moving south on Wading River Road continue south on Wading River Road /Chichester Avenue. 99 (101, 99) G Right ( 99,110) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Road turn on ramp to move south on William Floyd Parkway. 101 ( 86,101) C , II Chro"nh 'l^1, "9) All vehicles moving west on Middle
. Country Road continue west on Middle Countrv Road
- O O O Table XII. Prescribed Turn Movements (ccnt. )
Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 104 ( 5,104) F Through (104, 3) All vehicles moving northwest on North Rocky Point Landing Road turn west onto Lower Rocky Point Road. 105 ( 3,105) F Diagonal (105, 4) All vehicles moving south on Sound Beach Blvd. continue south on New York Avenue / Echo Avenue. 109 ( 40,109) G,M Diagonal (109, 42) All vehicles moving south on Smith Road i turn east on Longwood Road. (132,109) M Through (109, 42) All vehicles moving east on Longwood Road continue east on Longwood Road. y 110 (121,110) G Through (110,112) All vehicles moving south on William i Floyd Parkway continue south on Willian Floyd Parkway. i 1 + , 112 (110,112) G Through (112, 87) All vehicles moving south on William Floyd Parkway continue south on i~ William Floyd Parkway. 1 , 1 I b e 9 . _ _ _ --
O O O Table XII: Prescribed Turn Movements (cont.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 113 ( 40,113) G Right (113,112) All vehicles moving east on Middle
. Country Road turn onto the ramp to move south on William Floyd Parkway.
115 (117,115) H,N Through (115, 97) All vehicles moving south on Wading 4 River Road continue south on Wading River Road, 116 (114,116) H,N,0 Through (116, 98) All vehicles moving east on the Long Island Expressway continue east on the Long Island Expressway. E J, 117 (107,117) H,I Diagonal (117, 71) All vehicles moving south on Center c) Moriches Rd. turn onto the ramp moving l west on the Long Island Exnressway. 118 ( 43,118) M Through (118, 89) All vehicles moving south on William Diagonal (118,119) Floyd Parkway continue south on William Floyd ranp noving eaa Pgrkway,or turn on une LIE onto the (50%). 120 ( 49,120) H,N Diagonal (120,122) All vehicles moving north on William Floyd Parkway turn onto the ramp of the Long Island Expressway moving west. I l
- O O O t
Table XII: Prescribed Turn 'fovements (concl.) Turn Receiving Node Link Zone Movement (s) Link Discussion 125 ( 26,125) L, ?! Diagonal (125, 33) All vehicles moving south on Main Street Through (125, 34) turn onto the ramp moving west on the Long Island Expressway (40%) or continue south on Yaphank Rd. (60%). 127 ( 26,127) L Through (127, 29) All vehicles moving south on Sills Rd. continue southwest on Sills Rd. 128 ( 74,128) O Through (128, 66) All vehicles moving east on the Long Island Expressway ramp continue east onto Nugent Drive. ( 73,128) I,0 Right (128, 74) All vehicles moving south on Edwards s Avenue turn west onto the Long Island 7 Expressway.
?
( 66,128 O Through (128, 74) All vehicles noving west on Nugent Drive continue onto the Long Island Exoressway Moving west. 129 ( 67,129) M Diagonal (129,8007) All vehicles moving south on Yaphank Road continue south on Yaphand Road. ( 45,129) M Through (129,8007) All vehicles moving west on Sunrise Highway continue west on Sunrise Highway. 131 ( 21,131) O Through (131,8004) All vehicles moving west on Middle Country Road continue west on Middle Country Road. ( 25,132) M Through (132,109) All vehicles noving east on Longwood Road continue east on Longwood Road. 1 .
! O O O FIGURE 8
' TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS CENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR OFFICERS I 1. If your post is at a signalized intersection, open the police panel on the controller and set the signal on ,
l FLASHING operation. ! 2. Where indicated below, additional signals will also have to be placed on FLASHING operation prior to l 1 - l assuming your post. ! 3. Emergency vehicles and school buses are to be given priority a ALL times, even if their routing conflicts i with vehicle routing or traffic post instructions. s . . I 4. Return signal to normal operation prior to abandoning post.
- Y-1 NN
- OFFICERS F.D.*
i LOCATION 20NE(S) STRATEGY j ,i 1 North Country Rd. 8 LILCO site PREVENT trafEic from proceeding west on 1 S.C. 4 Randall Rd. North Country Rd. Redirect traffic south 4 on Randall Rd., or east on North Country j Rd. LILCO employees with proper I.D. , ' will be allowed through post. . i 1 North Country Rd. 9 LILc0 site PREVENT access onto North Country Rd. 1 S.C. ! 2 j Pheasant Run Redirect traf fic south on Pheasant Run. . 5 LILCO employees with proper I.D. will be
- allowed through post.
i
- ~
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
) ' { t
~
O O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS l I POST LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.* LILCO site PREVENT traffic from proceeding east,on 1 S.C. 3 North Country Rd. 9 Valentine Rd. North Country Rd. Redirect traffic west on North Country Rd. LILCO employees with proper I.D. will be allowed through post. North Country Rd. 6 A with F PREVENT traffic from proceeding east on 1 S.C. s 4 Belle Meade Av. North Country Rd. Redirect traffic I south onto Belle Meade Av. v' I North Country Rd. 6 A with F . PREVENT traffic from proceeding south on 1 S.C. 5 Woodville Rd. Woodville Rd. Redirect traffic east along North Country Rd. to Belle Meade Av. Set signal at Rt. 25A and Randall Rd. on 1 S.C. 6 Rt. 25A 9 F Ridge Rd. flash, then proceed to post. DIRECT eastbound traffic south on Ridge Rd.; DIRECT southbound traffic from Belle Meade Av. east on Rt. 25A.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police 3
! O O O ! FIGURE 8 E TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS I
I POST OFFICERS P.D.* ZONE (S) STRATEGY l # LOCATION h S.C. Ridge Rd. 6 F PREVENT traffic from proceeding east on 1 7 Whiskey Rd. Whiskey Rd. DIRECT all traffic south on Ridge Rd. j B with A DIRECT eastbound traffic to southbound 1 S.C. 8 CR 46 9 Whiskey Rd. on William Floyd Pkwy. Use southbound shoulder as entrance ramp, if necessary.
?
F DIRECT 50s of southbound traffic west. 2 S.C. ! 9 Rt. 25 8 Ridge Rd. 50% south. FACILITATE westbound throuah { movement on Rt. 25. PREVENT traffic from proceeding cast on Rt. 25. l Redirect eastbound traffic south down
- residential streets. See Node 40, Table -
4 C or D DIRECT eastbound traffic on Rt. 25 2 RR 10 Rt. 25 6 southbound on Wading River Manor Rd. Wading River Manor Rd. l DIRECT southbound traffic on Wading l River Manor Rd. to continue south. DIRECT
- northbound Wading River Manor Rd.
l traffic (if any) west on Rt. 25. i I RE/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept.
l i ^- _ __ _ - _ - _ .
O O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS 4 POST f
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.*
i 11 Grumman Blvd. 9 I MAINTAIN southbound flow on Wading River 1 RR Wading River Manor Rd. (weekdays) River Manor Rd. ASSIST Grumman traffic exiting Crumman Blvd. and proceeding either north or south, i 12 Rt. 25A 9 E DIRECT southbound traffic on Hulse 1 RR j g Rulse Landing Rd. Landing Rd. to southeast on Rt. 25A.
<: FACILITATE southeast traffic already vi Proceeding on Rt. 25A. DIRECT all v' northwest traffic north on Hulse Landing Rd.
i 13 Rt. 25 9 E or J DIRECT southeast traffic on Rt. 25A to 1 ER Rt. 25A eastbound Rt. 25. FACILITATE eastbound through traffic on Rt. 25. DIRECT westbound traffic on Rt. 25 northwest on Rt. 25A. 1 14 Rt. 25 9 E or J DIRECT all eastbound traffic on Rt. 25 1 RR
} Edwards Av. south on Edwards Av. DIRECT all south-bound traffic on Edwards Av. east on Rt. 25.
*S.C./Suf folk County Police Dept. .
RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police i . i
O O O t l FIGURE S 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS MR #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
1 15 Grumman Blvd. 8 I MAINTAIN southbound flow on Edwards Av. 1 RH
- Edwards Av. (weekdays) ASSIST Grumman traffic in exiting
- Grumman Blvd. and proceeding either north or south on Edwards Av.
I i 16 Rt. 495 9 E or I or J ASSIST vehicles from Edwards Av. to 1 S.C. E Exit 71 Entrance Ramp enter Rt. 495 westbound by establishing l strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. j m 495. $ 17 Nugent Drive (CR 94) e O or S ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent all west- 1 S.C. Rt. 495, Exit 71, bound travel on CR 94. Redirect 4 Exit Ramp traffic eastbound on Nugent Dr. l 18 River Rd. west of Roll- 0 or S ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent south- 1 RH ) l in Mobile Home Park bound travel on River Rd. Redirect j traffic north on River Rd. to Rt. 25. 1 i 19 Rt. 25 e O or S ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent west- 1 RH l River Rd. bound travel on Rt. 25. Redirect traffic east on Rt. 25. } i i *S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. . SH/Southampton Town Police i
- - - _ . ~ . . . . .. .- __ .. - .- -
o o o i FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS i 4 POST # i # LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATECT OFFICRES P.D.* I l 20 Rt. 25 9 0 or S Set signal at Rt. 25 and Osborn *Av. 1 RH
- i Court St. on flash, then proceed to post. ASSIST eastbound through traffic on Rt.25 and FACILITATE southbound flow over first i
river crossing (CR 94A). g 21 Rt. 25 9 0 or S Set signal at Rt. 25 and Griffing Av. on 1 RH
- <: Peconic Av. flash, then proceed to post. FACILITATE
- di eastbound to nouthbound flow on Peconic
'J Avenue across second river crossing.
i i 22 Rt. 25 6 0 or S DIRECT all southbound traffic on Roanoke 1 RH i Roanoke Av. Av. eastbound on Rt. 25. 23 Rt. 25 e CR 105 n/a See all signals on CR 58 between Rt. 25/ 2 RH j (May 1 to Oct I weekends) Rt. 495 and CR 43 on flash, then proceed to post. ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent travel westbound on Rt. 25. Redirect j westbound traffic on Rt. 25 south on CR
- 105. FACILITATE eastbound to southbound i turns on CR 105.
1 j *S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. 'SH/Southampton Town Police 4 I
O . O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS i i
', POST f ; # LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
2 I 24 Rt. 27 9 Exit. 62 (CR 111) n/a ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent entry 1 SH j (May I to Oct I weekends) onto CR 111 northbound. 4 25 Rt. 27 @ 0 or S Set signal at CR 51 and CR 55 on flash, 1 S.C. Exit 61 (CR 51) then procend to post. ASSIST vehicles 4 from CR 51 to enter Rt. 27 westbound by g establishing strategy indicated in Fig. j 8.2 on Rt. 27. ] $ 26 Rt. 27 @ 0 ASSIST vehicles from Wading River Manor 1 S.C. Wading River Manor Rd. . Rd. to enter Rt. 27 westbound by
- establishing strategy indicated in Fig.
8.2 on Rt. 27. 1 27 Rt. 495 6 C or I or N ASSIST vehicles from Wading River Manor 1 S.C. tait 69 Entrance Ramp Rd. to enter Rt. 495 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 495. 28 Wading River Manor Rd. 6 C or I ASSIST southbound movement through 4-way 1 S.C.
- North Street stop signs at intersection.
*S.C./Suffolk Cranty Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
~
i
, FICURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST f f LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
29 Rt. 27 9 M or N ASSIST vehicles from Victory Av. to 1 S.C. Victory Av. Entrance enter Rt. 27 westbound by establishing Ramp strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt.
- 27. ,
30 CR 46 @ M or N Set signal at CR 46 and Moriches-Middle 1 S.C. w Victory Av. Island Rd. on flash, then proceed to I post. ASSIST southbound to westbound g terns on Victory Av. 31 CR 46 8 M HONITOR .and provide assistance to 1 S.C. I Rt. 495 Westbound vehicles exiting William Floyd Pkwy. Entrance Ramp at Rt. 495. 32A Rt. 495 e M ASSIST vehicles from CR 46 to enter Rt. 1 S.C. Exit 68 Entrance Ramp 495 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 495. 328 Rt. 495 6 A or B or C ASSIST vehicles from CR 46 to enter Rt. 5 S.C. Exit 68 Entrance Ramp with R or N 495 North Service Rd. and Rt. 495 Entrance Ramp westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.3. When traffic demands on CR 46 ramp or North Service Rd. diminished, T!!EN revert to strategy of Post 32A. cS.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RN/Riverhead Police Dept. Sil/Southampton Town Police
FIGURE 8 ; 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS 1 POST f '
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATECT OFFICERS F.D.*
33 CR 46 6 A or B or C ASSIST southbound flow on William Floyd 1 S.C. j Longwood Rd./BNL or D or E Pkwy. ASSIST school buses to cross the southbound lanes of CR 46 to proceed i northbound. , 34 Longwood Rd. e G PREVENT westbound traffic on Longwood 1 S.C. Smith Rd. Rd. except for school buses. DIRECT all i E southbound traffic on Smith Rd. east on , Longwood Rd. toward William Floyd Parkway. E 35 Rt. 25 6 F or G , Set both signals by the TSS Store on 2 S.C. CR 21 Rt. 25 on flash, then proceed to post.
; PREVEfff traffic from proceeding west on Rt. 25. DIRECT all westbound traffic south on CR 21. DIRECT all eastbound
] traffic south on CR 21. ]
- 36. CR 21 9 F PREVENT all traffic from proceeding 1 S.C.
j Middle Island Rd. south on CR 21. DIRECT all traffic
- southbound on Middle Island Rd.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police 1
4
O O O FICURE 8 , TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATECY OFFICERS P.D.*
37 Rt. 25A 8 F Set signals at Ridge Rd. by Ridge 1 S.C. Broadway Elementary School, AND Broadway at King Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. PREVENT traffic from proceeding west on
- Rt. 25A. DIRECT southbound traffic i
from Broadway east on Rt. 25A. 38 Rt. 25 A 8 F Set signals at Rt. 25A and Rocky Point 2 S.C.
$ CR 21 Landing Rd., AND Hallock Landing Rd. at Rocky Point Landing Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. DIRECT all traffic
, southbound on CR 21.
5 39 Lower Rocky Point Rd. 8 F ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent east and 1 S.C. Caddy Pl. westbound traffic. DIRECT eastbound traffic south on Caddy Pl.; westbound traffic must U-turn. s i 40 Rt. 25A 8 F Set signal at Rt. 25A and Westchester 1 S.C. North Country Rd. Dr. on flash, then proceed to post. (west of Rocky Point) PREVENT traffic from proceeding east-bound on Rt. 25A. DIRECT all traffic westbound on Rt. 25A. , 1
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Rivarhead Polica Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police I
I O . O O I FIGURE 8 i TRAPFIC CONTROL POSTS l POST f i # LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.* 41 Rt. 25A 6 F Set signals at Miller Place Rd. and 1 S.C. Miller Place Rd. Echo Av., AND Echo Av. at North Country Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. ASSIST westbound flow on Rt. '5A. , FACILITATE heavy school bus movements through intersection. 42 Lower Rocky Point Rd. 8 F Set signal at North Country Road School 1 S.C. C North Country Rd. (Cully Landing Rd.) on flash, then , proceed to post. ESTABLISH roadblock 4 to prevent traffic from proceeding 4
. south on North Country Rd. DIRECT all ; traffic west on North Country Rd./ Lower Rocky Point Rd.
i 43 North Country Rd. 9 F ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. j Pipe Stave Hollow Rd. from proceeding south on Pipe Stave j Hollow Rd. DIRECT all traffic west on i North Country Rd. I 44 North Country Rd. 8 F or K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. Mt. Sinai-Coran Rd. from proceeding south on Mt. Sinal-Coran Rd. DIRECT all traffic west on North
, Country Rd. ASSIST school buses wishing ; to proceed east on North Country Rd.
cS.C./Suffolk County _ Police Dept. RH/Riverliend Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police 1 ,
O- . O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST f f LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.* 45 North Country Rd. @ F or K Set signal at Rt. 25A and Rt. 347 on 1 S.C. Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. flash, then proceed to post. ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traf fic from proceeding south on Crystal Brook Hollow Rd. DIRECT all traffic west on North Country Rd. ASSIST school buses wishing to proceed east on North Country Rd. E, . . . [] 46 North Country Rd. @ F or K FACILITATE westbound movement through 1 S.C. Belle Terre Rd. intersection. or Q ACCOMMODATE emergency vehicle movements throagh intersection from hospitals. 47 Rt. 25A 6 F or K Set signals at Rt. 347 and Jayne Blvd., 1 S.C. Lower Sheep Pasture Rd. AND Rt. 347 at Terryville Rd. on flash, l then proceed to post. ESTABLISH road-block to prevent traffic from proceeding south on Rt. 25A. DIRECT all traffic westbound on Lower Sheep Pasture Rd. i 48 Rt. 25A 9 Q Set signal at Rt. 25A and Barnum Av. on 1 S.C. East Broadway flash, then proceed to post. FACILITATE northbound to westbound Rt. 25A traffic, t and westbound through traffic from East Broadway. An a fa ce se a e oe = .
- O O FIGURE 8 O !
TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS I l I POST f LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.* Set signals at Rt. 112 and Terryville 2 S.C. 49 Rt. 112 @ Q Rt. 25A/Hallock Av. Rd., AND Rt. 112 at Doris Av., AND Rt. , 112 at Cherub Lane on flash, then proceed to post. DIRECT all traffic south on Rt. 112. 50 Rt. 112 6 K FACILITATE southbound Rt. 112 to west- 2 S.C. Rt. 347 bound Rt. 347 turns, and westbound
? through traffic on Rt. 347. j g l l
51 Terryville Rd. 8 K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. I I University Av. from proceeding north on Terryville Rd. Redirect traffic eastbound on University Av. Jayne Blvd. @ K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. 52 Roosevelt Av. from proceeding north on Jayne Blvd. Redirect traffic eastbound on Roosevelt Av. , Roosevelt Av. 8 K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. 53 Lamport Av. from proceeding north on Lamport Av. Redirect traffic eastbound on Roosevelt Av. i
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police l
O O O
~
FICURE 8 i TRAFFIC CONTROL FOSTS 1 j POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS 'P.D.*
54 Rt. 112 9 K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C.
- Rose Lane from proceeding north on Rt. 112.
Redirect traffic south on Rt. 112 or j east on Rose Lane. FACILITATE heavy school bus traffic north on Rt. 112. 55 Rt. 25A e F or K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C. g
- <
- Mt. Sinai-Coran Rd. from proceeding south on Mt. Sinai-Coram j m Rd. DIRECT southbound traffic west on Rt. 25A. DIRECT any northbound traffic j on Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. east on Rt. 25A.
i , FACILITATE westbound through traffic. i 5, I 56 Rt. 25A 8 F or K ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 2 S.C. CR 83 from proceeding south on CR 83. DIRECT l
- any northbound traffic on CR 83 east on j- Rt. 25A. FACILITATE westbound through traffic. ASSIST school buses northbound on CR 83 to proceed west on Rt. 25A.
t F ASSIST merge of traffic from Echo Av. to 1 S.C. j 57 Rt. 25A 9 Echo Av. westbound Rt. 25A. FACILITATE westbound through traffic on Rt. 25A f
*S.C./Suffolk County . Police Dept. RH/Riverhead, Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police 1
i
FIGURE 8 l l _ TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS j I POST I LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.* l K ASSIST turns from eastbound Canal Rd. to 1 S.C. 58 CR 83 9 Canal Rd. southbound CR 83. FACILITATE southbound through traffic on CR 83. ASSIST school buses wishing to cross the two south- l bound lanes of CR 83 to proceed north. 1 1 K Set signals at Rt. 112 and Pine Rd., 1 S.C. s 59 .Rt. 112 @ y CR 83 AND CR 83 at Pine Rd. on flash, then , as proceed to post. PREVENT southbound traffic on Rt. 112.
#' DIRECT all traffic
. south on CR 83.
l i K Set signal at CR 83 and Old Town Rd. on 1 S.C. 60 CR 83 @ l Bawkins Path flash, then proceed to post. DIRECT southbound right lane of CR 83 onto Hawkins Path westbound. ONLY school
- buses may continue southbound in right lane. Allow southbcund left lane to " continue southbound.
Hawkins Path @ K PREVENT traffic from proceeding north on 1 S.C. 61 Hawkins Rd. Hawkins Path. FACILITATE westbound flow on Hawkins Rd.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead, Police Dept. Sil/Southampton Town Police m_
. . , . - - _ - . - - . ~ . _ . - .. . -- . .
O ' O O - FIGURE 8 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL FOSTS POST f 1 i LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.* 62 Hawkins Rd. 9 K Set signal at Old Town Rd. and Boyle Rd. 1 S.C. Old Town Rd. on flash, then proceed to post.
. FACILITATE westbound through traffic on Hawkins Rd., and westbound to northbound i on Old Town Rd. right turns.
i ! s 63 Rt. 25 9 K DIRECT all southbound traffic on CR 83 2 S.C. j < CR 83 west on Rt. 25. DIRECT all westbound I as traffic on Rt. 25 south on CR 83. ONLY '
school buses will be permitted to make 4
i southbound left turns and proceed east < , on Rt. 25. I i 64 CR 83 9 K Set signals at College Rd. and Horse- 1 S.C. l Mooney Pond Rd. block Pl., AND College Rd. at Waverly i Av., AND College Rd. at Mooney.. Pond i Rd., AND Mooney Pond Rd. at Blue Point ! Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. j' DIRECT all southbound traffic on CR 83 west on Mooney Pond Rd. ' i j i *S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town.Folice e i e )
O O O
~ ~
FIGURE 8 i TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS 5 . POST
. # LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.*
65 Rt. 25 e - F or G FACILITATE lef t turns from westbound 2 S.C. Rt. 112- 4 Rt. 25 to southbound Rt. 112 or K FACILITATE westbound through traffic on Rt. 25. i i Ei 66 Rt. 112 e F or G FACILITATE all traffic movements 2 S.C.
$ Smith Rd./ Mill Rd. proceeding to southbound Rt. 112.
67 Rt. 25 e G . Set signal at Coram Elementary School 2 S.C. l Mt. Sinai-Coran Rd. (on Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd.) on flash, then l proceed to post. ASSIST southbound to westbound Rt. 25 traffic, and westbound i - through traffic on Rt. 25. ASSIST school buses to proceed north on Mt. Sinai-Coram Rd. 68 Rt. 112 e F or G or R DIRECT all southbound traffic on Rt. 2 S.C.
+
Granny Rd. 112 west on Cranny Rd. DIRECT all westbound traffic on Granny Rd. south on Rt. 112. 6
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Polica i
4
O - O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
69 Be11 port Av./ Station Rd. L ESTABLISH roadblock across Mill Rd. I S.C. 8 Mill Rd. Just east of intersection. ONLY school buses may proceed through roadblock westbound on Mill Rd. Any vehicular traffic proceeding westbound on this leg of the intersection should be turned around to proceed east only. - Ul
@ 70 Rt. 495 9 F or G Set signal at CR 101 and the South 1 ,
S.C. Exit 66 Entrance Ramp ' Service Road on flash, then proceed to post. ASSIST vehicles from Sills Rd. (CR 101) to enter Rt. 495 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 495. 71 CR 21 9 M Set signal at CR 21 and Long Island Av. 1 S.C. CR 16 on flash, then proceed to post. FACILITATE coathbound through traffic on CR 21. 72 Rt. 27 @ M ASSIST vehicles from CR 21 to enter Rt. I S.C. CR 21 Entrance Ramp 27 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 27.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead , Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
73 Rt. 27 8 L ASSIST vehicles from Be11 port Av. to 1 S.C. Bellport Av./ Station Rd. enter Rt. 27 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 27. 74 Rt. 27 8 L ASSIST vehicles from CR 101 to enter Rt. I S.C.. CR 101 Entrance Ramp 27 westbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 27. s . 4 . 75 CR 99 8 L Set signals at CR 99 and CR 101, AND CR 2 S.C. Bellport Av./ Station Rd. 101 at Southaven Av. on flash, then
. proceed to post. FACILITATE southbound traffic on Be11 port Av.
i 76 CR 101 8 L Set signal at CR 101 and CR 16 on flash, 2 S.C. Be11 port Av./ Station Rd. then proceed to post. DIRECT southbound traffic on Be11 port Av. south on CR 101. DIRECT southbound traffic on CR 101 south on Be11 port Av. f 77 Rt. 495 8 R ASSIST vehicles from Rt. 112 to enter 1 S.C. < - Exit 64 Entrance Ramp Rt. 495 vestbound by establishing strategy indicated in Fig. 8.2 on Rt. 495.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead' Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
t p D
- ( V s
FIGURE 8 4'
,1 - TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS
, //'#.
. ; . s -
POST LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.* i e. f
,/
~
,' .78. t. 112 8 R Set signal at Rt. 112 and the North 2 S.C.
CR 16 Service Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. ASSIST southbound through traffic
- on Rt. 112. FACILITATE traffic from westbound CR 16 to southbound Rt. 112.
l s' 4 s 79 CR 83 h F or G Set signal at Granny Rd. and Oakdale Av. 2 S.C. Cranny Rd. on flash, then proceed to post.
? FACILITATE westbound through movement on
-4 ,
/ Granny Rd.
J ,. lh'
.. ,'s ,
- 7 80 CR 16 8 F or G Set signal at CR 16 and Blue Point Rd. 1 S.C.
a# Grandy" Rd./Woodmont Pl. on flash, then proceed t.o post. FACILITATE merge of traffic from west-
' p bound Granny Rd. to westbound CR 16.
e
' e
- </ 81 +
Rtd27.0 , L , H , N, 0, FACILITATE wcsthound through traffic on 2 S.C.
#.- Phyllis Drive P or S Rt. 27.
- /J; k V,
' i - [
Rt'.,27 0 FACILITATE westbound through traffic on 2 S.C.
'j./#
32 l' L,M,N.O,
~,j 7. Washington Av. P or S Rt. 27.
j ' 51 - I f ew *S.C./Suffolk'$ u.nty Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
<s . ,; ,
f 1 f', '<
.l
O O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS t t POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGT OFFICERS P.D.*
83 Rt. 27 e L, M N, 0, FACILITATE westbound through traffic on 2 S.C. I Rt. 112 P or S Rt. 27. . l 84 Rt. 27 e L, M, N, O. FACILITATE westbound through traffic on 2 S.C. CR 83 P or S Rt. 27. H ! ? 85 Et. 27 9 L, M, N, O. FACILITATE westbound through traffic on 2 S.C. l ;j CR 19 P or S Rt. 27. 86 Rt. 27 9 L, M, N,,0, FACILITATE westbound through traffic on 4 S.C. CR 97 P or S Rt. 27. i 87 CR 97 e A,B,C,D, ASSIST vehicles entering northbound CR 1 S.C. Northbound Entrance E,F,G,H 97 from the North Service Rd. of Rt. 495 Ramp from Rt. 495 North I or J by establishing strategy indicated in Service Rd. Fig. 8.2 on CR 97. l 88 CR 16 e F or G Set signals at CR 16 and Waverly Av., 1 S.C. CR 97 Entrance Ramp ann CR 16 at College Rd., AND CR 16 at North Morris Av. on flash, then proceed i to post. PREVENT access onto CR 97 northbound. DIRECT all traffic west on i CR 16. i $ *S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/ River' head Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police 3 s
O O
~
o FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS i f POST i LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFPICERS P.D.* t K FACILITATE westbound Horseblock Pl. to 2 S.C. 89 CR 97 9 4 Horseblock Pl. northbound CR 97 turns, and northbound through movement on CR 97. l A,B,C,D, Set signal at CR 97 and Horseblock Pl. 1 S.C. 90 CR 97 9 - Suffolk County E H,I,J on flash, then proceed to post. ASSIST Comununity College or K entrance of vehicles into College. s FACILITATE northbound through traffic
- 7 Entrance
-J on CR 97.
W A,B,C,D, ASSIST entrance of vehicles into College. 1 S.C. 91 CR 97 9 South Coleman Rd. E.H,I,J. FACILITATE northbound through traffic or K on CR 97. I FACILITATE northbound through movement 2 S.C. i 92 Rt. 25 9 F or G CR 97 on CR 97 and/or K and ASSIST all westbound movements at 4 ) intersection. i K Set signals at CR 97 and Hammond La., 1 S.C. 93 CR 97 @ AND CR 97 at Hawkins Rd. on flash, then Mark Tree Rd.
! proceed to post. ASSIST traffic froa i
southbound Mark Tree Rd. to north CR 97. I
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police w - - - _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ - _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ . _ . . _ _ _ .
O O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
94 Mark Tree Rd. @ K Set signals at Hawkins Rd. and Boyle 1 S.C. Hawkins Rd. Rd., AND Hawkins Rd. at Ruland Rd., AND Hawkins Rd. at Wireless Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. DIRECT all southbound Mark Tree Rd. vehicles to northbound CR 97. h 95 Rt. 347 8 F or K Set signal at CR 97 and Pond Path on 4 S.C. g CR 97 flash then proceed to post. PREVENT i all eastbound traffic on Rt. 347. Redirect eastbound traffic south on CR
. 97. FACILITATE westbound Rt. 347 through traffic, westbound to northbound CR 97 turns, and northbound CR 97 through traffic.
96 Rt. 347 9 F or K PREVENT eastbound traffic on Rt. 347. 1 S.C. Arrowhead La. Redirect eastbound vehicles south on Arrowhead La. FACILITATE westbound through traffic on Rt. 347. i , 97 Rt. 347 e F or K' FACILITATE northbound Old Town Rd. to 2 S.C. Old Town Rd. westbound Rt. 347 turns, and westbound through traffic on Rt. 347.
*S.C./Suf folk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead' Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
O O O
! FIGURE 8 i TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATECT OFFICERS P.D.*
i' 98 Old Town Rd. 8 F or K FACILITATE westbound movement of 2 S.C. Lower Sheep Pasture Rd. vehicles along Lower Sheep Pasture Rd(s). l 99 CR 97 0 F or G or K Set signal at CR 97 and Oxhead/ Sycamore 1 S.C. Stony Brook University or Q Rd. on flash, then proceed to post.
- s South Entrance ASSIST vehicles entering the University.
1 sa
- ASSIST vehicles entering the University. 1 S.C.
100 CR 97 9 F or G or K
; Stony Brook University or Q Main Entrance ,
i 101 CR 97 e F or G or K ASSIST vehicles entering the University. 2 S.C. Stony Brook University or Q } North Entrance I , 102 Rt. 25A 8 Q Set signals at Rt. 25A and Bennetts Rd., 1 S.C. CR 97 AND Rt. 25A at the Three Village Shopping Center, AND Rt. 25A at Old Town Rd., AND Rt. 25A at Gnarled Hollow Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. a FACILITATE turns from westbound Rt. 25A to southbound CR 97. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police r [
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept.
i a t
O O O FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS t POST #
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS F.D.* i i
103 Stony Brook Rd. 9 F or G ASSIST vehicles entering the Uni'versity. 1 S.C. , 4 Stony Brook University Entrance - .i ! 104 Rt. 347 9 F or G FACILITATE northbound through traffic 2 S.C. , Stony Brook Rd. on Stony Brook Rd., and westbound !
, g through traffic on Rt. 347.
l b . 105 Rt. 25 9 F or G Set signals at Hawkins Av. and Woodland 2 S.C. Stony Brook Rd./ St., AND Hawkins Av. at Catelot/ Smith i Hawkins Av. . Rd. , AND llawkins Av. at the Cayuga School on flash, then proceed to post. FACILITATE northbound through traffic on Stony Brook Rd. 1 106 CR 16 9 F or G Set signals at CR 16 and Holbrook Rd, 1 S.C. Hawkins Av. AND CR 16 at Cenacle Rd., AND CR 16 at CR 19, AND CR 16 at Cleary Rd. on flash, then proceed to post. FACILITATE turns from westbound CR 16
- to northbound Hawkins Av.
i i -107 Rt. 454 9 N or R or F FACILITATE southbound through movement 2 S.C. , Ocean Av. on Ocean Av. 3 I
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Rivethead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS
. .a e s * ,
(- I POST
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
FACILITATE westbound to southbound 2 S.C. 108 Rt. 27 9 . L M, N, 0, Smithtown Av. P, or S Smithtown Av. left turns, and westbound through traffic on Rt. 27. L,M,N,O. FACILITATE westbound to southbound 2 S.C. 109 Rt. 27 9 Locust Av. P, or S Locust Av. left turns, and westbound through traffic on Rt. 27. g I w
"' N or P or R FACILITATE southbound through traffic on 2 S.C.
110 Rt. 27 9 Ocean Av. Ocean Av., and westbound through traffic l , on Rt. 27. l Locust Av. 9 L, M, N, 0, ESTABLISH one-way operation SOUTHBOUND 1 S.C. 111 I Bourne Blvd. P, or S on Locust Av. Traffic from Bourne Blvd. will proceed south in the north- , bound lane of Locust Av. Smithtown Av. 9 L, M, N, O. DIRECT southbound traffic from Smithtown 1 S.C. 112 Bourne Blvd. P, or S Av. west on Bourne Blvd. Ocean Av. 9 N or P or R FACILITATE turns from eastbound Ocean 1 S.C. 113 Locust Av. Av. to southbound Locust Av.
*S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead' Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police
FIGURE 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL POSTS I POST
# LOCATION ZONE (S) STRATEGY OFFICERS P.D.*
i i ASSIST vehicles to enter BOCES driveway 1 S.C. 114 Locust Av. 9 L, M, N, 0, BOCES Entrance P, or S and to park on grass areas as well. I ESTABLISH roadblock to prevent traffic 1 S.C.
- 115 Locust Av. 6 L, M, N, O, Katherine Pl. P, or S from proceeding north on Locust Av.
Redirect traffic west on Katherine Pl. , I or south on Locust Av. i' E I
- a
* *S.C./Suffolk County Police Dept. RH/Riverhead Police Dept. SH/Southampton Town Police l
j . , l t l I i-i .I 1 'l l l
[vh Table;XIII.. . Additional Traffic Control Posts These additional control posts are located at critical junctions on the evacuation network, identified as nodes in Table XII and Exhibit 1. The functions to be performed at these posts are to control and expedite the traffic movements defined in Table All posts are to be manned by one Suffolk County Police Personnel. 4 Post No. Node No. Zone 116 2 P 117 4 F 118 5 F 119 14 K 120 15 G,K 121 16 G 122 19 G,K 123 23 K,L 124 26 L,M 125 37 A,B,C O 126 43 M . V 127 51 E 128 53 C,D 129 55 E,J 130 60 I,0 131 61 I 132 67 L ,31 133 69 L 134 72 N,0 135 79 0 136 81 G ,!! 137 83 G,K 138 99 G 139 101 C,H 140 104 F 141 105 F 142 110 G 143 112 G l IV-79
O O o FICURE 8.1 PATROL ROUTES Note: The following roadways represent major evacuation routes which require constant patrolling (whether by t police car, motorcycle or helicopter) during an evacuation. The stated objective is to keep these routes clear of obstructions and report any problems encountered along a route. Where possible, disabled vehicles should be pushed clear of the travel lanes. Radio for tow trucks or any other assistance req'uired. (Route numbers begin with #121 to avoid confusion with traffic control post numbers.) J l Ee Roadway (s) Patrol Section(s) Zone (s) Police Dept. Route # Wading River Manor Road from Rt. 25 to Rt. 495 C or I Riverhead 121 s Edwards Av. from Rt. 495 to Rt. 25 E or D or I or J or P Riverhead
- 122 t
Rt. 25 from Edwards Av. to Rt. 495
- Rt. 495 from Rt. 25 to Edwards Av.
(Note: These three roads are designed to be patrolled as a single loop by one car.) f 123A William Floyd Parkway from Rt. 25A to Rt. 495 A or B or C or G or H Suffolk County l 1238 from Rt. 495 to Rt. 27 M or N Suf folk County l from Rt. 25A to Mill Rd. F or C or M Suffolk County . 124A CR 21 1 i 1243 from Mill Rd. to Rt. 27 M Suffolk County
O O O FIGURE 8.1 PATROL ROUTES l Route # Roadway (s) Patrol Section(s) Zone (s) Police Dept. 4 l . i 125 CR 83 from Rt. 25A to Rt. 25 K Suffolk County l , i 126A CR 97 from Rt. 25A to Rt. 347 F or G or K or Q Suffolk County
- 1263 from Rt. 347 to Rt. 25 / F or G or K .Suffolk County l 126C from Rt. 25 to Rt. 495 .' A through K Suffolk County
] > i s
- y 127 Rt. 25A/Rt. 347 from Echo Av. to CR 97 F or K Suffolk Cour;;
ca W ! 128A Rt. 25 from CR 105 to Wading D or E or J or P Riverhead River. Manor Road 128B from CR 46 to CR 97 F or G or K Suffolk County i 129A Rt. 495 from Exit 71 to Exit 68 C or D or E or J or H Suffolk County i or l or N or P 1298 from Exit 68 to Exit 62 A through S Suffolk County i i 12SC from Exit 62 to Exit 59 R or N or P Suffolk County i 4 130A Rt. 27 from CR 31 to CR 111 P Southampton j (weckends May 1 to Oct. 1) $ 1303 from CR 111 to CR 46 , N or 0 or P or S Suffolk County i 1300 from CR 46 to Oceah Av. R or L or M or N or O Suffolk County
- or P or S I
j L -_ _
,/" () Guidance Materials Published material should be made available to all households and personnel employed within the EPZ, which identified the relevant zone designation and associated evacration route. In addition, it will be necessary to install " trail-blazer" signs along all evacuation routes as permanent roadway hardware. There is ample precedence for this approach. The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD 1978 edition) devotes a section to " Signing for Civil Defense." In particular, Evacuation Route Markers (CD-1) are designated to be installed along the road,' with arrows indicating the direction of travel. The specific signing to be installed should be identified in cooperation with cognizant government agencies. Surveillance It will be essential during an evacuation to have the capability to observe traffic conditions. Aerial observations, weather permitting,
,,_s can be undertaken by the Suffolk County Police Aviation Section and ,
( \ can provide unparalleled information. The observer will report all
'- information regarding traffic problems to police communications.
In addition, certain major evacuation routes are designated for continuous patrol. Police vehicles will drive these routes, remove or report any obstructions, and radio in the location of severe traffic problems. Security once an area has been evacuated, it will become necessary to provide security patrols to prevent vandalism or theft in vacated neighborhoods. The police will be responsible for securing a zone subsequent to the evacuation of its residents. In addition, one relocation center (the BOCES Islip Occuoa-tional Center) does not have its own security force. Suffolk County Police, however, will provide security for this facility if it becomes operational. Should the Suffolk County Office Building l have to be used as a relocation center (it is designated to handle ! overflow from the other centers, if necessary), then Suffolk County Police will be required to provide security there as well. l r~N 1 l l l %.) l l IV-82
=.
t Access to the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station In the event of an incident, it will be necessary for some authorized personnel to enter the Shoreham Nuclear Power Station (SNPS) site to perform key tasks. As detailed earlier, all major east-west roads (Routes 25A and 25 and the Long Island Expressway, I-495) will service two-way traffic. Since the prevailing evacuation traffic flow along these routes will be westbound, traffic entering the EPZ from the west and traveling east, will not encounter congestion. In fact, eastbound traffic volume is minimal along these routes, west of the William Floyd Parkway, CR 46. Eastbound traffic along Routes 25 and I-495 will have un-restricted access to the northbound CR 46 roadway, which will have minimal traffic volume. Northbound traffic on CR 46 will turn east onto Route 25A and travel to the SNPS access road. Hence, traffic from the west will have unimpeded access to SNPS along roads which will be servicing low volumes of traffic. The best routes for traffic from the east destined toward (~N SNPS is to take the most convenient of the east-west routes . identified above. If I-495 is used, turn north on Wading River-Manor Road northbound, travel to Route 25A, then west to the SNPS access road. If Route 25 is selected, travel west, then turn onto Route 25A and continue as above. Based on the results obtained for Case 12, the following estimates of travel time from the periphery of the EPZ to the SMPS are presented: e- 27 minutes for traffic traveling from the east along I-495, then north on Wading River-Manorville Road, then west on Route 25A to the SNPS access road. e 16 minutes for travel along all other routes. These estimates assume 25% delay at controlled intersections where conflicts with evacuating traffic streams can occur. 10 IV-83
n- j l l d yi (~- r F, M sisitj"
- - = m' , ' -
=.
~
m -s h". e.-7 .
*.{" \
.',( . ,'- ' -
4
..a. - - og . ,, , e -r
%w , .., $ - . u. y-
- ,,.,..*-sw
*P,
> v7.... . - ,, .yos. gc
... ., ,4 p
- , - ., , s .:.s ,
~e
-. t '
./
a 4s*'4,. 3, - I g 31dnuu 31h'#O
,.7..
g 3NT1 wenouMA AM938 OANI solg
- - ,u 2=$ 05#
m . m-e
, - == t' ""
I A,* 7
- - - - - - ammmme - - - m - -
N N _ 6 N - - m m
~
PRC APERTURE CAPn FIGURE 8 2 CONTROLLED ACCESS FACluTY SPECIAL CONTROL STRATEGY I bIMl8 Apertare Card
- %Q<o%oO \*
- 1
a FORMAT FOR ZONE DISCUSSIONS O This section describes, on a zone-by-zone basis, the necessary information for effecting an evacuation. Generally, the format utilized is as follows: 1
- 1. Zone Designation - the alphabetical designation assigned to the
't specific zone under discussion.
- 2. Zone Description - a written description of the outlying perimeters of the zone or subareas within a zone; usually described in terms of identifiable
! roadways.
. 3. Population - the 1985 year-round and 1985 seasonal population projections for the zone. (For 1980 comparisons, refer to Table II, Section III.)
- 4. Number of Vehicles - the number of passenger cars expected to evacuate the zone. (For derivation, refer to Section III, Vehicle Occupancy.)
- 5. Relocation Center - the location where temporary housing accommodations ,
i for that zone may be obtained if needed. j 6. Routing Assignment (s) - a description of the prescribed route for evacuees to follow in exiting their zone. Routes are detailed from the zone to the designated Relocation Center for that zone. Those individuals not i utilizing a Relocation Center but who are proceeding to alternative accommodations are advised to follow the prescribed routing out of the 10-mile i
! EPZ as far as possible before deviating to other routes and their ultimate destination.
- 7. Special Facilities - facilities within a zone which may require particular attention or specialized assistance during an evacuation.
- 8. Comments - a discussion or explanation of any peculiarities concerning the evacuation of a zone.
The renainder of the zone discussion concerns high occupancy vehicle IV-85 d
I considerations. Generally, this phase adheres to the following outline:
- 1. Estimated Service Demand - the number of people within the zone who will require bus service.
- 2. Route Time - the estimated time required for one bus to traverse the proposed route (s), beginning and ending with the transfer point for that zone.
- 3. Transfer Point - the location which will serve as a temporary depot or staging area for bus service in that zone.
- 4. Vehicles Required - the number of buses required to accommodate the demand within the zone and to provide transportation from the transfer point to the relocation center.
- 5. Zone Accommodation - a specific discussion of how the demand within the zone will be accommodated.
- 6. Comments - as required. -
Immediately succeeding the zone discussions will be two maps. The first . being a key map illustrating the location of the zone in relationship to the EPZ and the vehicle routing from the zone to the Relocation Center; and the second, an enlarged zone map illustrating bus routes and transfer points for people residing in the zone without access to private transportation. 4 0
~
. IV-86
. . - - . . . _ , - . . - . - . . . . - - _ - ~ . - . _ .
l 1 O ZONE A
Description:
Zone A is south of the Long Island Sound, l' east of Woodville Road, west of the LILCO site, and north of Rt. 25A. Population: 1985 4,219 1985 (seasonal) 5,419 Number of Vehicles: 1,612 1,999 (seasonal) Relocation Center: Suffolk County Community College Routing Assignment: For trips originating north of North Country Road, take the most convenient route to North Country Road. Avoid using Woodville Road as an access road to Rt. 25A. Then, travel west to the intersection with Route 25A' where all vehicles will be directed to travel east a-long Route 25A to William Floyd Parkway (CR 46). Then turn right (south) onto CR 46 O. and travel to the Long Island Expressway (Interstate 495). Enter the westbound I-495 and travel to Exit 62, Nicolls Road (CR 97); north to the college. For trips originating south of North Country Road with direct access to Rt. 25A, turn left onto Rt. 25A, east-bound, and proceed as described above. Special Facilities: AHRC Intermediate Care Facility (under con-struction) Briarcliff School 929-8500 LILCO site 929-6700 Miller Avenue School 929-8500 Peerless Photo Products 744-6600 St. Joseph's Villa 929-4646 Comments: St. Joseph's Villa is situated within the LILCO site boundary (as defined in 10 CFR Appendix E) and consequently becomes LILCO's responsibility in an emergency. ( i l l I ' IV-87 , t
l 1 HICH OCCUPANCY VEHICLE CONSIDERATIONS FOR ZONE A Estimated Service Demand: 338 persons Route. Time: (See Zone map for bus routing; Fig. 9.1.) Route No. A-1 1 hour 02 minutes Transfer Point: Longwood High School Vehicles Required: 9 forty-passenger buses . Zone Accommodation: To provide service to the zone, buses will be dispatched from the transfer point at 10 minute headways. Predicated on route time plus unloading time, 8 buses will be required; 4 of which will make 2 runs each. Tb provide service from the transfer point to the relocation center, 9 buses will be required; 8 of which will have provided service to the zone.
.x e
9A> G O IV-88
LONG ISLAND 6 ' 9 k l'
~
e UD r
# v
. p g'.,\M N
\/ w t T-sunv s
7 g 5,
.4 Dfh
__ w _a ap hv - 2
. f h i , \ 8: @ A . t,i .
i
/
~
-/s ,
/
- - 6, N ,
- s g
~y T i a
m, uwt i I s g i sj {/e d
- .c% ,
sccc'
, ."4" ,' % "" -
,/
l j i ,/ g / [ <@ (-
- p-5 sf kg 8
{p =7,, A,'N V \
'~ %i ' it
' . ,_. @ 4
'} 2 v-c N s M- -
e
'~
w/; . - 1
^
; ~~*' .,
. s , '~ ' '
~ \
i i 't s1 - f , If..sb _-)p-i sj ' I -
/Geg ' i ....
k .i J p 1 BOCES ,
)
r s
SOUNJ ~
~
_ LEGEND
--- ZONE BOUNDARIES i LILCO PLANT PROPERTY 2
- z.:.. .:: e--
pg9
,,,,, , A 3 E R T lip.E as a, o ,y,
! C A R;r; *Perture Card r .- ,,
,,h ,
e
,. ,Q & i ..
- m. m .
~
es ., s ]T '+s =. g,,se@ N;g w $rc
,c ;
\
L,.n p .
~ ,
gn- ,e
,S$ / N'44
~
~
f c-..
/ %-
*2 l h
f ~- j , a% s. w
<{' g% p y e'/r';W, Y-x T
9
, m - . . ,- -
- '" ,f
# 4.,
is # y ,s 5
/
# (A i, f
- c. @ b %
v j VU" N 9 i
\
Y,j_ j> % ; q I, s r y s a
,; g/ .jj_,.
\" .-
i
%s i. ,
\) ahk7m,g, )s Jf N
\.
G~ ~., L,
# . ,% g
. , v Cog L
o M O RIC H E S BAY o _ o - FIG. 9 ' ZONE A l h a c A u -- - h --- -
Mx ~
,m.
l '* ~ . . . L agdg i , _,\- gh o ,.__ kn "" s no ,, o , ,, ,, g,,,,,,,, g
'I * . -
y l. - /?
- 1 '
f%
, a (:/
- El i 45T*
1 '(: '. {e :, . f .
.c 5
, - y ,,,.e .r u -
.} = w ". 1,. -- r
- t. o. , ,
== =""
@(
.L-~n%
.. e - gu W . # c_
g -- e - e/ *~:m
.J*-
a c A
\
4'm;u nor@ *o Rt 2S A M ' Q Ri &5 ,k,. ..
\
d- ,t c
'.ta
. y , . . . . . .c...a
\ .
p97. ;.
\
%. \ . .
-4 , 3, $ ,
l I *.
%e
~.* - .1 '-
l'-
. Q.w.':. - . . t: v sfI 8
1 I
. -\
'/, S y.e;--%. [,: t LW
.... + / g,,,,. ,, I -, ,. .Q ank,,(
ce
).,,
. . . . . ,g
. ;, , . o";;g* ;..} ,g/
m. 7,. 7,._... 3 s %, pg
. ses Q " )
g/' . t***s . ~rjaf '
,[.. ( _
q g. p fI s w *o
/
~/
;r
" ,/
y s' f, - L , . o:
.>o
*p'.
M
. . r . ,f i'
-\
5 j l* -l .- <
.e . .q,,. i < -
., .i'* .% 'g . -..=. *:-e c, .. A.
[n.' . / t' S H2CSICHVATI
. ./' .
. /
.s = , / -
s - g . _ -
# , -> k BROOKH AVEF
'EA' *e'. '
i - , ' . ", "i ' ggggggg g, g,3 gog j 1-t - J - , e<m
? . s ;/ >
t
, i r (g ,
e-(. gf Nf.- I . ar. (- %
%. ..- t,[
3 t y llL']rs -
- l
- p. %_. --
.j \'
- f . u,A o / r o... s
/ <u' s.
rc .. . r c., 8C,
/- g
. ' *5 "- Upton ', ,
., a o a
9y w's *> c y 9,
\.,- i pas ."ra. , f^ %r- .
, . 3 .
s .Dl ,, l) w L- .F ;S , .% sm...a . r , , . - .m a
.W ,
( N'
,p I ~ _g,l+ce% r "o T
%N[E - ,
+
s ,-
.t l '; <. <, I~ .9 - - \
l' S imSElWN1' ION >
+
e.l i *\ s / t , ,e - It HOO KII AV EN s...a.
' o.spos i
. . . , ses +,,E.\'EIANAI, LAIlOHATORY ,
; st, . .- p
( w - l e , .u, z .
,I ,
5 / *
/
1 SCALE 1:24000 _T. ~. s I o
,___I , _ _ _ ,
---------4 I Miti .*
1000 0 1000 2000 m 4000 m m 7000 W gg , # %*i '. t S O 3 "'LOMf f tR _#**
) / ._ _ ,['
'4
?,-
g . p i 'A J
l
**a* g 4 ,+ l beW e, m _ 1 1i . . . - . . ,. ..
v .,,P i, TOM.
- s. w. w. r.
, , c. ..~- .. e..-' r-
, %.\\ s, s ,b.o\.Ml p? %., .
g . ,. m e; r , ,-
~_ .. .
v . n. %n. ._ t c .s- , y _^- ' l 'c. . ,-y; ', " ". r l
- J,- 3 0 4 ,% cy. v. .
4 . 77 ~
.(
(. ; ',L,,itco #. , +%, . . - -
-)
. ~ .; .% ,y:wtx
- :i '
. . ,w. ~,e r . .- ~ .
v m1 m, n z.. ;- -
+
e w ( M- 5 g r- J : ,-
.s.
-,e
- -; , ... g .
. (,
- s p ..*e- ..
e M. a <' x . s
. .t
, ,. ,3
.i., , '
,o ?;9 F
- Q*yysL' . ,s k , .
-{fes . .
1.- a s ' '": : . . .
. e, . , ,
, f
.: Dism. t
',s s.w.. -
,, ; \
, c -
,y - n, 0 YDP -BUSL. ROUTE NO. A-1 <
'?
., E 1 h,
)
{ f 5 \;y-(, Z* % ) y. r . *w Ni -~._ ,
-:: q ,', :
~
- r. M ' 'f .j . p o
e s J. ,.
- f. "
p\ (t 2
. m %
j;
;- sastaron {
% ,, *Q[*w% p, ~ _
-- , 4 Ha _ . >.
.x - . ,..
- w. ,.
- , s. . . .
~ . . -
N \ {g r g,. O ?R i C
- 0. P a t A3EU URF!. s
- : ; CA_l... .J i 1 .
, r a #< Pa, r j o
s - - . . . - . _ i f ' i 4 Z l)t ; , h
)
<O t 4.S.c- .i!',
a { f A$ 1 D<\ W }! );; x..m. n
.- I
_ j , . . . --J pg,, .}
, x x I
z \ ,\ '. 4
\N .Y '. [ . . . . .
l a f- *t- .N* ?,A
) ' '
- y' -
J
;l ,,
+
l : \\ M, ' ,L -
'$ \ \, \,s
,s +- \ !
)8
< / g
. 1
[ ? c W i d*f
.)f . }8 l y ;
it l H \ ' - 8 e r .,.
, " ' /." A, %e - (g %* /
a g w a
'I I
g x r e
/ 7
/.
n A g
,j p\g ' <
~ { . l'a nis mola<m) 4~
30 x f I 'T b ; f . 'l }., /, }I / 7s,( E
\ \gm/..d C(f M ..
1
, = '.e- _L i
-t = '
t\ _, 1 'i .' , , g
)I x-
-'t
[ IAlan A *LLL ,
- - - - ;s,. -a c.
+ , > .3 -- --
, ~
f g-pen 3
~
,s n
g/ 3.5 mues swh co C R.46 FIG. 9. d et L--- to Long cod Rd J.,a vA - 7 ZONEA e p
. . . . \
' f \ 4 O'. -
\
\
s g . amr - Raer .
/
l d4 o f; 'ff ' k
*~, ,w i .,
t -.y r,3 { i [. _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ L_ . . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ m. _ . _______ C _ _ _ _ ___ __ _\ _ _ _ _
.t
C4 ZONE B
Description:
Zone B is south of Rt. 25A, east of Ridge Road, west of William Floyd Parkway (CR 46), and north of Whiskey Road. Population: 1985 3,750 1985 (seasonal) 3,750 Number of Vehicles: 1,953 1,953 (seasonal) Relocation Center: Suffolk County Community College Routing Assignments: Route 1. Those residents with direct access to Rt. 25A are to take Rt. 25A east to William Floyd Parkway (CR 46); CR 46 south to the Long Island Expressway (Rt. I-495); Rt. I-495 west to Exit 62, Nicolls Road (CR 97); CR 97 north to the college. Route 2. Those trips originating at, or south of Cooper Street, with direct access Os to Randall Road, take Randall Road to Whiskey Road and turn west on Whiskey Road. (Access to William Floyd Parkway from Whiskey Road will not be permitted.) Proceed west along Whiskey Road to Ridge Road, then turn south along Ridge Road to Middle Country Road (Rt. 25). Travel west along Rt. 25 to Yap-hank-Middle Country Road (CR 21) , then south along CR 21 to Sills Road and to the Long Island Expressway (I-495). Enter I-495 westbound to Exit 62, Nicolls Road (CR 97), then north along CR 97 to the college. Special Facilities: Shoreham-Wading River Middle School 929-8500 Leisure Village Community 744-0310
- i a IV-91 l
HICH OCCUPANCY VEHICLE CONSIDERATIONS FOR ZONE B Estimated Service Demand: 300 persons Route Time: (See Zone map for bus routing; see Fig. 10.1.) Route No. B-1 51 minutes Transfer Point: Longwood High School Vehicles Required: 8 forty passenger buses Zone Accommodation: To provide service to the zone, buses will be dispatched f rom the transfer point at 10 mince.e headways. Predicated on route time plus unloading time, 6 buses will be required; 4 of which will make 2 runs each. To provide service from the transfer point to the relocation center, 8 buses will be required; 6 of which will have provided service to the zone. 1}}